Edgar Filing: CORRECTIONS CORP OF AMERICA

Corrections Corporation of America

We will amend and complete the information in this prospectus supplement. This prospectus supplement and the prospectus are part of a registration statement filed with the SEC. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the SEC is effective. This prospectus supplement and the prospectus are not offers to sell these securities or our solicitation of your offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(a)

Commission File No. 333-104240

Subject to Completion, dated April 2, 2003

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

(To Prospectus dated , 2003)

7,600,000 Shares

(CCA LOGO)

Common Stock

We are offering 6,400,000 shares of our common stock. A selling stockholder is offering 1,200,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CXW.” On March 31, 2003, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $17.46 per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk Factors beginning on page S-11 of this prospectus supplement and page 2 of the accompanying prospectus.


	Per Share	Total

Public Offering Price	$	$
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to Corrections Corporation of America	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Selling Stockholder	$	$

A selling stockholder has granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,140,000 additional shares of our common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2003.

LEHMAN BROTHERS

, 2003

TABLE OF CONTENTS


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY
The Offering
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
THE TRANSACTIONS
USE OF PROCEEDS
MARKET PRICE OF AND DISTRIBUTIONS ON COMMON STOCK
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
THE COMPANY
USE OF PROCEEDS
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND OUTSTANDING PREFERRED STOCK
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE MAY OFFER
DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES
DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTEES
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK
DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK
DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS

TABLES OF CONTENTS


Prospectus Supplement	Page

About This Prospectus Supplement		ii
Prospectus Supplement Summary		S-1
Risk Factors		S-12
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		S-22
The Transactions		S-23
Use of Proceeds		S-25
Market Price of and Distributions on Common Stock		S-26
Dividend Policy		S-26
Capitalization		S-27
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		S-29
Selected Historical Financial Data		S-36
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		S-39
Business		S-65
Management		S-80
Principal and Selling Stockholders		S-85
Description of Capital Stock		S-87
Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness		S-88
Underwriting		S-94
Legal Matters		S-98
Experts		S-98
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference		S-98
Index to Financial Statements		F-1


Prospectus	Page

Risk Factors		2
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements		12
Where You Can Find Additional Information		13
Incorporation of Information by Reference		13
The Company		14
Use of Proceeds		14
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges		15
Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness and Outstanding Preferred Stock		15
General Description of Securities We May Offer		22
Description of Debt Securities		23
Description of Guarantees		30
Description of Preferred Stock		30
Description of Common Stock		31
Description of Warrants		32
Plan of Distribution		33
Legal Matters		35
Experts		35

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information provided by this prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus supplement.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

This prospectus supplement contains the terms of this offering. A description of our common stock is contained in the accompanying prospectus beginning on page 31.

This prospectus supplement is part of and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying prospectus. The information we present in this prospectus supplement may add, update or change information included in the accompanying prospectus. If information in this prospectus supplement, or the information incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus, is inconsistent with the accompanying prospectus, this prospectus supplement, or the information incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus, will apply and will supersede that information in the accompanying prospectus.

In this prospectus supplement, “we,” “us” and “our” and the “Company” refer to Corrections Corporation of America and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires. The symbol “$” refers to U.S. dollars, unless otherwise indicated.

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

The following summary highlights certain significant aspects of our business and this offering, but you should carefully read this entire prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and the documents incorporated by reference, which are described under “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference,” before making an investment decision. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in certain forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus supplement as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors.’’ Unless otherwise stated herein, this prospectus supplement assumes a price to the public in the common stock offering contemplated hereby of $17.00 per share.


	Our Company

We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of private correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and four states. We provide the fundamental residential and health care services for our adult and juvenile inmates, as well as a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs designed to reduce recidivism and prepare our inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. Some of the additional services we offer include life skills training, basic education, employment training, religious services, behavioral rehabilitation and treatment, substance abuse treatment and work and recreational programs.

We provide our essential services through 59 facilities, including 38 facilities that we own, with a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 20 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide inmate transportation services for government agencies through our subsidiary, TransCor America, LLC. For the year ended December 31, 2002, we had revenues of $962.8 million and operating income of $130.0 million.

Our services address a total U.S. market that we believe exceeds $50 billion, of which only approximately 6.5% is currently outsourced to the private sector. We believe that the U.S. market will demonstrate consistent growth over the next decade as a result of stricter sentencing guidelines, longer prison sentences and prison terms for juvenile offenders, as well as the growing demographic of the 14 to 24 year-old at-risk population. We also expect the size of the private market to grow as a result of governments’ demonstrated need to augment their overcrowded and aging facilities, reduce costs, increase accountability and improve overall quality of service.

Under our management services contracts, government agencies pay us at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. Our management services contracts typically have terms of one to five years, and contain multiple renewal options exercisable at the option of the contracting government agency. More than 40 of our approximately 80 contracts are with government entities for which we have been providing services for five years or more. Our management services contracts provide a reliable source of revenue, reflected by the renewal of more than 95% of our contracts over the past four years.

We have increased our average compensated occupancy, based on rated capacity, for facilities in operation to 89.6% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from 88.4% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Our average compensated occupancy for facilities in operation for the quarter ended December 31, 2002 was 91.2%.


	Competitive Strengths

We believe that we benefit from the following competitive strengths:

The Largest and Most Recognized Private Prison Operator. Our recognition as the industry’s leading private prison operator provides us with significant credibility with our current and prospective clients. We manage approximately 50% of all privately managed prison beds in the United States. We pioneered modern-day private prisons with a list of notable accomplishments, such as being the first company to

S-1

design, build and operate a private prison and the first company to manage a private maximum-security facility under a direct contract with the federal government. We believe that we benefit from certain economies of scale in purchasing power for food services, healthcare services and other supplies.

Available Beds Within Our Existing Facilities. Our available beds provide us with an opportunity for increasing operating cash flows without significant capital outlays. We currently have two facilities, our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center and Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility, that are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 3,000 available beds. We also have a facility with approximately 1,500 beds located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is partially complete. In addition to the above facilities, as of March 1, 2003, we have a total of nine facilities that each have 200 or more beds available.

Diverse, High Quality Customer Base. We provide services under management contracts with a diverse client base of over 50 different customers that generally have credit ratings of single-A or better. In addition, with average inmate lengths of stay of between three and five years and a majority of our contracts having terms between one and five years, our revenue base is relatively predictable and stable.

Proven Senior Management Team. Our senior management team has applied their prior experience and diverse industry expertise to significantly improve our operations. Under our senior management team’s leadership, our average occupancy has increased from 84.8% in 2000 to 89.6% in 2002 while our average inmate per diem operating margin increased from $8.29 to $11.30 during the same period. Since the fourth quarter of 2000 we have secured the three largest contracts in our history, accounting for approximately 4,800 beds under contract with the Federal Bureau of Prisons. In addition, in 2001, we reduced our debt by $189.0 million and we refinanced our senior debt in 2002 on more favorable terms, resulting in significant interest savings.

Business Strategy

Our primary business strategy is to provide quality corrections services, offer a compelling value, increase occupancy and revenue, and further improve our capital structure, while maintaining our position as the leading owner, operator and manager of privatized correctional and detention facilities. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.

Own and Operate High Quality Correctional and Detention Facilities. We believe that our clients choose an outsourced correctional services provider based primarily upon the quality of the service provided. Approximately 80% of our facilities are accredited by the American Correctional Association, or the ACA, an independent organization of corrections industry professionals that establishes standards by which a correctional facility may gain accreditation. We believe that this percentage compares favorably to the percentage of government-operated adult prisons that are accredited by the ACA. The quality of our operations is further illustrated by the fact that for the three years ended December 31, 2001, we had an escape ratio at our adult prison facilities that was less than two-thirds of the national average for adult prisons (according to the 2001 Corrections Yearbook published by the Criminal Justice Institute). We have experienced wardens managing our facilities, with an average of over 23 years of corrections experience and an average tenure of almost eight years with us.

Offer Compelling Value. We believe that our customers also seek a compelling value and service offering when selecting an outsourced correctional services provider. We believe that we offer a cost-effective alternative to our clients by reducing their correctional services costs. We attempt to accomplish this through improving operating performance and efficiency through the following key operating initiatives: (1) standardizing supply and service purchasing practices and usage; (2) outsourcing the purchase of food products and services nationwide; (3) improving inmate management, resource consumption and reporting procedures through the utilization of numerous technological initiatives; and (4) improving productivity and reducing employee turnover. We also intend to continue to implement a wide variety of specialized services that address the unique needs of various segments of the inmate population. Because the facilities we operate differ with respect to security levels, ages, genders and cultures of inmates, we focus on the

S-2

particular needs of an inmate population and tailor our services based on local conditions and our ability to provide services on a cost-effective basis.

Increase Occupancy. Our industry benefits from significant economies of scale, resulting in lower operating costs per inmate as occupancy rates increase. Our management team is pursuing a number of initiatives intended to increase occupancy through obtaining new and additional contracts. We are also focused on renewing and enhancing the terms of our existing contracts. Given our significant number of available beds, we believe we can increase operating cash flow from increased occupancy without incurring significant capital expenditures. In addition, we will consider the expansion of existing facilities or the development or purchase of new prison facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders.

Improve Our Capital Structure. In 2001, we reduced debt by $189.0 million, and in 2002, we were able to reduce our cost of capital by refinancing our senior secured credit facility. The transactions contemplated hereby are intended to continue this effort by significantly reducing the after tax dividend and interest obligations associated with our outstanding preferred stock and our 10% convertible subordinated notes, respectively. We also intend to use an additional $25 million of cash on hand and the anticipated proceeds of a tax refund estimated to be approximately $32 million to further reduce outstanding borrowings under the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. We believe that based on our anticipated level of capital expenditures and the benefit of our net operating loss carry forwards we will generate free cash flow that will enable us to continue reducing our debt.

The Corrections and Detention Industry

We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on governmental outsourcing of correctional management services because of our competitive strengths and business strategy. The key reasons for this outsourcing trend include:

Growing United States Prison Population. The average annual growth rate of the prison population in the United States between December 1995 and December 2001 was 3.6%. This rate declined, however, to 1.3% growth between December 2000 and December 2001, with the sentenced state prison population rising by only 0.4%. From December 2000 to December 2001, the sentenced prison population for the federal government rose 7.0%. In the first six months of 2001, the federal system added 7,372 inmates, the largest six month growth ever recorded in the number of inmates under federal jurisdiction. Federal agencies are collectively our largest customer and accounted for approximately 33% of our management revenues (when aggregating all of our federal contracts) for the year ended December 31, 2002. Further growth is expected to come from stricter sentencing guidelines, longer prison sentences and prison terms for juvenile offenders, as well as the growing demographic of the 14 to 24 year-old at-risk population.

Prison Overcrowding. The significant growth of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems. In 2001, at least 22 states and the federal prison system reported operating at above capacity. The federal prison system was operating at 31% above capacity at December 31, 2001.

Increasing Acceptance of Privatization. The growth of the overall prison population in the United States and the lack of available bed space has led to growth in the private corrections and detention sector since its inception. The prisoner population housed in privately managed facilities in the United States at the end of 2001 was 91,828, which represented a 5.1% increase over 2000. At December 31, 2001, 12.3% of all federal inmates and 5.8% of all state inmates were held in private facilities. Seven states and the District of Columbia, all of which are our customers, housed at least 20% of their prison population in private facilities as of December 31, 2001 — New Mexico (44%), the District of Columbia (36%), Montana (33%), Alaska (32%), Oklahoma (29%), Wyoming (28%), Hawaii (23%), and Idaho (22%).

Governmental Budgeting Constraints. We believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. The use of facilities owned and managed

S-3

by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity. In addition, contracting with a private operator allows governmental agencies to add beds without making significant capital investment or incurring new debt. We believe these advantages translate into significant cost savings for government agencies.

The Proposed Transactions

We are undertaking a series of transactions as described below in order to enhance our capital structure and to provide us additional financing flexibility that will enable us to more effectively execute our business objectives in the future. We cannot assure you that these transactions will be successfully completed. See “The Transactions.”

Common Stock and Note Offerings. We are undertaking the common stock offering in which we are offering 6,400,000 shares of common stock for sale and a selling stockholder of the Company is offering 1,200,000 shares of common stock for sale. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling stockholder. Concurrently with the common stock offering, we are also offering $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new senior notes due 2011 under a separate prospectus supplement.

Tender Offer for Series B Preferred Stock. We are making an offer to purchase up to 90% of our outstanding series B preferred stock (approximately 4.2 million of the 4.7 million shares outstanding as of March 31, 2003). The offer price for the series B preferred stock is $26.00 per share.

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock. Immediately following consummation of the common stock offering and the notes offering, we intend to use approximately $100.0 million of the net proceeds from the offerings to redeem approximately 4.0 million of the 4.3 million shares of our series A preferred stock issued and outstanding at a price per share equal to the liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date.

Purchase of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of the MDP Notes. We have entered into an agreement with Income Opportunity Fund I, LLC, Millennium Holdings II LLC and Millennium Holdings III LLC (which we collectively refer to as “MDP”) in which MDP has agreed to convert the $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 10% convertible subordinated notes due 2008, or the MDP Notes, into 3,362,899 shares of our common stock and sell such shares to us. The aggregate purchase price for the shares and accrued interest payable on the notes is anticipated to be approximately $72.5 million.

Payments on and Amendments to Senior Secured Credit Facility. We intend to repay approximately $47.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility. Depending upon the results of our tender offer to purchase up to 90% of our outstanding series B preferred stock, the amount of senior debt we will pay down would be adjusted. A consent to the proposed transactions and amendment to provide additional financial flexibility under the senior secured credit facility is expected to be obtained in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Our obligation to consummate the proposed common stock offering is not subject to the completion of any of the other transactions described above (other than obtaining the lender consent). The note offering is conditioned upon completion of the common stock offering and obtaining the lender consent. The tender offer is conditioned upon, among other things, completion of the common stock and note offerings. If the note offering and tender offer are not completed, we anticipate, subject to obtaining consent of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility, using the proceeds from the common stock offering to purchase the 3,362,899 MDP shares and pay accrued interest payable on the notes in connection with the purchase (subject to certain conditions therein), repay senior indebtedness and for general corporate purposes.

S-4

The foregoing transactions are reflected in the following sources and uses table and as described below:

Sources and Uses

(dollars in thousands)



Sources of Funds


		Uses of Funds

Common Stock Offering, Net Proceeds	$102,272	Tender for Series B Preferred Stock⁽¹⁾	$ 72,917
New Senior Notes	200,000	Redemption of Series A
		Preferred Stock	101,333
		MDP Repurchase	72,498
		Prepay Term Loans⁽²⁾	46,975
		Fees and Expenses⁽³⁾	8,549

	$302,272		$302,272


(1)	Assumes a successful tender for approximately 60% of the issued and outstanding series B preferred stock.

(2)	Subject to change to the extent we purchase more or fewer shares of series B preferred stock than as set forth above.

(3)	Includes approximately $6.0 million of underwriting discounts and anticipated expenses of the note offering.

Our History

Our predecessor, Corrections Corporation of America, a Tennessee corporation, was founded in 1983 as the first owner and operator of privatized correction and detention facilities. From January 1, 1999 to October 1, 2000, we operated as Prison Realty Trust, a publicly traded real estate investment trust, or REIT. Prison Realty Trust was the owner of all of our owned facilities while all of our prison operations (i.e., the management of our owned prisons and the management of government-owned prisons) were conducted by three operating companies.

In order to provide a simplified and more stable corporate and financial structure that allows us to retain earnings for capital purposes and to reduce debt, we merged with the three operating companies during the fourth quarter of 2000. In connection with the consummation of these mergers, we resumed operations under the “Corrections Corporation of America” name and ceased operating as a REIT. See Notes 1 and 3 to the combined and consolidated financial statements set forth herein for a more detailed description of these events.

S-5

The Offering


Common stock offered by us		6,400,000 shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholder		1,200,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering		34,504,360 shares

Over-allotment option granted by the selling stockholder		1,140,000 shares

Use of proceeds		We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from our concurrent offering of the new senior notes due 2011, (a) to redeem $100.0 million (liquidation price) plus accrued dividends of the issued and outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock pursuant to their terms, (b) to make a tender offer to purchase up to approximately 4.2 million shares of our series B preferred stock, (c) to purchase the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the MDP Notes and pay interest due to the noteholders, and (d) to repay approximately $47.0 million of term indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility. See “Use of Proceeds” and “The Transactions.” We will receive no proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholder.

NYSE symbol		“CXW”

Risk factors		You should carefully read and consider the information set forth in “Risk Factors” beginning on page S-11 of this prospectus supplement and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 2 of the accompanying prospectus before investing in our common stock.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering:


	•	includes approximately 28,103,360 million shares outstanding as of March 31, 2003;

	•	excludes 2,812,929 shares of common stock reserved for issuance and available for grant under our stock option and other employee benefit plans (this figure includes an additional 1,500,000 shares to be authorized and reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and an additional 75,000 shares authorized and reserved for issuance under our Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, subject to approval by stockholders at the 2003 Annual Meeting);

	•	excludes outstanding options for the purchase of 3,076,317 shares of common stock;

	•	excludes 3,369,599 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the conversion of our 8% convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2005;

	•	excludes warrants for the purchase of 287,835 shares of our common stock; and

	•	excludes 309,823 shares of common stock to be issued in connection with stockholders litigation settled in the first quarter of 2001.

S-6

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

The following table sets forth certain of our historical and pro forma combined and consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. Our summary historical financial data is derived from our audited combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement and incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus. The summary pro forma financial data set forth below is derived from our Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

Our financial information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is the only information presented below that fully reflects operating and financial results under our current corporate structure for full periods as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities. As the result of our mergers in the fourth quarter of 2000, our financial information for the year ended December 31, 2000 set forth below reflects nine months of operations primarily as a lessor of prisons and other correctional facilities and three months of operations as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities. Therefore, the summary financial information for the year ended December 31, 2000 is not comparable to the financial information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The following data should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus, each of which contains more detailed information with respect to our operations prior to 2001 and mergers in 2000.

The pro forma adjustments are described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” beginning on page S-29 and are based upon available information and various assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These adjustments give effect to events directly attributable to the transactions described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations and other financial data do not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been had these transactions occurred on January 1, 2002, and the as adjusted condensed consolidated balance sheet data does not purport to represent what our financial position would have been had these transactions actually occurred on December 31, 2002.

S-7



	Year Ended December 31,

										Pro Forma
	2000			2001			2002			2002⁽¹⁾


	(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statements of Operations:
Revenue:
Management and other	$	261,774		$	930,635		$	959,137		$	959,137
Rental		40,938			5,718			3,701			3,701
Licensing fees from affiliates		7,566			—			—			—

Total revenue		310,278			936,353			962,838			962,838

Expenses:
Operating		217,315			721,468			744,074			744,074
General and administrative		45,463			34,568			36,907			36,907
Depreciation and amortization		59,799			53,279			51,878			51,878
Fees to Operating Company		1,401			—			—			—
Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements		11,920			—			—			—
Impairment losses		527,919			—			—			—

Total expenses		863,817			809,315			832,859			832,859

Operating income (loss)		(553,539	)		127,038			129,979			129,979

Other (Income) Expense:
Equity loss and amortization of deferred gain, net		11,638			358			153			153
Interest expense, net		131,545			126,242			87,478			93,427
Other income		(3,099	)		—			—			—
Change in fair value of derivative instruments		—			(14,554	)		(2,206	)		(2,206	)
Loss on disposals of assets		1,733			74			111			111
Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain) loss		8,147			219			(622	)		(622	)
Stockholder litigation settlements		75,406			—			—			—

Total other (income) expense		225,370			112,339			84,914			90,863

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change		(778,909	)		14,699			45,065	(1)		39,116	(1)
Income tax benefit		48,002			3,358			63,284			63,284

Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change		(730,907	)		18,057			108,349		$	102,400

Minority interest in net loss of PMSI and JJFMSI		125			—			—

Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change		(730,782	)		18,057			108,349
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		—			7,637			681
Extraordinary charge		—			—			(36,670	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			—			(80,276	)

Net income (loss)		(730,782	)		25,694			(7,916	)
Distributions to preferred stockholders		(13,526	)		(20,024	)		(20,959	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(744,308	)	$	5,670		$	(28,875	)

S-8



	Year Ended December 31,

										Pro Forma
	2000			2001			2002			2002⁽¹⁾


	(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	(56.68	)	$	(0.08	)	$	3.17		$	2.89

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		—			0.31			0.02
Extraordinary charge		—			—			(1.33	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			—			(2.90	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(56.68	)	$	0.23		$	(1.04	)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	(56.68	)	$	(0.08	)	$	2.75		$	2.61

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		—			0.31			0.02
Extraordinary charge		—			—			(1.03	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		—			—			(2.26	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(56.68	)	$	0.23		$	(0.52	)

Other Financial Data:
EBITDA⁽²⁾	$	(587,565	) ⁽³⁾	$	194,220		$	184,421		$	184,421
Capital expenditures	$	(78,663	)	$	(6,435	)	$	(17,097	)	$	(17,097	)



	As of December 31, 2002

	Actual		As Adjusted⁽⁴⁾


	(dollars in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents	$	65,406	$	65,406
Total assets		1,874,071		1,879,806
Total debt		955,959		1,068,984
Total liabilities		1,140,073		1,240,513
Stockholders’ equity		733,998		639,293



	Year Ended December 31,

	2000⁽⁵⁾			2001			2002

Facility Operating Data:
Average available beds		60,424			58,855			58,487
Average compensated occupancy		84.8	%		88.4	%		89.6	%
Total compensated man-days		18,750,204			18,995,016			19,121,088
Revenue per compensated man-day⁽⁶⁾	$	45.94		$	48.11		$	49.32
Margin per compensated man-day⁽⁷⁾	$	8.29		$	11.01		$	11.30


(1)	The pro forma statement of operations and other financial data are presented to give effect to the transactions described in “The Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” as if the transactions had occurred on January 1, 2002.


	Primarily as the result of a change in tax law, the Company experienced a significant tax benefit in 2002 which may not recur in future years. Therefore, the Company believes it is useful to compare

S-9

historical pretax income from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders with pro forma pretax income from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders in analyzing the effects of the transactions. The calculation of comparative pretax income from continuing operations, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders is as follows:



	Year Ended
	December 31, 2002

	Actual			Pro Forma

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	45,065		$	39,116
Series A Preferred Stock Dividends		(8,600	)		(600	)
Series B Preferred Stock Dividends		(12,359	)		(3,510	)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders	$	24,106		$	35,006


	In addition, the transactions will provide another potential benefit because interest on the new senior notes is deductible for federal income tax purposes while preferred stock dividends are not.

(2)

We compute EBITDA by adding depreciation and amortization and interest expense, net, to income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change. EBITDA is presented because we believe it is frequently used by our lenders, securities analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate our operating results and our ability to service debt. However, other companies may calculate EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA is not a measure of performance under generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities or as a measure of liquidity or an alternative to net income as an indicator of our operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. This data should be read in conjunction with our combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus supplement and incorporated by reference into the accompanying prospectus. A reconciliation of EBITDA to operating income (loss) computed in accordance with GAAP is as follows:



	Year Ended December 31,

	2000			2001			2002


	(dollars in thousands)
EBITDA	$	(587,565	)	$	194,220		$	184,421
Depreciation and amortization		(59,799	)		(53,279	)		(51,878	)
Stockholder litigation settlement		75,406			—			—
Equity loss and amortization of deferred gain, net		11,638			358			153
Other income		(3,099	)		—			—
Change in fair value of derivative instruments		—			(14,554	)		(2,206	)
Loss on disposals of assets		1,733			74			111
Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain) loss		8,147			219			(622	)

Operating income (loss)	$	(553,539	)	$	127,038		$	129,979


(3)	The EBITDA for 2000 reflects impairment losses of $527.9 million and the write-off of amounts under lease arrangements of $11.9 million.

S-10


(4)	The “As Adjusted” column gives effect to the transactions described in “The Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” as if the transactions had occurred on December 31, 2002.

(5)	With respect to 2000, facility operating data includes that of the three operating companies combined.

(6)	Computed by dividing aggregate facility revenue by total compensated man-days.

(7)	Computed by deducting facility operating expense per compensated man-day from revenue per compensated man-day.

S-11

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus, before buying securities in this offering. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our results of operations are dependent on revenues generated by our jails, prisons and detention facilities, which are subject to the following risks associated with the corrections and detention industry.

General. We currently operate 59 correctional and detention facilities including 38 that we own. The facilities we manage have a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 20 states and the District of Columbia. Accordingly, we are subject to the operating risks associated with the corrections and detention industry, including those set forth below.

We are subject to fluctuations in occupancy levels. While a substantial portion of our cost structure is fixed, a substantial portion of our revenues are generated under facility management contracts that specify per diem payments based upon occupancy. Under a per diem rate structure, a decrease in our occupancy rates could cause a decrease in revenue and profitability. Average compensated occupancy for our facilities in operation for 2002 and 2001 was 89.6% and 88.4%, respectively. Occupancy rates may, however, decrease below these levels in the future.

We are subject to the termination or non-renewal of our government contracts. We typically enter into facility management contracts with governmental entities for terms of up to five years, with additional renewal periods at the option of the contracting governmental agency. Notwithstanding any contractual renewal option of a contracting governmental agency, 35 of our facility management contracts with the customers listed under “Business — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” are currently scheduled to expire on or before December 31, 2003. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” One or more of these contracts may not be renewed by the corresponding governmental agency. In addition, these and any other contracting agencies may determine not to exercise renewal options with respect to any of our contracts in the future. In the first quarter of 2003, the State of Florida terminated our contract to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing contract, and the Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Corrections assumed operations of the Lawrenceville Corrections Center upon expiration of our contract on March 22, 2003. Governmental agencies typically may also terminate a facility contract at any time without cause or use the possibility of termination to negotiate a lower fee for per diem rates. In the event any of our management contracts are terminated or are not renewed on favorable terms or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain additional replacement contracts. The non-renewal or termination of any of our contracts with governmental agencies could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from others.

Competition for inmates may adversely affect the profitability of our business. We compete with government entities and other private operators on the basis of cost, quality and range of services offered, experience in managing facilities and reputation of management and personnel. While there are barriers to entering the market for the management of correctional and detention facilities, these barriers may not be sufficient to limit additional competition. In addition, our government customers may assume the management of a facility currently managed by us upon the termination of the corresponding management contract or, if such customers have capacity at their facilities, may take inmates currently housed in our facilities and transfer them to government run facilities. Since we are paid on a per diem basis with no minimum guaranteed occupancy under certain of our contracts, the loss of such inmates and resulting decrease in occupancy would cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability. Further, many of our state

S-12

customers are currently experiencing budget difficulties. These budget difficulties could result in decreases to our per diem rates, which could cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability.

We are dependent on government appropriations. Our cash flow is subject to the receipt of sufficient funding of and timely payment by contracting governmental entities. If the appropriate governmental agency does not receive sufficient appropriations to cover its contractual obligations, it may terminate our contract or delay or reduce payment to us. Any delays in payment, or the termination of a contract, could have an adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition. In addition, as a result of, among other things, recent economic developments, federal, state and local governments have encountered, and may encounter, unusual budgetary constraints. As a result, a number of state and local governments are under pressure to control additional spending or reduce current levels of spending. Accordingly, we may be requested in the future to reduce our existing per diem contract rates or forego prospective increases to those rates. In addition, it may become more difficult to renew our existing contracts on favorable terms or otherwise.

Public resistance to privatization of correctional and detention facilities could result in our inability to obtain new contracts or the loss of existing contracts. The operation of correctional and detention facilities by private entities has not achieved complete acceptance by either governments or the public. The movement toward privatization of correctional and detention facilities has also encountered resistance from certain groups, such as labor unions and others that believe that correctional and detention facilities should only be operated by governmental agencies.

Moreover, negative publicity about an escape, riot or other disturbance or perceived poor conditions at a privately managed facility may result in publicity adverse to us and the private corrections industry in general. Any of these occurrences or continued trends may make it more difficult for us to renew or maintain existing contracts or to obtain new contracts, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to secure new contracts to develop and manage correctional and detention facilities depends on many factors outside our control. Our growth is generally dependent upon our ability to obtain new contracts to develop and manage new correctional and detention facilities. This possible growth depends on a number of factors we cannot control, including crime rates and sentencing patterns in various jurisdictions and acceptance of privatization. The demand for our facilities and services could be adversely affected by the relaxation of enforcement efforts, leniency in conviction and sentencing practices or through the decriminalization of certain activities that are currently proscribed by our criminal laws. For instance, any changes with respect to drugs and controlled substances or illegal immigration could affect the number of persons arrested, convicted and sentenced, thereby potentially reducing demand for correctional facilities to house them. Similarly, reductions in crime rates could lead to reductions in arrests, convictions and sentences requiring incarceration at correctional facilities.

Moreover, certain jurisdictions recently have required successful bidders to make a significant capital investment in connection with the financing of a particular project, a trend that will require us to have sufficient capital resources to compete effectively. We may not be able to obtain these capital resources when needed. Additionally, our success in obtaining new awards and contracts may depend, in part, upon our ability to locate land that can be leased or acquired under favorable terms. Otherwise desirable locations may be in or near populated areas and, therefore, may generate legal action or other forms of opposition from residents in areas surrounding a proposed site.

Failure to comply with unique and increased governmental regulation could result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of our contracts to manage correctional and detention facilities. The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations, including educational, health care and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry, and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also

S-13

require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with which we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations, and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.

In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates, such as inmates from other jurisdictions or inmates at medium or higher security levels. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States House of Representatives, containing such restrictions. Although we do not believe that existing legislation will have a material adverse effect on us, future legislation may have such an effect on us.

Government agencies may investigate and audit our contracts and, if any improprieties are found, we may be required to refund revenues we have received, to forego anticipated revenues and we may be subject to penalties and sanctions, including prohibitions on our bidding in response to Requests for Proposals, or RFPs. Certain of the governmental agencies we contract with have the authority to audit and investigate our contracts with them. As part of that process, government agencies may review our performance of the contract, our pricing practices, our cost structure and our compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if an agency determines that we have improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, we may not be reimbursed for those costs, and we could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed. If a government audit asserts improper or illegal activities by us, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeitures of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or disqualification from doing business with certain governmental entities. Any adverse determination could adversely impact our ability to bid in response to RFPs in one or more jurisdictions.

We depend on a limited number of governmental customers for a significant portion of our revenues. We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of governmental agencies. The loss of, or a significant decrease in, business from the BOP, U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service now known as the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (hereinafter referred to as “INS”) or U.S. Marshals Service (“USMS”) or various state agencies could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. The three federal governmental agencies with correctional and detention responsibilities, the BOP, INS and USMS, accounted for approximately 32% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 ($308.1 million), with the BOP accounting for approximately 14% of our total revenues for such period ($134.8 million) and USMS accounting for approximately 11% of our total revenue for such period ($105.9 million). We expect to continue to depend upon the federal agencies and a relatively small group of other governmental customers, for a significant percentage of our revenues.

We are dependent upon our senior management and our ability to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel.

We are dependent upon the continued service of each member of our senior management team, including John D. Ferguson, our President and Chief Executive Officer. The unexpected loss of any of these persons could materially adversely affect our business and operations. We only have employment agreements with our President and Chief Executive Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer, all of which expire in 2003 subject to annual renewals unless either party gives notice of termination.

In addition, the services we provide are labor-intensive. When we are awarded a facility management contract or open a new facility, we must hire operating management, correctional officers and other personnel. The success of our business requires that we attract, develop and retain these personnel. Our

S-14

inability to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or the loss of significant numbers of personnel at existing facilities could adversely affect our business and operations.

We are subject to necessary insurance costs.

Workers’ compensation, employee health and general liability insurance represent significant costs to us. We continue to incur increasing insurance costs due to adverse claims experience and rising healthcare costs in general. In addition, since the events of September 11, 2001, and due to concerns over corporate governance and recent corporate accounting scandals, liability and other types of insurance have become more difficult and costly to obtain. Unanticipated additional insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, and the failure to obtain or maintain any necessary insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be adversely affected by inflation.

Many of our facility management contracts provide for fixed management fees or fees that increase by only small amounts during their terms. If, due to inflation or other causes, our operating expenses, such as wages and salaries of our employees, and insurance, medical and food costs, increase at rates faster than increases, if any, in our management fees, then our profitability would be adversely affected. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Inflation.”

We are subject to legal proceedings associated with owning and managing correctional and detention facilities.

Our ownership and management of correctional and detention facilities, and the provision of inmate transportation services by a subsidiary, expose us to potential third-party claims or litigation by prisoners or other persons relating to personal injury or other damages resulting from contact with a facility, its managers, personnel or other prisoners, including damages arising from a prisoner’s escape from, or a disturbance or riot at, a facility we own or manage, or from the misconduct of our employees. To the extent the events serving as a basis for any potential claims are alleged or determined to constitute illegal or criminal activity, we could also be subject to criminal liability. Such liability could result in significant monetary fines and could affect our ability to bid on future contracts and retain our existing contracts. In addition, as an owner of real property, we may be subject to a variety of proceedings relating to personal injuries of persons at such facilities. The claims against our facilities may be significant and may not be covered by insurance. Even in cases covered by insurance, our deductible may be significant.

We are subject to tax related risks.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has recently completed auditing our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2000. The IRS has proposed an adjustment to the 2000 tax return that, if ultimately upheld by the Appeals Office of the IRS, would require us to make cash payments to the IRS in excess of $56.0 million, not including penalties and interest. See “Business — Legal Proceedings and Income Tax Matters and Contingencies — Income Tax Contingencies” for a further description of this matter. While we believe that we have sufficient liquidity available to us to satisfy any payments required to be made, in the event we are required to make payments in connection with such claim, the payments would reduce our working capital available to satisfy amounts due under the terms of our indebtedness. Any adjustment would also substantially eliminate our net operating loss carryforward, and would result in increased cash tax liabilities on taxable income thereafter.

On October 24, 2002, we entered into a definitive settlement with the IRS in connection with the IRS’ audit of our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’ final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 we paid approximately $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Due to a change in tax law created by the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act (“JCWAA”) of 2002, which was signed into law in March 2002, the settlement created opportunity to utilize any 2002 tax losses to claim a refund of a portion of the taxes paid. We experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives for tax purposes. Under terms

S-15

of the new law, we utilized our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997, which was increased substantially in connection with the settlement with the IRS. As a result of the tax law change in 2002, combined with the adoption of an accounting change in the depreciable lives of certain tax assets, we will be due an income tax refund of approximately $32.1 million. The IRS could challenge the deduction associated with the change in depreciable lives of certain tax assets. The disallowance of all or a substantial portion of this deduction by the IRS would have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and expected cash flows.

In addition, although the IRS has concluded its audit of our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 1999, the statute of limitations for such taxable year still has not expired. Thus, our election of REIT status for 1999 remains subject to review by the IRS generally until the expiration of three years from the date of filing of our 1999 federal tax return (September 2000). Should the IRS subsequently disallow our election to be taxed as a REIT for the 1999 taxable year, we would be subject to income taxes and interest on our 1999 taxable income and possibly could be subject to penalties, which would have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with ownership of real estate.

Our ownership of correctional and detention facilities subjects us to risks typically associated with investments in real estate. Investments in real estate, and in particular, correctional and detention facilities, are relatively illiquid and, therefore, our ability to divest ourselves of one or more of our facilities promptly in response to changed conditions is limited. Investments in correctional and detention facilities, in particular, subject us to risks involving potential exposure to environmental liability and uninsured loss. Our operating costs may be affected by the obligation to pay for the cost of complying with existing environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, as well as the cost of complying with future legislation. In addition, although we maintain insurance for many types of losses, there are certain types of losses, such as losses from earthquakes, riots and acts of terrorism, which may be either uninsurable or for which it may not be economically feasible to obtain insurance coverage, in light of the substantial costs associated with such insurance. As a result, we could lose both our capital invested in, and anticipated profits from, one or more of the facilities we own. Further, it is possible to experience losses that may exceed the limits of insurance coverage.

Certain of our facilities are subject to options to purchase and reversions. Ten of our facilities are or will be subject to an option to purchase by certain governmental agencies. Such options are exercisable by the corresponding contracting governmental entity generally at any time during the term of the respective facility management contract. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” If any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that we will be unable to invest the proceeds from the sale of the facility in one or more properties that yield as much cash flow as the property acquired by the government entity. In addition, in the event any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the facilities subject to these options generated approximately $172.4 million in revenue (17.9% of total revenue) and incurred approximately $136.8 million in operating expenses.

In addition, ownership of three of our facilities (including two of which are also subject to options to purchase) will, upon the expiration of certain ground leases with remaining terms generally ranging from 13 to 15 years, revert to the respective governmental agency contracting with us. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts.” At the time of such reversion, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the facilities subject to reversion generated approximately $60.6 million in revenue (6.3% of total revenue) and incurred approximately $51.8 million in operating expenses.

S-16

We may be adversely affected by the rising cost and increasing difficulty of obtaining adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms.

We are often required to post bid or performance bonds issued by a surety company as a condition to bidding on or being awarded a contract. Availability and pricing of these surety commitments is subject to general market and industry conditions, among other factors. Recent events in the economy have caused the surety market to become unsettled, causing many reinsurers and sureties to reevaluate their commitment levels and required returns. As a result, surety bond premiums generally are increasing. If we are unable to effectively pass along the higher surety costs to our customers, any increase in surety costs could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot assure you that we will have continued access to surety credit or that we will be able to secure bonds economically, without additional collateral, or at the levels required for any potential facility development or contract bids. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms, we would have to rely upon letters of credit under our credit facility, which would entail higher costs even if such borrowing capacity was available when desired at the time, and out ability to bid for or obtain new contracts could be impaired.

Risks Related to Our Leveraged Capital Structure

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt securities or the terms of our preferred stock.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2002, we had total indebtedness of $956.0 million, which was increased by $30.0 million in January 2003 in connection with a facility acquisition. Following completion of the transactions contemplated herein, our pro forma total indebtedness at December 31, 2002 would have increased to $1,069.0 million. The fixed charge coverage ratio at December 31, 2002 on a historical and on a pro forma basis was 1.5x and 1.4x, respectively.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:


	•	make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness including the notes issued in the notes offering;

	•	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

	•	require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, and other general corporate purposes;

	•	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

	•	place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

	•	limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms.

Our senior secured credit facility and other debt instruments, including the proposed senior notes to be issued pursuant to the notes offering, have restrictive covenants that could affect our financial condition.

The indenture related to our 9.875% unsecured senior notes due 2009, referred to herein as the 9.875% notes, the proposed notes to be issued in the notes offering and our senior secured credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our ability to borrow under our senior secured credit facility is subject to financial covenants, including leverage, interest rate and fixed charge coverage ratios. Our senior secured credit facility limits our ability to effect mergers, asset sales and change of control events. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.” These covenants also contain restrictions regarding our ability to make capital expenditures in the future. The indenture related to the 9.875% notes and the proposed notes to be issued in the notes offering also contain and will contain

S-17

limitations on our ability to effect mergers and change of control events, as well as other limitations, including:


	•	limitations on incurring additional indebtedness;

	•	limitations on the sale of assets;

	•	limitations on the declaration and payment of dividends or other restricted payments;

	•	limitations on transactions with affiliates; and

	•	limitations on liens.

See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — Indebtedness — 9.875% senior notes.” Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts. We do not have sufficient working capital to satisfy our debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still incur more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

The terms of the indenture for our 9.875% notes, the indentures contemplated for the proposed notes to be issued in the notes offering and our senior secured credit facility restrict our ability to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. However, in the future we may refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, and incur more indebtedness as a result. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. As of December 31, 2002, we had $58.0 million available for borrowing under our senior secured credit facility. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness, including the notes to be issued in the notes offering, and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

The risk exists that our business will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will not be available to us under our senior secured credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes, notes to be issued in the notes offering, or new debt securities, or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes, notes to be issued in the notes offering, or new debt securities, on or before maturity. We may not, however, be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility and including our existing senior notes, notes to be issued in the notes offering, or new debt securities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Because portions of our indebtedness have floating interest rates, a general increase in interest rates will adversely affect cash flows.

Our senior secured credit facility bears interest at a variable rate. To the extent our exposure to increases in interest rates is not eliminated through interest rate protection agreements, such increases will adversely affect our cash flows. In accordance with terms of the senior secured credit facility, we have entered into an interest rate cap agreement capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to our contractual interest rate margin) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. There can be no assurance that these interest rate protection provisions will be effective, or that once the interest rate protection agreement expires, we will enter into additional interest rate protection agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” for a further discussion of our exposure to interest rate increases.

S-18

We are required to repurchase all or a portion of our 9.875% notes and the proposed notes to be issued in the notes offering upon a change of control.

Upon certain change of control events, as that term is defined in the indenture for our 9.875% notes and the indenture contemplated for the proposed notes to be issued in the notes offering, including a change of control caused by an unsolicited third party, we are required to make an offer in cash to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest. The source of funds for any such repurchase would be our available cash or cash generated from operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling person or entity. Sufficient funds may not be available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of the tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes, or to repurchase notes tendered, following a change of control will result in a default under the respective indentures, which could lead to a cross-default under our senior secured credit facility and under the terms of our other indebtedness. In addition, our senior secured credit facility prohibits us from making any such required repurchases. Prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must either repay outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or obtain the consent of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility. If we do not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to purchase the notes. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Other Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock Sold in the Common Stock Offering and Notes Issued in the Notes Offering

The market price for our equity securities may be volatile.

In recent periods, there has been volatility in the market price for our publicly traded equity securities. In addition, the market price of our publicly traded equity securities could fluctuate substantially in the future in response to a number of factors, including the following:


	•	our quarterly operating results or the operating results of other private corrections and detention companies;

	•	changes in general conditions in the economy, the financial markets or the privatized corrections industry;

	•	changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock market analysts regarding us or our competitors;

	•	announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions;

	•	increases in labor and other costs; and

	•	natural disasters, riots or other developments affecting us or our competitors.

In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may materially adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating results.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the price of our common stock and our ability to raise funds in new common stock offerings.

Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity securities. All of the shares sold in this common stock offering will be freely tradeable, other than those shares sold in the common stock offering to any of our affiliates.

We and our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder have agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer any shares of our common stock for 90 days after the date of this prospectus

S-19

supplement, without first obtaining the written consent of Lehman Brothers. With this consent, we, our directors and executive officers and the selling stockholder may sell shares before the expiration of such period without prior notice to our other stockholders or to any public market in which our common stock trades. For more information about these “lock-up” agreements, see “Underwriting.”

Our issuance of additional series of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock and discourage a takeover.

Our board of directors has the power to issue up to 50.0 million shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. If as currently contemplated, the Company redeems a portion of the series A preferred stock and repurchases a portion of the series B preferred stock, any redeemed shares would become authorized but unissued shares of the Company’s preferred stock and available for future issuances. As of March 31, 2003, 4.3 million shares of series A preferred stock and approximately 4.7 million shares of series B preferred stock are outstanding. Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any new series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue additional shares of preferred stock in the future that has preference over our common stock, with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction favorable to our stockholders.

ERISA plan fiduciaries must consider certain factors before investing.

Depending upon the particular circumstances of the plan, an investment in our securities may not be an appropriate investment for an ERISA (as hereinafter defined) plan, a qualified plan or individual retirement accounts and individual retirement annuities (collectively, “IRAs”). The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), is a broad statutory framework that governs most non-governmental employee benefit plans in the United States. In deciding whether to purchase any of our securities, a fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan subject to ERISA (an “ERISA Plan”), in consultation with its advisors, should carefully consider its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, the prohibited transactions rules of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the effect of the “plan asset” regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor.

Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law could make it difficult for a third party to acquire our company.

The Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) and our charter and bylaws contain provisions that could delay, deter or prevent a change in control of our company or our management. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions:


	•	authorize us to issue “blank check” preferred stock, which is preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors, without stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of common stock;

	•	provide that directors may be removed with or without cause only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon; and

	•	establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.

S-20

prices for our common stock, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Our former independent public accountant, Arthur Andersen LLP, has been found guilty of federal obstruction of justice charges and you are unlikely to be able to exercise effective remedies against such firm in any legal action.

Our combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2000, and for the year then ended were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP. See “Experts” for a discussion of the financial statements included in this prospectus supplement. On March 14, 2002, Arthur Andersen was indicted on federal obstruction of justice charges arising from the federal government’s investigation of Enron Corporation. On June 15, 2002, a jury returned with a guilty verdict against Arthur Andersen following a trial. In light of the jury verdict and the underlying events, on August 31, 2002 Arthur Andersen ceased practicing before the Commission. However, we are including herein the combined and consolidated financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen as of December 31, 2000, and for the year then ended. Arthur Andersen has not performed any procedures in connection with this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus supplement is a part and has not consented to the incorporation by reference of its reports herein.

In reliance on Rule 437a under the Securities Act, as amended (the “Securities Act”), we have not filed a consent of Arthur Andersen to the inclusion of their report herein. Because Arthur Andersen has not consented to the incorporation by reference of its report in the accompanying prospectus, you will not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statements of material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated therein. Furthermore, relief in connection with claims that may be available to stockholders under the federal securities laws against auditing firms may not be available to stockholders as a practical matter against Arthur Andersen because it no longer operates as an accounting firm. See also “Experts.”

Moreover, as a public company, we are required to file with the Commission periodic financial statements audited or reviewed by an independent public accountant. The Commission has said that it will continue accepting financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen on an interim basis so long as a reasonable effort is made to have Arthur Andersen reissue its reports and to obtain a manually signed accountant’s report from Arthur Andersen. Arthur Andersen has informed us that it is no longer able to reissue its audit reports because both the partner and the audit manager who were assigned to our account have left the firm. In addition, Arthur Andersen is unable to perform procedures to assure the continued accuracy of its report on our audited financial statements included in this prospectus supplement. Arthur Andersen will also be unable to perform such procedures or to provide other information or documents that would customarily be received by us or underwriters in connection with financings or other transactions, including consents and “comfort” letters. As a result, we may encounter delays, additional expense and other difficulties in future financings. Any resulting delay in accessing or inability to access the public capital markets could have a material adverse effect on us.

S-21

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated in the accompanying prospectus contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Forward-looking statements address our beliefs and expectations of the outcome of future events that are forward-looking in nature, including, without limitation, the statements under “Prospectus Supplement Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.” All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated in the accompanying prospectus are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. These include, but are not limited to, the risks and uncertainties associated with:


	•	the growth in the privatization of the corrections and detention industry and the public acceptance of our services;

	•	our ability to obtain and maintain correctional facility management contracts, including as the result of sufficient governmental appropriations, and the timing of the opening of new facilities;

	•	changes in governmental policy, legislation, and regulation of the corrections and detention industry that adversely affect our business;

	•	availability of debt and equity financing, on terms that are favorable to us;

	•	fluctuations in operating results because of changes in occupancy level, competition, increases in costs of operations, fluctuations in interest rates and risks of operations;

	•	tax related risks; and

	•	general economic and market conditions.

All forward-looking statements included in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus, and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated in the accompanying prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus supplement. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus supplement.

S-22

THE TRANSACTIONS

We have determined to undertake a series of transactions as described below in order to enhance our capital structure and to provide us additional financing flexibility that we believe will enable us to more effectively execute our business objectives in the future. We cannot assure you that these transactions will be successfully completed. The transactions that we are undertaking are defined below:

Common Stock Offering. We are undertaking the common stock offering in which we are offering 6,400,000 shares of common stock for sale and a selling stockholder of the Company is offering 1,200,000 shares of common stock for sale. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares from the selling stockholder. Consummation of the common stock offering is not subject to the concurrent consummation of the other transactions described herein.

Note Offering. Concurrently with the common stock offering, we are also offering $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of new senior notes due 2011 under a separate prospectus supplement. The new senior notes will bear interest at the rate of % per annum and will mature on , 2011. The new senior notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and will be guaranteed by our domestic subsidiaries. Consummation of the notes offering will be subject to the consummation of the common stock offering.

Tender Offer for Series B Preferred Stock. The Company is making an offer to purchase up to 90% of its outstanding series B preferred stock (approximately 4.2 million shares as of April 1, 2003). The offer price for the series B preferred stock (inclusive of all accrued and unpaid dividends) is $26.00 per share. Consummation of the offer to purchase is subject to consummation of the common stock and the note offerings. The offer to purchase will expire at 12:00 midnight on April 29, 2003, unless extended by us. Any shares of series B preferred stock properly tendered on or before the expiration of the offer to purchase will be purchased by us promptly following the successful consummation of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock — Series B Preferred Stock.”

Purchase of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of the MDP Notes. We have entered into an agreement with MDP in which MDP has agreed to convert the $40.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 10% convertible subordinated notes due 2008 into 3,362,899 shares of our common stock and sell such shares to us. The aggregate purchase price for the MDP shares (assuming a $17.00 price per share), inclusive of estimated accrued interest of $15.3 million, is approximately $72.5 million. We are not obligated to purchase the MDP shares unless the common stock offering by us is consummated. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — $70 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes — $40 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes.”

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock. Immediately following consummation of the common stock and the note offerings, we intend to give notice to the holders of our outstanding series A preferred stock that approximately 90% of the series A preferred stock is being called for redemption. There are currently 4.3 million shares of series A preferred stock outstanding with a liquidation value of $107.5 million. The dividend payment dates for the series A preferred stock are the 15th day of January, April, July and October. Therefore, the aggregate redemption price will vary depending on whether the April 15 dividend payment date has occurred and such payment made; however, the redemption will consist of $100.0 million plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date. The redemption shall be pro rata among the holders of such outstanding shares. We will not call the series A preferred stock for redemption unless we consummate the common stock offering and the notes offering. See “Description of Capital Stock — Preferred Stock — Series A Preferred Stock.”

Payments on and Amendments to Senior Secured Credit Facility. We have a $745.0 million senior secured credit facility, which is comprised of a $75.0 million revolving loan ($51.9 million available as of March 1, 2003) with a remaining term of approximately three years, a $75.0 million term loan with a remaining term of approximately three years ($63.8 million outstanding as of March 1, 2003) and a $595.0 million term loan with a remaining term of approximately five years ($590.8 million outstanding as of March 1, 2003). We intend to use the remaining net proceeds of the common stock and note offerings

S-23

after application as described above to reduce amounts outstanding under the term loan portions of the senior secured credit facility, which is described and defined in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In connection with the common stock offering and the notes offering, the lenders under our senior secured credit facility will be required to consent to the issuance of the new senior notes and the use of proceeds from the common stock and note offerings to purchase the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the MDP notes, redeem the series A preferred stock and purchase shares of series B preferred stock pursuant to the offer to purchase. In connection with the consent, we also expect to modify certain provisions of the senior secured credit facility generally to provide additional borrowing capacity and operational flexibility including, but not limited to, (i) providing for a possible increase in the revolving credit portion of the facility from $75 million up to $110 million (subject to the receipt of lender commitments), (ii) increasing our ability to incur certain indebtedness, (iii) increasing our permitted annual capital expenditures, (iv) increasing our ability to assume indebtedness in connection with an acquisition and (v) increasing our ability to make acquisitions. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

S-24

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive proceeds of approximately $102.3 million from the sale of 6,400,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $17.00 per share after deducting the underwriting discounts and our estimated offering expenses. The following table illustrates the estimated sources and uses of funds from this offering and the other proposed transactions. The actual amounts may differ.



Sources of Funds


			Uses of Funds


(dollars in thousands)
Common Stock Offering, Net Proceeds	$	102,272	Tender for Series B Preferred Stock⁽¹⁾	$ 72,917
New Senior Notes		200,000	Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock	101,333
			MDP Repurchase	72,498
			Prepay Term Loans⁽²⁾	46,975
			Fees and Expenses⁽³⁾	8,549

	$	302,272		$302,272


(1)	Assumes a successful tender for approximately 60% of the issued and outstanding series B preferred stock.

(2)	Subject to change to the extent we redeem more or less shares of series B preferred stock than as set forth above.

(3)	Includes approximately $6.0 million of underwriting discounts and anticipated expenses of the notes offering.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholder.

S-25

MARKET PRICE OF AND DISTRIBUTIONS ON COMMON STOCK

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “CXW.” The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the range of high and low sale prices of our common stock, on the NYSE. We completed a reverse stock split of our common stock effective May 18, 2001, at a ratio of one-for-ten. Accordingly, all per share amounts of the common stock have been retroactively restated to reflect the reduction in common shares and corresponding increase in per share amounts resulting from the reverse stock split.



		Sales Price

		High		Low

2001
	First Quarter	$	15.00	$	3.75
	Second Quarter	$	16.00	$	6.00
	Third Quarter	$	17.88	$	12.40
	Fourth Quarter	$	19.25	$	13.10
2002
	First Quarter	$	19.25	$	12.15
	Second Quarter	$	18.63	$	12.80
	Third Quarter	$	17.22	$	11.69
	Fourth Quarter	$	18.30	$	13.95
2003
	First Quarter	$	18.35	$	16.42

DIVIDEND POLICY

Pursuant to the terms of the senior secured credit facility, we are restricted from declaring or paying cash dividends with respect to outstanding shares of common stock. Moreover, even if such restriction is ultimately removed, we do not intend to pay dividends with respect to shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future.

S-26

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2002 (1) on an actual basis and (2) on an as adjusted basis to reflect the following transactions as if they had occurred on that date:


	•	the sale of 6,400,000 shares of our common stock in the common stock offering and our receipt of $102.3 million in estimated net proceeds based on an assumed public offering price of $17.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the offering;

	•	the sale of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes in the notes offering and our receipt of $194.0 million in estimated net proceeds, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the offering; and

	•	the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” and “The Transactions.”



			As of December 31, 2002

			Actual			As Adjusted⁽¹⁾


			(in thousands, except
			per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents			$	65,406		$	65,406

Long-term debt (including current maturities):
	Term loans under senior secured credit facility		$	624,513		$	577,538
	12% senior notes due 2006			10,795			10,795
	9.875% senior notes due 2009			250,000			250,000
	% senior notes due 2011			—			200,000
	10% convertible subordinated notes due December 2008			40,000			—
	8% convertible subordinated notes due February 2005			30,000			30,000
	Other long-term debt			651			651

	Total long-term debt			955,959			1,068,984

Stockholders’ equity:
	Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000 shares authorized:
	Series A — 4,300 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and 300 issued and outstanding, as adjusted; stated at liquidation preference of $25.00 per share			107,500			7,500	⁽²⁾
	Series B — 12,000 shares authorized, with 4,408 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and 1,604 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted; stated at liquidation preference of $24.46 per share			107,831			39,233	⁽³⁾
	Common stock, $0.01 par value, 80,000 shares authorized, 27,986 shares issued and outstanding, actual, and 34,386 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted			280			344	⁽⁴⁾
	Additional paid-in capital			1,343,066			1,427,796
	Deferred compensation			(1,604	)		(1,604	)
	Retained deficit			(822,111	)		(833,012	)
	Accumulated other comprehensive loss			(964	)		(964	)

		Total stockholders’ equity		733,998			639,293

		Total capitalization	$	1,689,957		$	1,708,277

S-27


(1)	The “As Adjusted” column gives effect to the transactions described in “The Transactions” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements” as if the transactions had occurred on December 31, 2002.

(2)	Assumes redemption of $100.0 million stated amount of our series A preferred stock, expected to occur approximately 30 days following consummation of the common stock offering and the notes offering.

(3)	Assumes the purchase of 2,804,000 shares (60% of shares outstanding) of our series B preferred stock pursuant to our Offer to Purchase.

(4)	Common stock totals do not include a total of 4,431,468 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and other employee benefit plans at December 31, 2002. Options to purchase 3,102,039 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $20.86 per share were outstanding under our stock option plans as of December 31, 2002. In addition, 3,967,257 shares of common stock were not included in the common stock totals which are reserved for issuance upon conversion of the remaining convertible notes, to satisfy our remaining requirement under settlement agreements related to litigation and outstanding warrants to purchase our common stock.

S-28

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2002. The transactions which are given effect to in the following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements include:


	•	the sale of 6,400,000 shares of our common stock in the common stock offering and our receipt of $102.3 million in estimated proceeds, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the offerings;

	•	the sale of $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of notes in the notes offering and our receipt of $194.0 million in estimated net proceeds, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated expenses of the offerings; and

	•	the application of the estimated net proceeds from the common stock offering and the notes offering as described in “Use of Proceeds” and “The Transactions.”

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet has been prepared as if the transactions occurred on December 31, 2002, and the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations has been prepared as if the transactions occurred on January 1, 2002. See “Use of Proceeds” and “The Transactions.”

The unaudited pro forma financial statements appearing below are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates and are subject to uncertainties, and do not purport to be indicative of the actual results of operations or financial condition that would have occurred had the transactions described above in fact occurred on the dates indicated, nor do they purport to be indicative of the results of operations or financial condition that we may achieve in the future.

S-29

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2002

(in thousands)


		Actual						Pro Forma
		December 31,			Total			December 31,
		2002			Adjustments			2002

ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents		$	65,406		$	—		$	65,406
Restricted cash			7,363			—			7,363
Accounts receivable, net			122,829			—			122,829
Income tax receivable			32,499			—			32,499
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			12,435			—			12,435
Current assets of discontinued operations			13,815			—			13,815

	Total Current Assets		254,347			—			254,347
Property and equipment, net			1,552,265			—			1,552,265
Investment in direct financing lease			18,346			—			18,346
Goodwill			20,902			—			20,902
Other assets			28,211			5,735	(A)		33,946

	Total Assets	$	1,874,071		$	5,735		$	1,879,806

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	152,905		$	(12,585	)(B)	$	140,320
Income tax payable			3,685			—			3,685
Distributions payable			5,330			—			5,330
Current portion of long-term debt			23,054			—			23,054
Current liabilities of discontinued operations			992			—			992

	Total Current Liabilities		185,966			(12,585	)		173,381
Long-term debt, net of current portion			932,905			113,025	(C)		1,045,930
Other liabilities			21,202			—			21,202

	Total Liabilities		1,140,073			100,440			1,240,513

Stockholders’ Equity
	Preferred stock — series A		107,500			(100,000	)(D)		7,500
	Preferred stock — series B		107,831			(68,598	)(E)		39,233
	Common stock		280			64	(F)		344
	Additional paid-in-capital		1,343,066			84,730	(F)		1,427,796
	Deferred compensation		(1,604	)		—			(1,604	)
	Retained deficit		(822,111	)		(10,901	)(G)		(833,012	)
	Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(964	)		—			(964	)

	Total Stockholders’ Equity		733,998			(94,705	)		639,293

	Total Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity	$	1,874,071		$	5,735		$	1,879,806

See Footnote Explanations to these Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

S-30

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2002

(In thousands, except per share amounts)


			Actual						Pro Forma
			Year Ended						Year Ended
			December 31,			Total			December 31,
			2002			Adjustments			2002

Revenues:
	Management and other		$	959,137		$	—		$	959,137
	Rental			3,701			—			3,701

		Total Revenues		962,838			—			962,838

Expenses:
	Operating			744,074			—			744,074
	General and administrative			36,907			—			36,907
	Depreciation and amortization			51,878			—			51,878

		Operating Income		129,979			—			129,979

Other (Income) Expense:
	Equity loss of joint venture			153			—			153
	Interest expense, net			87,478			5,949	(A),(C)		93,427
	Change in fair value of derivative instruments			(2,206	)		—			(2,206	)
	Loss on disposals of assets			111			—			111
	Unrealized foreign currency transaction gain			(622	)		—			(622	)

				84,914			5,949			90,863

Income From Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes, Extraordinary Charge and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change				45,065	(D)		(5,949	)		39,116	(D)
	Income tax benefit			63,284			—			63,284

Income From Continuing Operations Before Extraordinary Charge and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change				108,349			(5,949	)		102,400
	Series A Preferred Stock Dividends			(8,600	)		8,000	(B)		(600	)
	Series B Preferred Stock Dividends			(12,359	)		8,849	(B),(C)		(3,510	)

Income from Continuing Operations Available to Common Stockholders Before Extraordinary Charge and Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change			$	87,390		$	10,900		$	98,290

EPS Basic:
Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change			$	3.17					$	2.89

EPS Diluted:
Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change			$	2.75					$	2.61

Weighted Average Shares:
	Basic			27,669			6,400			34,069

	Diluted			35,574			3,037			38,611

See Footnote Explanations to these Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

S-31

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Footnote Explanations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)


	NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET — DECEMBER 31, 2002

(A) Reflects the estimated payment of $6,905 for fees and expenses related to the issuance of $200,000 of new senior notes. These fees will be capitalized and amortized over the term of the new senior notes of eight years. Additionally, this adjustment reflects the reduction of capitalized debt issuance costs as a result of the conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes and the anticipated $46,975 prepayment of the senior secured credit facility. The gross adjustments to capitalized debt issuance costs are as follows:


Issuance of new senior notes		$	6,905
Conversion of $40,000 convertible subordinated notes			(309	)
Prepayment on senior secured credit facility			(861	)

	Pro forma adjustment	$	5,735

(B) Reflects the portion of the total interest payment on the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes expected to be made on the close of the transactions, which was accrued as of December 31, 2002. The difference between the total expected interest payment of $15,329 at April 30, 2003 and the balance accrued as of December 31, 2002 of $12,585 is included as an adjustment to retained earnings on this pro forma balance sheet (see note G).

(C) Reflects the issuance of $200,000 of our new senior notes, the estimated prepayment of the senior secured credit facility, and the conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes. The gross adjustments are as follows:


Issuance of new senior notes		$	200,000
Prepayment on senior secured credit facility			(46,975	)
Conversion of $40,000 convertible subordinated notes			(40,000	)

	Pro forma adjustment	$	113,025

(D) Reflects the estimated redemption of 4,000 shares of series A preferred stock (out of 4,300 issued and outstanding) at the liquidation preference of $25.00 per share. See footnote (G) for a discussion of the associated transaction fees.

(E) Reflects the redemption of 2,804 shares of series B preferred stock purchased under the tender offer, assuming that approximately 60% of the shares outstanding as of April 30, 2003, are tendered at $26.00 per share. The liquidation preference of the series B preferred stock is $24.46 per share.

The maximum percentage of series B preferred stock that we are tendering for is equal to 90% of the shares issued and outstanding as of the date of the tender solicitation. Every 10 percentage point change in the percent of series B preferred stock tendered changes the payment to repurchase series B preferred stock by approximately $11,433, including the tender premium and fees. As a result of every 10 percentage point change in the percent of series B preferred stock tendered, the amount of the prepayment on the senior secured credit facility changes by approximately $12,327.

(F) Reflects the issuance of 6,400 shares of common stock. The pro forma calculations assume a stock issuance price of $17.00 per share. The adjustment also reflects the issuance of 3,363 shares of common stock upon conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes and the purchase of those shares by the Company, as treasury stock, as soon as practicable following the closing of the common stock offering

S-32

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Footnote Explanations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

at a purchase price of $17.00 per share. Upon conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes, the associated unamortized loan issuance costs of $309 is charged to additional paid-in-capital. The changes to the common stock and additional paid-in-capital accounts are as follows:


		Common Stock			Paid-In Capital

Issuance of primary shares		$	64		$	108,736
Less: stock issuance costs at 6.0%			—			(6,528	)

			64			102,208
Conversion of $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes into 3,363 common shares and the write-off of $309 of unamortized loan issuance costs			34			39,657
Purchase of 3,363 treasury shares			(34	)		(57,135	)

	Pro forma adjustment	$	64		$	84,730

(G) Reflects a summary of the various transaction fees and expenses and other payments that will be charged to the statement of operations in 2003 upon closing of the transactions, including (1) the series B preferred stock tender premium of $1.54 per share; (2) fees and expenses associated with the series A preferred stock redemption and series B preferred stock tender; (3) legal and other fees associated with the conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes; (4) the $1,333 of series A preferred stock dividends accrued as of April 30, 2003 to be paid in cash on the shares that are redeemed; (5) a pro rata reduction in the unamortized loan issuance costs related to the senior secured credit facility as a result of the $46,975 prepayment; and (6) the difference between the total expected interest payment of $15,329 at April 30, 2003 and the balance accrued as of December 31, 2002 (see Note B). The table below details the components of this pro forma adjustment:


Tender premium on purchase of 2,804 shares of series B preferred stock		$	4,319
Series A and series B preferred stock redemption fees and expenses			1,544
$40.0 million convertible subordinated notes conversion fees			100
Series A preferred stock dividends			1,333
Write-off of unamortized loan issuance costs — senior secured credit facility			861
Difference between interest accrual of $12,585 at December 31, 2002 and $15,329 payment due at conversion on April 30, 2003 of the $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes			2,744

	Pro forma adjustment	$	10,901

S-33

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Footnote Explanations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS — FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

(A) Reflects the net adjustment to interest expense related to (1) additional interest expense associated with the issuance of $200,000 of new senior notes at 8.0%, (2) reduction in interest expense associated with the anticipated prepayment of $46,975 of term loans under the senior secured credit facility at a weighted average interest rate of 6.05% for the year ended December 31, 2002, (3) reduction in amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the prepayment of the senior secured credit facility, (4) amortization of debt issuance costs, amortized over the eight year term of the new senior notes, (5) elimination of interest expense associated with the conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes, (6) reduction in amortization of debt issuance costs associated with the conversion of the $40,000 convertible subordinated notes. The following table details the components of this pro forma adjustment:


Interest on new senior notes		$	16,000
Interest on senior secured credit facility			(2,842	)
Amortization of debt issuance costs on senior secured credit facility			(174	)
Amortization of debt issuance costs on new senior notes			863
Interest on $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes			(7,847	)
Amortization of debt issuance costs on $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes			(51	)

	Pro forma adjustment	$	5,949

(B) Reflects the elimination of the preferred stock dividends resulting from the redemption of the 4,000 series A preferred shares and the tender of approximately 60% of the series B preferred shares. The redemption of the series A preferred shares would result in the pro forma reduction in series A preferred dividends of $8,000. The tender of approximately 60% of the series B preferred shares would result in the pro forma reduction in series B preferred dividends of $8,849.

(C) The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002 included herein assumes that approximately 60% of series B preferred shares are tendered. Each incremental 10% increase or decrease of series B preferred stock tendered will result in an increase/(decrease) in the following pro forma adjustments:


	10% Increase			10% Decrease

Interest expense	$	791		$	(791	)
Preferred dividend distributions	$	(1,435	)	$	1,435

(D) Primarily as the result of a change in tax law, the Company experienced a significant tax benefit in 2002 which may not recur in future years. Therefore, the Company believes it is useful to compare historical pretax income from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders with pro forma pretax income from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders

S-34

Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

Footnote Explanations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

in analyzing the effects of the transactions. The calculation of comparative pretax income available to common stockholders is as follows:



	Year Ended
	December 31, 2002

	Actual			Pro Forma

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	45,065		$	39,116
Series A Preferred Stock Dividends		(8,600	)		(600	)
Series B Preferred Stock Dividends		(12,359	)		(3,510	)

Income from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change available to common stockholders	$	24,106		$	35,006

In addition, the transactions will provide another potential benefit because interest on the new senior notes is deductible for federal income tax purposes while preferred stock dividends are not.

S-35

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth certain of our historical financial data for the five most recent fiscal years. Our selected financial data is derived from our combined and consolidated financial statements for such periods. Our audited combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 are included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

Our financial information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is the only information presented below that fully reflects operating and financial results under our current corporate structure for full periods as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities. As the result of our mergers in the fourth quarter of 2000, our financial information for the year ended December 31, 2000 set forth below reflects nine months of operations primarily as a lessor of prisons and other correctional facilities and three months of operations as an owner, operator and manager of prisons and other correctional facilities. Our financial information for the year ended December 31, 1999 set forth below reflects the results of our operations as a REIT. Our financial information for the year ended December 31, 1998 is derived from the historical financial statements of the old Corrections Corporation of America, a Tennessee corporation and a predecessor to the Company (“Old CCA”). Therefore, the selected financial information for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1999, and 2000 is not comparable to the financial information for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The following data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement which contain more detailed information with respect to our merger with Old CCA, our operations as a REIT for 1999 and our operations and mergers in 2000.

S-36



		Year Ended December 31,

		1998			1999			2000			2001			2002


		(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Statements of Operations:
Revenue:
	Management and other	$	626,016		$	—		$	261,774		$	930,635		$	959,137
	Rental		—			270,134			40,938			5,718			3,701
	Licensing fees from affiliates		—			8,699			7,566			—			—

Total revenue			626,016			278,833			310,278			936,353			962,838

Expenses:
	Operating		465,726			—			217,315			721,468			744,074
	General and administrative		28,628			24,125			45,463			34,568			36,907
	Lease		58,018			—			—			—			—
	Depreciation and amortization		12,261			44,062			59,799			53,279			51,878
	Fees to Operating Company		—			—			1,401			—			—
	Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements		—			65,677			11,920			—			—
	Impairment losses		—			76,433			527,919			—			—
	Old CCA compensation charge		22,850			—			—			—			—

Total expenses			587,483			210,297			863,817			809,315			832,859

Operating income (loss)			38,533			68,536			(553,539	)		127,038			129,979

Other (Income) Expense:
Equity (earnings) loss and amortization of deferred gain, net			—			(3,608	)		11,638			358			153
Interest expense (income), net			(2,770	)		45,036			131,545			126,242			87,478
Other (income) expense			2,043			14,567			(3,099	)		—			—
Change in fair value of derivative instruments			—			—			—			(14,554	)		(2,206	)
Loss on disposals of assets			—			1,995			1,733			74			111
Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain) loss			—			—			8,147			219			(622	)
Stockholder litigation settlements			—			—			75,406			—			—

Total other (income) expense			(727	)		57,990			225,370			112,339			84,914

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change			39,260			10,546			(778,909	)		14,699			45,065
Income tax (expense) benefit			(14,280	)		(83,200	)		48,002			3,358			63,284

Income (loss) from continuing operations before minority interest, extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change			24,980			(72,654	)		(730,907	)		18,057			108,349
Minority interest in net loss of PMSI and JJFMSI			—			—			125			—			—

Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change			24,980			(72,654	)		(730,782	)		18,057			108,349
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			2,001			—			—			7,637			681
Extraordinary charge			—			—			—			—			(36,670	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of taxes			(16,145	)		—			—			—			(80,276	)

Net income (loss)			10,836			(72,654	)		(730,782	)		25,694			(7,916	)
Distributions to preferred stockholders			—			(8,600	)		(13,526	)		(20,024	)		(20,959	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	10,836		$	(81,254	)	$	(744,308	)	$	5,670		$	(28,875	)

S-37



	Year Ended December 31,

	1998			1999			2000			2001			2002


	(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	3.50		$	(7.06	)	$	(56.68	)	$	(0.08	)	$	3.17
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.28			—			—			0.31			0.02
Extraordinary charge		—			—			—			—			(1.33	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		(2.26	)		—			—			—			(2.90	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	1.52		$	(7.06	)	$	(56.68	)	$	0.23		$	(1.04	)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change	$	3.21		$	(7.06	)	$	(56.68	)	$	(0.08	)	$	2.75
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.26			—			—			0.31			0.02
Extraordinary charge		—			—			—			—			(1.03	)
Cumulative effect of accounting change		(2.05	)		—			—			—			(2.26	)

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	1.42		$	(7.06	)	$	(56.68	)	$	0.23		$	(0.52	)

Other Financial Data:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges⁽¹⁾		2.4	x		1.0	x		N/A			1.1	x		1.5	x



	As of December 31,

	1998		1999		2000		2001		2002

Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	31,141	$	84,493	$	20,889	$	46,307	$	65,406
Total assets		1,090,437		2,716,644		2,176,992		1,971,280		1,874,071
Total debt		299,833		1,098,991		1,152,570		963,600		955,959
Total liabilities excluding deferred gains		395,999		1,209,528		1,488,977		1,224,119		1,140,073
Stockholders’ equity		451,986		1,401,071		688,015		747,161		733,998

(1)

For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations plus fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest, and fixed charges consist of interest, whether expensed or capitalized, and amortization of loan costs. Deficiency in earnings available to cover fixed charges for the year ended December 31, 2000 was $759.1 million. This deficit is primarily the result of impairment losses of $527.9 million and the write-off of amounts under lease arrangements of $11.9 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our combined and consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.

S-38

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus summary or incorporated by reference in the accompanying prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and included in other portions of this prospectus supplement.

Overview

The Company

We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States, behind only the federal government and four states. As of December 31, 2002, we owned 40 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which we lease to other operators, and one additional facility which is not yet in operation. As of December 31, 2002, we operated 60 facilities (including 37 facilities that we owned), with a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 21 states and the District of Columbia.

We specialize in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, our facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and education programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful re-entry into society upon their release. We also provide health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.

Our website address is www.correctionscorp.com. We make our Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, and Form 8-K reports available on our website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information contained on our website is not part of this prospectus supplement.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. As such, we are required to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are reasonable based upon the information available. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. A summary of our significant accounting policies is described in Note 4 to our financial statements contained elsewhere in the prospectus supplement. The significant accounting policies and estimates which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2002, accounts receivable included $13.8 million due from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, classified as current assets of discontinued operations due to the termination of our contracts to manage three facilities in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico during the second and third quarters of 2002. In February 2003, we entered into an agreement with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico regarding the payment and resolution of the balance of the receivable. The agreement specifies payment dates for $11.3 million, of which $4.7 million has been collected, with the balance to be paid upon reconciliation of invoices presented. We currently expect to collect the balance of the receivable and, therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been established for the accounts receivable balance. However, no assurance can be given as to the timing and ultimate collectibility of the remaining amounts due.

S-39

Asset impairments. As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately $1.6 billion in long-lived assets. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying values of our long-lived assets, other than intangibles, when events suggest that an impairment may have occurred. In these circumstances, we utilize estimates of undiscounted cash flows to determine if an impairment exists. If an impairment exists, it is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Goodwill impairments. Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” or SFAS 142, which established new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, all goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002 and goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at adoption of SFAS 142 and at least annually thereafter. On an ongoing basis (absent any impairment indicators), we expect to continue to perform our impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with our annual budgeting process.

Based on our initial impairment tests, we recognized an impairment of $80.3 million to write-off the carrying value of goodwill associated with our locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment during the first quarter of 2002. This goodwill was established in connection with the acquisition of Correctional Management Services Corporation, referred to herein as Operating Company. The remaining goodwill, which is associated with the facilities we manage but do not own, was deemed to be not impaired, and remains recorded on the balance sheet. This remaining goodwill was established in connection with the acquisitions of Prison Management Services, Inc., or PMSI, and Juvenile and Jail Facility Management Services, Inc., or JJFMSI, both of which were privately-held service companies, referred to herein as the Service Companies, that managed certain government-owned adult and juvenile prison and jail facilities. The implied fair value of goodwill of the locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment did not support the carrying value of any goodwill, primarily due to the highly leveraged capital structure. No impairment of goodwill allocated to the locations included in the managed-only reporting segment was deemed necessary, primarily because of the relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements, and therefore indebtedness, in connection with obtaining such management contracts. Under SFAS 142, the impairment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our statement of operations for the first quarter of 2002. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

Income taxes. As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately $141.4 million in gross deferred tax assets. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Since the change in tax status in connection with the restructuring in 2000, and as of December 31, 2002, we have provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve the deferred tax assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” or SFAS 109. The valuation allowance is recognized based on the weight of available evidence indicating that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This evidence primarily consists of, but is not limited to, recurring operating losses for federal tax purposes.

S-40

PMSI and JJFMSI were acquired. If the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2002 were to be removed in its entirety, the reduction to goodwill would amount to approximately $4.5 million. To the extent no valuation allowance is established for our deferred tax assets, future financial statements would reflect a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.

On October 24, 2002, we entered into a definitive settlement with the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in connection with the IRS’s audit of our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’s final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 we paid approximately $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Pursuant to the terms of the settlement, the audit adjustments agreed to for the 1997 tax year did not trigger any additional distribution requirements by us in order to preserve our status as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes for 1999. The adjustments will, however, serve to increase our accumulated earnings and profits in 2002 and therefore will affect the taxability of dividends paid on our Series A and Series B Preferred Stock in 2002 and later years.

In addition, due to a change in tax law created by the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, which was signed into law in March 2002, the settlement created an opportunity to utilize any 2002 tax losses to claim a refund of a portion of the taxes paid. We experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives for tax purposes. Under terms of the new law, we utilized our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997, which was increased substantially in connection with the settlement with the IRS. As a result of the tax law change in 2002, combined with the adoption of an accounting change in the depreciable lives of certain tax assets, we will be due an income tax refund of approximately $32.1 million. While we do not currently expect the IRS to challenge the deduction associated with the change in depreciable lives of certain tax assets, the disallowance of all or a substantial portion of this deduction by the IRS would have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and expected cash flows.

The cumulative effect of accounting change in tax depreciation resulted in the establishment of a significant deferred tax liability for the tax effect of the book over tax basis of certain assets. The creation of such a deferred tax liability, and the significant improvement in our tax position since the original valuation allowance was established to reserve our deferred tax assets, resulted in the reduction of the valuation allowance, generating an income tax benefit of approximately $30.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2002, as we determined that substantially all of these deferred tax liabilities will be utilized to offset the reversal of deferred tax assets during the net operating loss carryforward periods. We continue to evaluate additional tax strategies to maximize the opportunities created by the new law, which could result in an additional income tax refund and income tax benefits, although we can provide no assurance that any such tax strategies will come to fruition.

The IRS has recently completed auditing our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2000. The IRS has proposed the disallowance of a loss we claimed as the result of our forgiveness in September 2000 of certain indebtedness of Operating Company. This finding is currently being protested with the Appeals Office of the IRS. In the event that, after we seek all available remedies, the IRS prevails, we would be required to pay the IRS in excess of $56.0 million in cash plus penalties and interest. This adjustment would also substantially eliminate our net operating loss carryforward. We believe that we have meritorious defenses of our positions. We have not established a reserve for this matter. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not make such an assessment and prevail in any such claim against us.

Self-funded insurance reserves. As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately $25.6 million in accrued liabilities for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile insurance. We are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance. As such, our insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and our ability to control our claims. We have consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance based on our history of claims experience and time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by us.

S-41

We have accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future.

Legal reserves. As of December 31, 2002, we had approximately $20.7 million in accrued liabilities for litigation for certain legal proceedings in which we are involved. We have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims based on a range of potential outcomes. In addition, we are subject to current and potential future legal proceedings for which little or no accrual has been reflected because our current assessment of the potential exposure is nominal. These estimates have been developed in consultation with our General Counsel’s office and, as appropriate, outside counsel handling these matters, and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our strategies.

Results of Operations

We do not believe the comparison between our results of operations or cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 with the year ended December 31, 2000 is meaningful because the 2000 results of operations and cash flows reflect real estate activities between Operating Company and us for the period from January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000 during a period of severe liquidity problems, and as of October 1, 2000, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows include the operations of the correctional and detention facilities previously leased to and managed by Operating Company. In addition, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 also include the operations of the Service Companies as of December 1, 2000 (acquisition date) on a consolidated basis. For the period January 1, 2000 through August 31, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies were accounted for and were presented under the equity method of accounting. For the period from September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies were accounted for on a combined basis due to the repurchase by the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Service Companies of the non-management, outside stockholders’ equity interest in the Service Companies during September 2000. The resulting increase in our assets and liabilities as of September 1, 2000 as a result of combining the balance sheets of PMSI and JJFMSI has been treated as a non-cash transaction in the combined statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2000, with the September 1, 2000 combined cash balances of PMSI and JJFMSI ($22.0 million) included in “cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.” The economic interests in each of PMSI and JJFMSI are presented under the equity method for all periods prior to September 1, 2000. For the entire years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, our consolidated results of operations and cash flows reflect our results as a business specializing in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies.

Our 2002 and 2001 results of operations were impacted by, and the following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the number of facilities we owned and managed, the number of

S-42

facilities we managed but did not own, the number of facilities we leased to other operators, and the facilities we owned that were not yet in operation.


	Owned
	and			Managed
	Managed			Only			Leased			Incomplete			Total

Facilities as of December 31, 2000		40			28			4			2			74
Sale of the Mountain View Correctional Facility		(1	)		—			—			—			(1	)
Sale of Agecroft Properties, Inc., which owned an interest in the Agecroft facility located in Salford, England		(1	)		—			—			—			(1	)
Sale of the Pamlico Correctional Facility		(1	)		—			—			—			(1	)
Termination of the management contract for the Brownfield Intermediate Sanction Facility		—			(1	)		—			—			(1	)
Sale of the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, and due to the amendment of the previous contract terms, continued management of the facility		(1	)		1			—			—			—

Facilities as of December 31, 2001		36			28			4			2			70

Termination of the management contract for the Southwest Indiana Regional Youth Village		—			(1	)		—			—			(1	)
Termination of the management contracts for facilities in Puerto Rico		—			(3	)		—			—			(3	)
Management contract award by the Federal Bureau of Prisons for the McRae Correctional Facility		1			—			—			(1	)		—
Sale of interest in a juvenile facility		—			—			(1	)		—			(1	)
Termination of the management contract for the Delta Correctional Center		—			(1	)		—			—			(1	)

Facilities as of December 31, 2002		37			23			3			1			64

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

We incurred a net loss available to common stockholders of ($28.9) million, or ($0.52) per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared with net income available to common stockholders of $5.7 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2001.

The net loss in 2002 resulted from the combined effects of a non-cash charge for the cumulative effect of accounting change for goodwill of $80.3 million, or $2.26 per diluted share, related to the adoption of SFAS 142 during the first quarter of 2002 and the extraordinary charge of $36.7 million, or $1.03 per diluted share, incurred in connection with the comprehensive refinancing completed during the second quarter of 2002. Offsetting these charges in 2002 was an aggregate income tax benefit of $63.3 million, which included a cash income tax benefit of $32.2 million recognized during the first quarter of 2002 related to a change in tax law that became effective in March 2002, which enabled us to utilize certain of our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. In addition, approximately $30.3 million of the income tax benefit in 2002 was due to the reduction of the tax valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets arising primarily as a result of 2002 tax deductions based on a cumulative effect of accounting change for tax depreciation to be reported on our 2002 federal income tax return. Additionally, net interest expense decreased approximately $38.8 million during 2002 compared with 2001 due to the comprehensive refinancing completed in May of 2002, as well as the reduction of debt balances outstanding through the sale of fixed assets and internally generated cash, and lower market interest rates.

The net income available to common stockholders during 2001 included a loss from continuing operations after preferred stock distributions of $2.0 million, or $0.08 per diluted share, while income from

S-43

discontinued operations was $7.6 million, or $0.31 per diluted share. Contributing to the net income attributable to common stockholders during 2001 was a non-cash gain of $25.6 million related to the extinguishment of a $26.1 million promissory note issued in connection with our federal stockholder litigation settlement, as further discussed below under the caption “change in fair value of derivative instruments.” Results for 2001 also included the non-cash effect of an $11.1 million charge associated with the accounting for an interest rate swap agreement required under prior terms of our then existing senior secured credit facility, referred to herein as the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

Facility Operations

A key performance indicator we use to measure the revenue and expenses associated with the operation of the facilities we own or manage is expressed in terms of a compensated man-day, and represents the revenue we generate and expenses we incur for one inmate for one calendar day. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day are computed by dividing facility revenue and expenses by the total number of compensated man-days during the period. A compensated man-day represents a calendar day for which we are paid for the occupancy of an inmate. We believe the measurement is useful because we are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. We also measure our ability to contain costs on a per-compensated man-day basis, which is largely dependent upon the number of inmates we accommodate. Further, per man-day measurements are also used to estimate our potential profitability based on certain occupancy levels relative to design capacity. Revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for all of the facilities we owned or managed, exclusive of those discontinued (see further discussion below regarding discontinued operations), were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001:



		For the Years Ended
		December 31,

		2002			2001

Revenue per compensated man-day		$	49.32		$	48.11
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
	Fixed expense		27.72			27.28
	Variable expense		10.30			9.82

Total			38.02			37.10

Operating margin per compensated man-day		$	11.30		$	11.01

Operating margin			22.9	%		22.9	%

Average compensated occupancy			89.6	%		88.4	%

Management and other revenue consists of revenue earned from the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities we own or manage and from our inmate transportation subsidiary, which, for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, totaled $959.1 million and $930.6 million, respectively. Business from our federal customers, including the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or the BOP, the United States Marshals Service, or the USMS, and the Immigration and Naturalization Service, or the INS, remains strong, while many of our state customers are currently experiencing budget difficulties. Our federal customers generated approximately 33% of our total management revenue during 2002, compared with approximately 29% during 2001. While the budget difficulties experienced by our state customers present short-term challenges with respect to our per diem rates resulting in pressure on our management revenue in future quarters, these governmental entities are also constrained with respect to funds available for prison construction. As a result, because we believe inmate populations will continue to rise, we currently expect the lack of new bed supply to lead to higher occupancies in the long-term. In addition, where customers have requested a reduction in per diem rates, we have been somewhat successful in mitigating the reduction in revenue by obtaining the flexibility to

S-44

reduce our operating expenses, such as through the reduction in the use of our various program services or through the consolidation of inmates into fewer facilities.

Operating expenses totaled $744.1 million and $721.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Operating expenses consist of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities, and for our inmate transportation subsidiary.

Salaries and benefits represent the most significant component of fixed operating expenses and was the primary cause of the increase in fixed expenses per compensated man-day. During 2002 and 2001, we have incurred wage increases due to tight labor markets for correctional officers and benefit increases due to surging healthcare costs. The increase in salaries and benefits contributed approximately $0.51 per compensated man-day to the increase in fixed expenses per compensated man-day from $27.28 during 2001 to $27.72 during 2002. Further, the turnover rate for correctional officers for our company, and for the corrections industry in general, also remains high. We are developing strategies to reduce our turnover rate, but we can provide no assurance that these strategies will be successful. In addition, ten of our facilities currently have contracts with the federal government requiring that our wage and benefit rates comply with wage determination rates set forth, and as adjusted from time to time, under the Service Contract Act of the U.S. Department of Labor. Our contracts generally provide for reimbursement of a portion of the increased costs resulting from wage determinations in the form of increased per diems, thereby mitigating the effect of increased salaries and benefits expenses at those facilities. We may also be subject to adverse claims, or government audits, relating to alleged violations of wage and hour laws applicable to us, which may result in adjustments to amounts previously paid as wages and, potentially interest and/or monetary penalties.

We also experienced a trend of increasing insurance expense during 2002 compared with 2001. Because we are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance, our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience and our ability to control our claims. Our insurance policies contain various deductibles and stop-loss amounts intended to limit our exposure for individually significant occurrences. However, the nature of our self-insurance provides little protection for a deterioration in claims experience or increasing employee medical costs in general. We continue to incur increasing insurance expense due to adverse claims experience primarily resulting from rising healthcare costs throughout the country. We continue to develop new strategies to improve the management of our future loss claims, but can provide no assurance that these strategies will be successful. Additionally, general liability insurance costs have risen substantially since the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and other types of insurance, such as directors and officers liability insurance, are currently expected to increase due to several recent high profile business failures and concerns about corporate governance and accounting in the marketplace. Unanticipated additional insurance expenses resulting from adverse claims experience or a continued increasing cost environment for general liability and other types of insurance could result in increasing expenses in the future.

During the first quarter of 2001, we hired a General Counsel to manage our existing legal matters and to develop procedures to minimize the incidence of litigation in the future. We have been able to settle numerous cases on terms we believe are favorable. However, variable operating expenses included $4.9 million during 2002, compared with $0.3 million during 2001, for an overall increase in potential exposure for certain legal proceedings, none of which was individually significant. This increase of $4.6 million contributed approximately $0.24 per compensated man-day to the increase in variable expenses per compensated man-day from $9.82 during 2001 to $10.30 during 2002. Further, it is possible that future cash flows and results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions, new developments, or by the effectiveness of our litigation and settlement strategies.

The operation of the facilities we own carries a higher degree of risk associated with a management contract than the operation of the facilities we manage but do not own because we incur significant capital expenditures to construct or acquire facilities we own. Additionally, correctional and detention facilities have a limited or no alternative use. Therefore, if a management contract is terminated with respect to a

S-45

facility we own, we continue to incur certain operating expenses, such as real estate taxes, utilities, and insurance, that we would not incur if a management contract was terminated for a managed-only facility. As a result, revenue per compensated man-day is typically higher for facilities we own and manage than for managed-only facilities. Because we incur higher expenses, such as repairs and maintenance, real estate taxes, and insurance, with respect to the facilities we own and manage, our cost structure for facilities we own and manage is also higher than the cost structure for the managed-only facilities. The following tables display the revenue and expenses per compensated man-day for the facilities we own and manage and for the facilities we manage but do not own:



		For the Years
		Ended
		December 31,

		2002			2001

Owned and Managed Facilities:
Revenue per compensated man-day		$	54.61		$	53.63
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
	Fixed expense		29.62			29.16
	Variable expense		11.34			11.03

Total			40.96			40.19

Operating margin per compensated man-day		$	13.65		$	13.44

Operating margin			25.0	%		25.1	%

Average compensated occupancy			83.4	%		82.6	%

Managed Only Facilities:
Revenue per compensated man-day		$	40.98		$	39.54
Operating expenses per compensated man-day:
	Fixed expense		24.72			24.37
	Variable expense		8.67			7.94

Total			33.39			32.31

Operating margin per compensated man-day		$	7.59		$	7.23

Operating margin			18.5	%		18.3	%

Average compensated occupancy			101.4	%		99.4	%

Owned and Managed Facilities. On May 30, 2002, we were awarded a contract by the BOP to house 1,524 federal detainees at our McRae Correctional Facility located in McRae, Georgia. The three-year contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase II Solicitation, or CAR II, also provides for seven one-year renewals. The contract with the BOP guarantees at least 95% occupancy on a take-or-pay basis, and commenced full operations in December of 2002, resulting in an increase in management and other revenue upon commencement. However, start-up expenses were incurred prior to the commencement of the contract, including but not limited to, salaries, utilities, medical and food supplies and clothing, which resulted in additional operating expenses before any revenue was generated, resulting in a reduction in net income during the third and fourth quarters of 2002.

During 2001, we provided correctional services for the State of Wisconsin at four of our facilities. During the fourth quarter of 2001, due to a short-term decline in the State of Wisconsin’s inmate population, the State transferred approximately 675 inmates out of our 1,536-bed Whiteville Correctional Facility, located in Whiteville, Tennessee, to the State’s correctional system, reducing the population of Wisconsin inmates in our facilities to approximately 3,400. Although the State of Wisconsin continued transferring inmates out of our facilities during the first quarter of 2002, our population of Wisconsin

S-46

inmates has gradually increased, primarily at our 1,338-bed Prairie Correctional Facility, located in Appleton, Minnesota. Total management and other revenue at the Whiteville facility decreased $8.9 million, or 39.9%, during 2002 compared with 2001.

During September 2002, we announced a contract award from the State of Wisconsin to house up to a total of 5,500 medium security Wisconsin inmates. The new contract replaced the existing contract with the State of Wisconsin on December 22, 2002. As of December 31, 2002, we managed approximately 3,500 Wisconsin inmates under the contract.

During October 2002, we entered into a new agreement with Hardeman County, Tennessee, with respect to the management of up to 1,536 medium security inmates from the State of Tennessee in the Whiteville Correctional Facility. We have begun to receive Tennessee inmates at the facility, and expect to continue receiving inmates under this contract through the first quarter of 2003. We expect this contract to contribute to an increase in management revenue during 2003.

Due to an increase in population at our 2,304-bed Central Arizona Detention Center, located in Florence, Arizona, and at our 910-bed Torrance County Detention Facility, located in Estancia, New Mexico, primarily from the USMS and the INS, management and other revenue increased $8.6 million and $6.8 million, respectively, at these facilities during 2002 compared with 2001.

The aforementioned acquisition in January 2003 of the Crowley County Correctional Facility, located in Olney Springs, Colorado, is expected to provide favorable investment returns contributing to an increase in our management revenue during 2003, while adding capacity in a state where projections call for significant inmate growth over the next several years.

During the second quarter of 2001, we were informed that our contract with the District of Columbia to house its inmates in our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center, which expired September 8, 2001, would not be renewed due to a new law that mandated that the BOP assume jurisdiction of all District of Columbia offenders by the end of 2001. The Northeast Ohio Correctional Center is a 2,016-bed medium security prison. The District of Columbia began transferring inmates out of the facility during the second quarter of 2001 and completed the process in July 2001. Total management and other revenue at this facility was approximately $6.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. The related operating expenses at this facility were $12.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. While no revenue was generated from this facility during 2002, we incurred approximately $2.9 million of operating expenses during the year ended December 31, 2002 for real estate taxes, utilities, insurance and other necessary expenses associated with owning the facility. Overall, our occupancy decreased by approximately 1,300 inmates at our facilities as a result of this mandate. We have engaged in discussions with the BOP regarding a sale of the Northeast Ohio Correctional Center to the BOP, and are also continually exploring opportunities to reopen the facility; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to reach agreements on a sale or to reopen this facility.

Managed-Only Facilities. During the fourth quarter of 2001, we committed to a plan to terminate our management contract at the Southwest Indiana Regional Youth Village, a 188-bed juvenile facility located in Vincennes, Indiana. During the first quarter of 2002, we entered into a mutual agreement with Children and Family Services Corporation, or CFSC, to terminate our management contract at the facility, effective April 1, 2002, prior to the contract’s expiration date in 2004. In connection with the mutual agreement to terminate the management contract, CFSC also paid in full an outstanding note receivable totaling approximately $0.7 million, which was previously considered uncollectible and was fully reserved. The termination of this management contract has not had a material impact on our financial statements. Because management committed to the termination of this management contract prior to the effective date of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” or SFAS 144, the results of operations were not reported in discontinued operations.

On June 28, 2002, we received notice from the Mississippi Department of Corrections terminating our contract to manage the 1,016-bed Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi, due to the non-appropriation of funds. We ceased operations of the facility in October 2002. However, the State

S-47

of Mississippi agreed to expand the management contract at the Wilkinson County Correctional Facility located in Woodville, Mississippi to accommodate an additional 100 inmates. As a result, the results of operations of the Delta Correctional Facility are not reported in discontinued operations. These events are not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

During July 2002, we renewed our contract with Tulsa County, Oklahoma, for the management of inmates at the David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center. The contract renewal included an increase in the per diem rate, and also shifted to Tulsa County, the burden of certain utility expenses, resulting in a modest improvement in profitability for the management of this facility during 2002, compared with 2001.

During the fourth quarter of 2002, we were informed by the State of Florida of its intention to terminate our contract to manage the 96-bed Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center located in Okeechobee, Florida, upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. This termination, which occurred February 28, 2003, is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. During 2002, this facility generated total revenue and total operating expenses of $4.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

On March 18, 2003, we were notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to terminate our contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center located in Lawrenceville, Virginia, upon the expiration of the contract on March 22, 2003. This termination, which occurred on March 22, 2003, is not expected to have a material effect on our financial statements. During 2002, this facility generated total revenue and total operating expenses of $20.3 million and $18.7 million, respectively.


	*Rental revenue*

Rental revenue was $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared with $5.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. Rental revenue was generated from leasing correctional and detention facilities to governmental agencies and other private operators. On March 16, 2001, we sold the Mountain View Correctional Facility, and on June 28, 2001, we sold the Pamlico Correctional Facility, two facilities that had been leased to governmental agencies. Therefore, no further rental revenue has been received for these facilities during the year ended December 31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2001, rental revenue for these facilities totaled $2.0 million.


	*General and administrative expense*

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, general and administrative expenses totaled $36.9 million and $34.6 million, respectively. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses, and increased from 2001 primarily due to an increase in professional fees incurred in connection with the implementation of tax strategies to maximize opportunities created by a change in tax law in March 2002 and the aforementioned settlement with the IRS with respect to our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in salaries and benefits, including incentive compensation.


	*Depreciation and amortization*

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, depreciation and amortization expense totaled $51.9 million and $53.3 million, respectively. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2001 included approximately $7.6 million for goodwill and $1,200,000 for amortization of workforce values, both of which were established in connection with acquisitions occurring in 2000. Workforce values were reclassified into goodwill and goodwill was no longer subject to amortization effective January 1, 2002, in accordance with a new accounting pronouncement, as further discussed under “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” herein. Amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2001 is also net of a reduction to amortization expense of $8.5 million for the amortization of a liability relating to contract values established in connection with the mergers completed in 2000. Due to certain of these liabilities

S-48

becoming fully amortized during 2001, the reduction to amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2002 was $2.1 million, resulting in a net increase in depreciation and amortization expense of $6.4 million from 2001 to 2002.


	*Interest expense, net*

Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Gross interest expense was $91.9 million and $133.7 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Gross interest expense is based on outstanding convertible subordinated notes payable balances, borrowings under the senior secured credit facility, the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the 9.875% notes, the 12% senior unsecured notes due 2006, referred to herein as the 12% Senior Notes, net settlements on an interest rate swap, and amortization of loan costs and unused facility fees. The decrease in gross interest expense from the prior year is primarily attributable to lower average outstanding indebtedness, the comprehensive refinancing completed on May 3, 2002, which decreased the interest rate spread on the senior secured credit facility, the termination of the interest rate swap agreement, lower amortization of loan costs, and a lower interest rate environment. During 2001, we paid-down $189.0 million in total debt through a combination of $138.7 million in cash generated from asset sales and internally generated cash.

Gross interest income was $4.4 million and $7.5 million, respectively, for years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Gross interest income is earned on cash collateral requirements, direct financing leases, notes receivable and investments of cash and cash equivalents. On October 3, 2001, we sold our Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Facility, which had been accounted for as a direct financing lease. Therefore, no interest income was received on this lease during 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2001, interest income for this lease totaled $0.9 million. Subsequent to the sale, we continue to manage the facility pursuant to a contract with the State of Nevada.


	*Change in fair value of derivative instruments*

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or SFAS 133, as amended, we have reflected in earnings the change in the estimated fair value of our interest rate swap agreement during the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. We estimated the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement using option-pricing models that value the potential for the interest rate swap agreement to become in-the-money through changes in interest rates during the remaining term of the agreement. A negative fair value represented the estimated amount we would have to pay to cancel the contract or transfer it to other parties.

Our swap agreement fixed LIBOR at 6.51% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of at least $325.0 million through its expiration on December 31, 2002. In accordance with SFAS 133, we recorded a $2.2 million non-cash gain and an $11.1 million non-cash charge, respectively, for the change in fair value of the swap agreement for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. These amounts included $2.5 million for amortization of the transition adjustment, or the cumulative reduction in the fair value of the swap from its inception to the date we adopted SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001, during each year. We were no longer required to maintain the existing interest rate swap agreement due to the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. During May 2002, we terminated the swap agreement prior to its expiration at a price of approximately $8.8 million. In accordance with SFAS 133, we continued to amortize the unamortized portion of the transition adjustment as a non-cash expense through December 31, 2002.

The senior secured credit facility required us to hedge at least $192.0 million of the term loan portions of the facility within 60 days following the closing of the loan. In May 2002, we entered into an interest rate cap agreement to fulfill this requirement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. We paid a premium of $1.0 million to enter into the interest rate cap agreement. We expect to

S-49

amortize this premium as the estimated fair values assigned to each of the hedged interest payments expire throughout the term of the cap agreement, amounting to $0.4 million in 2003 and $0.6 million in 2004. We have met the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133 and related interpretations in accounting for the interest rate cap agreement. As a result, the estimated fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $36,000 as of December 31, 2002 was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, and the change in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $964,000 during the year ended December 31, 2002 was reported through other comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders’ equity. There can be no assurance that the interest rate cap agreement will be effective in mitigating our exposure to interest rate risk in the future, or that we will be able to continue to meet the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133.

On December 31, 2001, we issued approximately 2.8 million shares of common stock, along with a $26.1 million subordinated promissory note, in conjunction with the final settlement of the federal court portion of our stockholder litigation settlement. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest became extinguished in January 2002 once the average closing price of the common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the issuance of such note. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of our common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. As a result of the extinguishment, we estimated the fair value of this derivative to approximate the face amount of the note, resulting in an asset being recorded during the fourth quarter of 2001. The derivative asset offsets the face amount of the note in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2001. Since the estimated fair value of the derivative asset was equal to the face amount of the note as of December 31, 2001, the extinguishment had no financial statement impact in 2002.

While the state court portion of the stockholder litigation settlement has also been settled, the payment of the settlement proceeds to the state court plaintiffs has not yet been completed; however, the settlement payment is expected to result in the issuance of approximately 0.3 million additional shares of common stock and a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, which may also be extinguished if the average closing price of our common stock meets or exceeds $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance and prior to its maturity in 2009. Additionally, to the extent our common stock price does not meet the termination price, the note will be reduced by the amount that the shares of common stock issued to the plaintiffs appreciate in value in excess of $4.90 per share, based on the average trading price of the stock following the date of the note’s issuance and prior to the maturity of the note. If the remaining promissory note is issued under the current terms, in accordance with SFAS 133, as amended, we will reflect in earnings the change in the estimated fair value of the written option embedded in the promissory note from quarter to quarter. Since we have reflected the maximum obligation of the contingency associated with the state court portion of the stockholder litigation in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002, the issuance of the note is currently expected to have a favorable impact on our consolidated financial position and results of operations initially; thereafter, the financial statement impact will fluctuate based on changes in our stock price. However, the impact cannot be determined until the promissory note is issued and an estimated fair value of the derivative included in the promissory note is determined. The note is currently expected to be issued during 2003.


	*Income tax benefit*

We generated income tax benefits of approximately $63.3 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase in the income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2002, primarily resulted from the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002 which was signed into law on March 9, 2002. Among other changes, the tax law extends the net operating loss carryback period to five years from two years for net operating losses arising in tax years ending in 2001 and 2002, and allows use of net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards to offset 100% of the alternative minimum taxable income. We experienced net operating losses during 2001 resulting primarily from the sale of assets at prices below the tax basis of such assets. Under terms of the new law, we

S-50

utilized certain of our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. As a result of this tax law change in 2002, we reported an income tax benefit and claimed a refund of approximately $32.2 million during the first quarter of 2002, which was received in April 2002.

On October 24, 2002, we entered into a definitive settlement with the IRS in connection with the IRS’s audit of our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’s final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 we paid approximately $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Due to the change in tax law in March 2002, the settlement created an opportunity to utilize any 2002 tax losses to claim a refund of a portion of the taxes paid. We experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives for tax purposes. Under terms of the new law, we utilized our net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997, which was increased substantially in connection with the settlement with the IRS. As a result of the tax law change in 2002, combined with the adoption of an accounting change in the depreciable lives of certain tax assets, we will be due an income tax refund of approximately $32.1 million.

As of December 31, 2002, our gross deferred tax assets totaled approximately $141.4 million. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including our ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Since the change in tax status in connection with the restructuring in 2000, and as of December 31, 2002, we have provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve the deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. The valuation allowance is recognized based on the weight of available evidence indicating that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This evidence primarily consists of, but is not limited to, recurring operating losses for federal tax purposes.

Our assessment of the valuation allowance could change in the future based upon our actual and projected taxable income. Removal of the valuation allowance in whole or in part would result in a non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the period of removal. In addition, because a portion of the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2002 was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance would result in a reduction to any remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal relates to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date PMSI and JJFMSI were acquired. If the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2002 were to be removed in its entirety, the reduction to goodwill would amount to approximately $4.5 million. To the extent no valuation allowance is established for our deferred tax assets, future financial statements would reflect a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.


	*Discontinued Operations*

In late 2001 and early 2002, we were provided notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico of its intention to terminate the management contracts at the 500-bed multi-security Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the 1,000-bed medium-security Ponce Adult Correctional Facility, located in

S-51

Ponce, Puerto Rico, upon the expiration of the management contracts in February 2002. Attempts to negotiate continued operation of these facilities were unsuccessful. As a result, the transition period to transfer operation of the facilities to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ended May 4, 2002, at which time operation of the facilities was transferred to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. During 2002, these facilities generated total revenue of $7.9 million and operating expenses of $7.4 million, respectively. We recorded a non-cash charge as discontinued operations of approximately $1.8 million during the second quarter of 2002 for the write-off of the carrying value of assets associated with these terminated management contracts. During 2001, these facilities generated total revenue of $22.6 million and operating expenses of $19.3 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, we obtained an extension of our management contract with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for the operation of the 1,000-bed Guayama Correctional Center located in Guayama, Puerto Rico, through December 2006. However, on May 7, 2002, we received notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico terminating our contract to manage this facility, which occurred on August 6, 2002. During 2002, this facility generated total revenue of $12.3 million and operating expenses of $9.9 million, respectively. During 2001, this facility generated total revenue of $21.1 million and operating expenses of $12.7 million.

On June 28, 2002, we sold our interest in a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas for approximately $4.3 million. The facility, which was designed to accommodate 900 at-risk juveniles, was leased to an independent third party operator pursuant to a lease expiring in 2008. Net proceeds from the sale were used for working capital purposes. This facility generated rental income of $0.4 million and $0.7 million during 2002 and 2001, respectively.

During 2002, depreciation and amortization, interest income, and income tax expense totaled $2.5 million, $0.6 million, and $0.6 million, respectively, for these facilities. During 2001, depreciation and amortization, interest income, and income tax expense totaled $0.9 million, $0.6 million, and $4.5 million, respectively, for these facilities.

Due to the sale of the juvenile facility, and due to the termination of the contracts to manage the three facilities in Puerto Rico, in accordance with SFAS 144, the operations of these facilities, net of taxes, were reported as discontinued operations during 2002 and 2001. The reclassification was not made for 2000, however, as the discontinued operations were not material in that year, and because the 2000 financial statements are not comparable to the 2001 and 2002 financial statements, as previously discussed herein.

Year Ended December 31, 2000


	*Management revenue*

Management revenue consisted of revenue earned from the operation and management of adult and juvenile correctional and detention facilities for the year ended December 31, 2000, totaling $182.5 million, which, beginning as of October 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, included management revenue previously earned by Operating Company and the Service Companies, respectively. Also included was the management revenue earned by the Service Companies from the operation and management of adult prisons and jails and juvenile detention facilities on a combined basis for the period September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, totaling $79.3 million.


	*Rental revenue*

Net rental revenue was $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000 and was generated from leasing correctional and detention facilities to Operating Company, governmental agencies and other private operators. For the year ended December 31, 2000, we reserved $213.3 million of the $244.3 million of gross rental revenue due from Operating Company through September 30, 2000 due to the uncertainty regarding the collectibility of the payments. During September 2000, we forgave all unpaid rental payments due from Operating Company as of August 31, 2000 (totaling $190.8 million). The forgiveness

S-52

did not impact our financial statements at that time as the amounts forgiven had been previously reserved. The remaining $22.5 million in unpaid rentals from Operating Company was fully reserved in September 2000. The leases with Operating Company were cancelled in connection with the merger acquisition of Operating Company.


	*Licensing fees from affiliates*

Licensing fees from affiliates were $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Licensing fees were earned as a result of a trade name use agreement between us and Operating Company, which granted Operating Company the right to use the name “Corrections Corporation of America” and derivatives thereof subject to specified terms and conditions therein. The licensing fee was based upon gross rental revenue of Operating Company, subject to a limitation based on our gross revenue. All licensing fees were collected from Operating Company.


	*Operating expenses*

Operating expenses included the operating expenses of the Service Companies on a combined basis for the period September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, totaling $64.5 million. Also included were the operating expenses we incurred for the year ended December 31, 2000, totaling $152.8 million, which, beginning as of October 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, included the operating expenses incurred by Operating Company and the Service Companies, respectively. Operating expenses consisted of those expenses incurred in the operation and management of prisons and other correctional facilities. Also included in operating expenses were our realized losses on foreign currency transactions of $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. These losses resulted from a detrimental fluctuation in the foreign currency exchange rate upon the collection of certain receivables denominated in British pounds. See “Unrealized foreign currency transaction loss” for further discussion of these receivables.


	*General and administrative expense*

For the year ended December 31, 2000, general and administrative expense was $45.5 million. During the fourth quarter of 1999, we entered into a series of agreements concerning a proposed restructuring led by a group of institutional investors consisting of an affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC and affiliates of The Blackstone Group. In April 2000, the securities purchase agreement by and among the parties was terminated when Fortress/ Blackstone elected not to match the terms of a subsequent proposal by Pacific Life Insurance Company. In June 2000, our securities purchase agreement with Pacific Life was mutually terminated by the parties after Pacific Life was unwilling to confirm that the June 2000 waiver and amendment to our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility satisfied the terms of the agreement with Pacific Life. In connection with the proposed restructuring transactions with Fortress/ Blackstone and Pacific Life and the completion of the restructuring, including the Operating Company merger, we terminated the services of one of our financial advisors during the third quarter of 2000. For the year ended December 31, 2000, we accrued expenses of approximately $24.3 million in connection with existing and potential litigation associated with the termination of the aforementioned agreements. All disputes with these parties have since been settled or otherwise resolved.

General and administrative expenses incurred by the Service Companies on a combined basis for the period September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000 totaled $0.6 million. Additional general and administrative expenses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2000 totaled $20.6 million, which, beginning as of October 1, 2000 and December 1, 2000, included the general and administrative expenses incurred by Operating Company and the Service Companies, respectively. These additional general and administrative expenses consisted primarily of corporate management salaries and benefits, professional fees and other administrative expenses. Effective October 1, 2000, as a result of the Operating Company merger, corporate management salaries and benefits also contained the former corporate employees of Operating Company. Also included in these additional general and administrative expenses were $2.0 million in severance payments to our former chief executive officer and secretary and $1.3 million in severance payments to various other company employees.

S-53


	*Depreciation and amortization*

For the year ended December 31, 2000, depreciation and amortization expense was $59.8 million, including depreciation and amortization expense for the Service Companies from the operation and management of adult prisons and jails and juvenile detention facilities on a combined basis for the period September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, totaling $3.9 million.


	*License fees to Operating Company*

Licensing fees to Operating Company were recognized under the terms of a trade name use agreement between Operating Company and each of the Service Companies, which were assumed as a result of the Operating Company merger. Under the terms of the trade name use agreement, the Service Companies were required to pay to Operating Company 2.0% of gross management revenue for the use of the Corrections Corporation of America name and derivatives thereof. The Service Companies incurred expenses of $0.5 million under this agreement for the month of September 2000. The October and November expenses incurred under this agreement were eliminated in combination, subsequent to the Operating Company merger. The trade name use agreement was cancelled upon the acquisitions of the Service Companies.


	*Administrative services fee to Operating Company*

Operating Company and each of the Service Companies were parties to an administrative services agreement whereby Operating Company would charge a fee to manage and provide general and administrative services to each of the Service Companies. We assumed this agreement as a result of the Operating Company merger. The Service Companies recognized expenses of $0.9 million under this agreement for the month of September 2000. The October and November expenses incurred under this agreement were eliminated in combination, subsequent to the Operating Company merger. The administrative services agreement was cancelled upon the acquisitions of the Service Companies.


	*Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements*

During 2000, we opened or expanded five facilities that were operated and leased by Operating Company prior to the Operating Company merger. Based on Operating Company’s financial condition, as well as the proposed merger with Operating Company and the proposed termination of the Operating Company leases in connection therewith, we wrote-off the accrued tenant incentive fees due Operating Company in connection with opening or expanding the five facilities, totaling $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.


	*Impairment losses*

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of,” or SFAS 121, required impairment losses to be recognized for long-lived assets used in operations when indications of impairment were present and the estimate of undiscounted future cash flows was not sufficient to recover asset carrying amounts.

Following the completion of the Operating Company merger and the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, during the fourth quarter of 2000, after considering our financial condition, our new management developed a strategic operating plan to improve our financial position, and developed revised projections to evaluate various potential transactions. Management also conducted strategic assessments and evaluated our assets for impairment. Further, management evaluated the utilization of existing facilities, projects under development, excess land parcels, and identified certain of these non-strategic assets for sale.

In accordance with SFAS 121, we estimated the undiscounted net cash flows for each of our properties and compared the sum of those undiscounted net cash flows to our investment in each property. Through these analyses, we determined that eight of our correctional and detention facilities and the long-lived assets of the transportation business had been impaired. For these properties, we reduced the carrying

S-54

values of the underlying assets to their estimated fair values, as determined based on anticipated future cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the risks involved. The resulting impairment loss totaled $420.5 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, as part of management’s strategic assessment, we committed to a plan of disposal for certain of our long-lived assets. In accordance with SFAS 121, we recorded losses on these assets based on the difference between the carrying value and the estimated net realizable value of the assets. We estimated the net realizable values of certain facilities and direct financing leases held for sale based on outstanding offers to purchase, appraisals, as well as utilizing various financial models, including discounted cash flow analyses, less estimated costs to sell each asset. The resulting impairment loss for these assets totaled $86.1 million.

Included in property and equipment were costs associated with the development of potential facilities. Based on our strategic assessment during the fourth quarter of 2000, we decided to abandon further development of these projects and expense any amounts previously capitalized. The resulting expense totaled $2.1 million.

During the third quarter of 2000, we determined either not to pursue further development or to reconsider the use of certain parcels of property in California, Maryland and the District of Columbia. Accordingly, we reduced the carrying values of the land to their estimated net realizable value, resulting in an impairment loss totaling $19.2 million.


	*Equity in loss and amortization of deferred gains, net*

For the year ended December 31, 2000, equity in losses and amortization of deferred gains, net, was $11.6 million. We recognized equity in losses of PMSI and JJFMSI of approximately $12,000 and $870,000, respectively through August 31, 2000. In addition, we recognized equity in losses of Operating Company of approximately $20.6 million. For 2000, the amortization of the deferred gain on the sales of contracts to PMSI and JJFMSI was approximately $6.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively. Deferred gains were generated as a result of the sale of certain management contracts to PMSI and JJFMSI. These deferred gains were to be amortized over a five-year period commencing January 1, 1999, which represented the average remaining lives of the contracts sold to PMSI and JJFMSI, plus any contractual renewal options. Effective with the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, the unamortized balances of the deferred gains on sales of contracts were applied in accordance with the purchase method of accounting.


	*Interest expense, net*

Interest expense, net, was reported net of interest income and capitalized interest for the year ended December 31, 2000. Gross interest expense was $145.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Gross interest expense was based on outstanding convertible subordinated notes payable balances, borrowings under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Operating Company revolving credit facility, the 12% Senior Notes, and amortization of loan costs and unused facility fees. Interest expense was reported net of capitalized interest on construction in progress of $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.

Gross interest income was $13.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Gross interest income was earned on cash used to collateralize letters of credit for certain construction projects, direct financing leases and investments of cash and cash equivalents.


	*Other income*

Other income for the year ended December 31, 2000 totaled $3.1 million. In September 2000, we received approximately $4.5 million in final settlement of amounts held in escrow related to the 1998 acquisition of the outstanding capital stock of U.S. Corrections Corporation. The $3.1 million represented the proceeds, net of miscellaneous receivables, arising from claims against the escrow.

S-55


	*Loss on disposals of assets*

We incurred a loss on sales of assets during 2000 of approximately $1.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2000, JJFMSI sold its 50% interest in CCA Australia resulting in a $3.6 million loss. This loss was offset by a gain of $0.6 million resulting from the sale of a correctional facility located in Kentucky, a gain of $1.6 million on the sale of JJFMSI’s 50% interest in U.K. Detention Services Limited and a loss of $0.3 million resulting from the abandonment of a project under development.


	*Unrealized foreign currency transaction loss*

In connection with the construction and development of the Agecroft facility, located in Salford, England, we extended a working capital loan to the operator of the facility. This loan, along with various other short-term receivables, are denominated in British pounds; consequently, we adjust these receivables to the current exchange rate at each balance sheet date, and recognize the currency gain or loss in current period earnings. Due to negative fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates between the British pound and the U.S. dollar, we recognized net unrealized foreign currency transaction losses of $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000.


	*Stockholder litigation settlement*

In February 2001, we received court approval of the revised terms of the definitive settlement agreements regarding the settlement of all outstanding stockholder litigation against us and certain of our existing and former directors and executive officers. Pursuant to the terms of the settlement, we agreed to issue to the plaintiffs an aggregate of 4.7 million shares of common stock and a subordinated promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $29.0 million.

As of December 31, 2000, we had accrued the estimated obligation of the contingency associated with the stockholder litigation, amounting to approximately $75.4 million.


	*Income taxes*

In connection with the corporate restructuring in 2000, on September 12, 2000, our stockholders approved an amendment to our charter to remove provisions that required us to elect to qualify and be taxed as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2000. As a result of the amendment to our charter, we have been taxed as a taxable subchapter C corporation beginning with our taxable year ended December 31, 2000. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 109, we were required to establish current and deferred tax assets and liabilities in our financial statements in the period in which a change of tax status occurred. As such, our benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2000 included the provision associated with establishing the deferred tax assets and liabilities in connection with the change in tax status during the third quarter of 2000, net of a valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal capital requirements are for working capital, capital expenditures and debt service payments. Capital requirements may also include cash expenditures associated with our outstanding commitments and contingencies, as further described in the notes to our financial statements. In addition, we may incur capital expenditures to expand the design capacity of our facilities in order to retain management contracts, or when the economics of an expansion are compelling. In addition, with lender consent, we may acquire additional correctional facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders. We have financed, and intend to continue to finance, the working capital and capital expenditure requirements with existing cash balances and net cash provided by operations, although we may also utilize our senior secured credit facility, as further described below. We may also sell non-strategic assets and apply the net proceeds to pay-down our outstanding indebtedness.

S-56

As of December 31, 2002, our liquidity was provided by cash on hand of approximately $65.4 million and $58.0 million available under the $75.0 million revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we generated $101.4 million in cash through operating activities, and as of December 31, 2002, we had net working capital of $68.4 million, including an income tax refund receivable of $32.1 million, which we expect to receive during the second quarter of 2003. We currently expect to be able to meet our cash expenditure requirements for the next year.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, as a result of our financial condition existing at that time, including: (i) the pending maturity of the loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility; (ii) our negative working capital position; and (iii) our highly leveraged capital structure, our new management conducted strategic assessments; developed revised financial projections; evaluated the utilization of existing facilities, projects under development and excess land parcels; identified certain of these non-strategic assets for sale; and identified various potential transactions that could improve our financial position.

During 2001, we were successful in repositioning our capital structure for a comprehensive refinancing of our senior indebtedness, including primarily the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. We paid-down $189.0 million in total debt through a combination of $138.7 million in cash generated from asset sales and internally generated cash. We improved operating margins, increased occupancy rates, and settled a number of significant outstanding legal matters on terms we believe were favorable.

In May 2001, we completed a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock, which satisfied a condition of continued listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE. During December 2001, we completed an amendment and restatement of our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. As part of the December 2001 amendment and restatement, the existing $269.4 million revolving portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, which was to mature on January 1, 2002, was replaced with a term loan of the same amount maturing on December 31, 2002, to coincide with the maturity of the other loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Pursuant to terms of the December 2001 amendment and restatement, all loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility accrued interest at a variable rate of 5.5% over LIBOR, or 4.5% over the base rate, at our option.

As a result of the December 2001 amendment and restatement, certain financial and non-financial covenants of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility were amended, including the removal of prior restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on shares of our series A preferred stock. Under the terms of the December 2001 amendment and restatement, we were permitted to pay quarterly dividends, if and when declared by the board of directors, on the shares of series A preferred stock, including all dividends in arrears. On December 13, 2001, our board of directors declared a cash dividend on the shares of series A preferred stock for the fourth quarter of 2001, and for all five quarters then unpaid and in arrears, payable on January 15, 2002 to the holders of record of series A preferred stock on December 31, 2001. As a result of the board’s declaration, we paid an aggregate of $12.9 million to holders of the series A preferred stock in January 2002.

We believed, and continue to believe, that a short-term extension of the revolving portion of our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility was in our best interest for a longer-term financing strategy, particularly due to difficult market conditions for the issuance of debt securities following the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and during the fourth quarter of 2001. Additionally, we believed that certain terms of the December 2001 amendment and restatement, including primarily the removal of prior restrictions to pay cash dividends on our shares of series A preferred stock, including all dividends in arrears, would result in an improvement to our credit ratings, thereby enhancing the terms of a more comprehensive refinancing.

After completing the amendment and restatement of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility in December 2001, Moody’s Investors Service upgraded the rating on our senior secured debt to “B2” from “B3”, our senior unsecured debt to “B3” from “Caa1”, and our preferred stock to “Caa2” from “Ca”.

S-57

On May 3, 2002, we completed a comprehensive refinancing of our senior indebtedness through the refinancing of our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the sale and issuance of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.875% notes. The proceeds from the sale of the 9.875% notes were used to repay a portion of amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, to redeem approximately $89.2 million of our existing $100.0 million 12% Senior Notes, referred to herein as the 12% Senior Notes, pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation, and to pay related fees and expenses. Upon the completion of the refinancing, Moody’s Investors Service upgraded its rating of our senior secured debt to “B1” from “B2”, our senior unsecured debt to “B2” from “B3”, and our preferred stock to “Caa1” from “Caa2”, and Standard & Poor’s upgraded our corporate credit rating and its rating of our senior secured debt to “B+” from “B” and our senior unsecured debt to “B-” from “CCC+”.

Interest on the 9.875% notes accrues at the stated rate, and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 9.875% notes mature on May 1, 2009. At any time before May 1, 2005, we may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. We may redeem all or a portion of the 9.875% notes on or after May 1, 2006. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the 9.875% notes. The 9.875% notes are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of our domestic subsidiaries (other than our Puerto Rican subsidiary).

The indenture governing the 9.875% notes contains certain customary covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict our ability to, among other things: make restricted payments; incur additional debt or issue certain types of preferred stock; create or permit to exist certain liens; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, if we sell certain assets (and generally do not use the proceeds of such sales for certain specified purposes) or experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase all or a portion of the 9.875% notes. The offer price for the 9.875% notes in connection with an asset sale would be equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The offer price for the 9.875% notes in connection with a change in control would be 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The 9.875% notes are also subject to certain cross-default provisions with the terms of our other indebtedness.

As part of the refinancing, we obtained a new $715.0 million senior secured credit facility, referred to herein as the senior secured credit facility, which replaced the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. serves as administrative agent under the new facility, which is comprised of a $75.0 million revolving loan with a term of approximately four years, referred to herein as the Revolving Loan, a $75.0 million term loan with a term of approximately four years, referred to herein as the Term Loan A Facility, and a $565.0 million term loan with a term of approximately six years, referred to herein as the Term Loan B Facility. All borrowings under the senior secured credit facility initially bear interest at a base rate plus 2.5%, or LIBOR plus 3.5%, at our option. The applicable margin for the Revolving Loan and the Term Loan A Facility is subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the difference between committed amounts and amounts actually utilized under the Revolving Loan equal to 0.50% per year subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio.

The Term Loan A Facility is repayable in quarterly installments, which commenced on June 30, 2002, in an aggregate principal amount for each year as follows: $15.0 million in year one, $18.0 million in year two, $21.0 million in year three, and $21.0 million in year four. The Term Loan B Facility is repayable in nominal quarterly installments of approximately $1.4 million, which commenced on June 30, 2002, for the first five years and in substantial quarterly installments during the final year.

On January 17, 2003, after obtaining consent of the lenders under the senior secured credit facility, we purchased the Crowley County Correctional Facility, a 1,200-bed medium security adult male prison facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado, for a purchase price of approximately $47.5 million. We

S-58

financed the purchase price through $30.0 million in borrowings under the senior secured credit facility pursuant to an expansion of the Term Loan B Facility, with the balance of the purchase price satisfied with cash on hand. As a result of the expansion of the Term Loan B Facility, the quarterly principal installments required under its terms were increased by $75,000, with the remaining balance due in the final year.

Prepayments of loans outstanding under the senior secured credit facility are permitted at any time without premium or penalty, upon the giving of proper notice. In addition, we are required to prepay amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facility in an amount equal to: (i) 50% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or issuance of our equity securities or any equity securities of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from any incurrence of additional indebtedness (excluding certain permitted debt), subject to certain exceptions; (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or other disposition by us, or any of our subsidiaries, of any assets, subject to certain exclusions and reinvestment provisions and excluding certain dispositions in the ordinary course of business; and (iv) 50% of our “excess cash flow” (as such term is defined in the senior secured credit facility) for each fiscal year.

The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility requires us to meet certain financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. In addition, the senior secured credit facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments and modifications of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. In addition, the senior secured credit facility contains cross-default provisions with our other indebtedness.

The loans and other obligations under the senior secured credit facility are guaranteed by each of our domestic subsidiaries. Our obligations under the senior secured credit facility and the guarantees are secured by: (i) a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets and substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of our subsidiaries; and (ii) a pledge of all of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain of our foreign subsidiaries.

Pursuant to the terms of the aforementioned tender offer and consent solicitation which expired on May 16, 2002, in connection with the refinancing, in May 2002, we redeemed approximately $89.2 million in aggregate principal amount of our 12% Senior Notes with proceeds from the issuance of the 9.875% notes. The notes were redeemed at a price of 110% of par, which included a 3% consent payment, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the payment date. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, we received sufficient consents and amended the indenture governing the 12% Senior Notes to delete substantially all of the restrictive covenants and events of default contained therein.

We are required to pay interest and principal upon maturity on the remaining 12% Senior Notes outstanding, in accordance with the original terms of such notes.

In connection with the refinancing, we also terminated an interest rate swap agreement at a price of approximately $8.8 million. The swap agreement, which fixed LIBOR at 6.51% on outstanding balances of $325.0 million through its expiration on December 31, 2002, had been entered into in order to satisfy a requirement of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. In addition, in order to satisfy a requirement of the senior secured credit facility, we purchased an interest rate cap agreement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004, for a price of $1.0 million. The termination of the swap agreement and the purchase of the cap agreement were funded with cash on hand.

As a result of the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the redemption of substantially all of our 12% Senior Notes, we recorded an extraordinary loss of approximately $36.7 million during the second quarter of 2002, which included the write-off of existing deferred loan costs, certain

S-59

bank fees paid, premiums paid to redeem the 12% Senior Notes, and certain other costs associated with the refinancing.


	*Operating Activities*

Our net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2002, was $101.4 million, compared with $92.8 million for the same period in the prior year. (As further discussed under “Results of Operations” below, we do not believe the cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2000, are comparable to the cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001 or 2002.) Cash provided by operating activities represents the year to date net income or loss plus depreciation and amortization, changes in various components of working capital, adjustments for various non-cash charges, including primarily the cumulative effect of accounting change in 2002 and the change in fair value of the interest rate swap agreement, and the extraordinary charge related to the comprehensive refinancing completed on May 3, 2002. Income tax refunds of $30.6 million during the first quarter of 2001 and $32.2 million during the second quarter of 2002 contributed to the cash generated from operating activities in both years. As previously described herein, we also expect to receive an additional income tax refund of approximately $32.1 million during the second quarter of 2003. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was also due to a significant reduction in interest, primarily resulting from the pay-down of debt balances, the successful refinancing completed in May 2002, and due to lower market interest rates. These increases in cash provided by operating activities were partially offset by the payment of $52.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2002 in full satisfaction of the aforementioned settlement with the IRS with respect to our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return.


	*Investing Activities*

Our cash flow used in investing activities was $9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, and was primarily attributable to capital expenditures during the period of $17.1 million, net of proceeds received from the sale of our interest in a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas, on June 28, 2002, for $4.3 million. Capital expenditures during 2002 included $4.8 million for development and redevelopment activities, including primarily expenditures for our McRae Correctional Facility to meet specifications required by the Federal Bureau of Prisons, or BOP, in connection with a new contract award, and $12.3 million for maintenance capital expenditures incurred for the betterment, renewal or significant repairs that extended the useful life of our correctional facilities, or for new furniture, fixtures and equipment. In addition, we received refunds of restricted cash totaling approximately $5.2 million primarily used as collateral for workers’ compensation claims. We elected to post letters of credit from the sub-facility under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility to replace the cash collateral on such claims. Our cash flow provided by investing activities was $130.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, and was primarily attributable to the proceeds received from the sales of our Mountain View Correctional Facility, located in Spruce Pine, North Carolina, on March 16, 2001, our Agecroft facility, located in Salford, England, on April 10, 2001, our Pamlico Correctional Facility, located in Bayboro, North Carolina, on June 28, 2001, and our Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center, located in Las Vegas, Nevada, on October 3, 2001.


	*Financing Activities*

Our cash flow used in financing activities was $72.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared with $198.3 million for the same period in the prior year. Proceeds from the issuance on May 3, 2002 of the 9.875% notes and the senior secured credit facility were largely offset by the repayment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the redemption of substantially all of the 12% Senior Notes. However, we also paid debt issuance costs of $37.5 million in connection with this comprehensive refinancing, and an additional $8.8 million to terminate the interest rate swap agreement. Further, during the first quarter of 2002, we paid cash dividends of $12.9 million on our series A preferred stock for the fourth quarter of 2001 and for all five quarters then in arrears, as permitted under the terms of an amendment to our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility obtained in December 2001. Additionally, we paid

S-60

$2.2 million in cash dividends on our series A preferred stock during each of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2002. Net payments on debt during 2001 totaled $189.0 million and primarily consisted of the net cash proceeds received from the sale of the Mountain View Correctional Facility, the Agecroft facility, the Pamlico Correctional Facility, and the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center that were immediately applied to amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Net payments on debt also included a lump sum payment of $35.0 million on the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility with cash on hand.

Contractual Obligations

The following schedule summarizes our contractual cash obligations by the indicated period as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):



	Payments Due by Year Ended December 31,

	2003		2004		2005		2006		2007		Thereafter		Total

Long-term debt	$	23,054	$	26,068	$	56,834	$	21,841	$	377,138	$	451,024	$	955,959
Contingent interest		17,064		—		—		—		—		16,726		33,790
Operating leases		1,260		638		91		—		—		—		1,989

Total Contractual Cash Obligations	$	41,378	$	26,706	$	56,925	$	21,841	$	377,138	$	467,750	$	991,738

As the result of a default during 2000 under the terms of our $40.0 million 10% convertible subordinated notes, we are required to pay the holders of the notes contingent interest sufficient to permit the holders to receive a 15.5% rate of return on such notes, retroactive to the date of issuance of the notes. The contingent interest is payable upon each of December 31, 2003 and upon repayment of the notes, unless the holders of the notes elect to convert the notes into common stock under the terms of the note purchase agreement or unless the price of our common stock meets or exceed a “target price” as defined in the note purchase agreement. As contemplated hereby, the holders of the $40.0 million 10% convertible subordinated notes will convert the notes into 3,362,899 shares of common stock which will be purchased by us. See “The Transactions — Purchase of Shares of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion of MDP Notes.”

We had $17.3 million of letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2002 primarily to support our requirement to repay fees under our workers’ compensation plan in the event we do not repay the fees due in accordance with the terms of the plan. The letters of credit are renewable annually. The Company did not have any draws under any outstanding letters of credit during 2002, 2001 or 2000.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS 142, which establishes new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, all goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002 and goodwill attributable to each of our reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at adoption of SFAS 142 and at least annually thereafter. On an ongoing basis (absent any impairment indicators), we expect to perform our impairment tests during our fourth quarter, in connection with our annual budgeting process.

S-61

was established in connection with the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI. The implied fair value of goodwill of the locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment did not support the carrying value of any goodwill, primarily due to the highly leveraged capital structure. No impairment of goodwill allocated to the locations included in the managed-only reporting segment was deemed necessary, primarily because of the relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements, and therefore indebtedness, in connection with obtaining such management contracts. Under SFAS 142, the impairment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our statement of operations for the first quarter of 2002. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS 144. SFAS 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes SFAS 121, and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual, and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions,” or APB 30, for the disposal of a segment of a business (as previously defined in that Opinion). SFAS 144 retains the fundamental provisions of SFAS 121 for recognizing and measuring impairment losses on long-lived assets held for use and long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, while also resolving significant implementation issues associated with SFAS 121. Unlike SFAS 121, however, an impairment assessment under SFAS 144 will never result in a write-down of goodwill. Rather, goodwill is evaluated for impairment under SFAS 142. SFAS 144 also broadens the scope of defining discontinued operations. The provisions of SFAS 144 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Under the provisions of SFAS 144, the identification and classification of a facility as held for sale, or the termination of any of our management contracts for a managed-only facility, by expiration or otherwise, would result in the classification of the operating results of such facility, net of taxes, as a discontinued operation, so long as the financial results can be clearly identified, and so long as we do not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal or termination transaction. We adopted SFAS 144 on January 1, 2002.

Due to the sale of our interest in a juvenile facility during the second quarter of 2002, as well as the termination of our management contracts during the second quarter of 2002 for the Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the Ponce Adult Correctional Facility and the termination of our management contract during the third quarter of 2002 for the Guayama Correctional Center, in accordance with SFAS 144, the operations of these facilities, net of taxes, have been reported as discontinued operations on our statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. The reclassification was not made to the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000, as the discontinued operations are not material in that year, and because the 2000 financial statements are not comparable to the 2001 and 2002 financial statements, as previously discussed under “Results of Operations” herein.

In April 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections,” or SFAS 145. SFAS 145 rescinds Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in APB 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS 145 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS 145 also makes technical corrections to existing pronouncements. While those corrections are not substantive in nature, in some instances, they may change accounting practice. The provisions of SFAS 145 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002, and interim periods within those fiscal years.

S-62

During the second quarter of 2002, prior to the required adoption of SFAS 145, we reported an extraordinary charge of approximately $36.7 million associated with the refinancing of our senior debt in May 2002. Under SFAS 145, any gain or loss on extinguishment of debt that was classified as an extraordinary item in prior periods that does not meet the criteria in APB 30 for classification as an extraordinary item shall be reclassified. We plan to adopt SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. Accordingly, in financial reporting periods after adoption, the extraordinary charge reported in the second quarter of 2002 will be reclassified.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” or SFAS 146. SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring),” or Issue 94-3. SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under Issue 94-3, a liability for an exit cost as generally defined in Issue 94-3 was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. The provisions of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. Adoption of SFAS 146 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others,” or FIN 45. FIN 45 requires that the guarantor recognize, at the inception of certain guarantees, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing such guarantees. FIN 45 also requires additional disclosure requirements about the guarantor’s obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of this interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 and the disclosure requirements are effective for financial statement periods ending after December 15, 2002. Through December 31, 2002, adoption of FIN 45 has not had a material effect on our financial statements. The future effect of FIN 45 on our financial statements will depend on whether we enter into new, or modify existing, guarantees.

On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure,” or SFAS 148. SFAS 148 amends FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” or SFAS 123, to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 and Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting,” to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS 148 does not amend SFAS 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had or will have a direct adverse effect on our operations. Many of our management contracts include provisions for inflationary indexing, which mitigates an adverse impact of inflation on net income. However, a substantial increase in personnel costs, workers’ compensation or food and medical expenses could have an adverse impact on our results of operations in the future to the extent that these expenses increase at a faster pace than the per diem or fixed rates we receive for our management services.

S-63

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our primary market risk exposures are to changes in U.S. interest rates and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the British pound. We are exposed to market risk related to our senior secured credit facility and certain other indebtedness. The interest on the senior secured credit facility and such other indebtedness is subject to fluctuations in the market. We were also exposed to market risk related to our Old Senior Bank Credit Facility prior to its refinancing in May 2002. If the interest rate for our outstanding indebtedness under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the senior secured credit facility was 100 basis points higher or lower during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, our interest expense, net of amounts capitalized, would have been increased or decreased by approximately $5.9 million, $5.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively, including the effects of our interest rate swap arrangements discussed below.

As of December 31, 2002, we had outstanding $250.0 million of senior notes with a fixed interest rate of 9.875%, $10.8 million of senior notes with a fixed interest rate of 12%, $40.0 million of convertible subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 10%, $30.0 million of convertible subordinated notes with a fixed interest rate of 8%, $107.5 million of series A preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate of 8% and $107.8 million of series B preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate of 12%. Because the interest and dividend rates with respect to these instruments are fixed, a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in market interest rates would not have a material impact on our financial statements.

The Old Senior Bank Credit Facility required us to hedge $325.0 million of our floating rate debt. We entered into certain swap arrangements fixing LIBOR at 6.51% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of at least $325.0 million through December 31, 2002. The difference between the floating rate and the swap rate was recognized in interest expense each period. Effective January 1, 2001, the change in the fair value of the swap agreement from period to period was reflected in earnings and was largely due to changing interest rates and the reduction in the remaining life of the swap during the reporting period.

In May 2002, we terminated the interest rate swap agreement at a price of approximately $8.8 million. In addition, in order to satisfy a requirement of the senior secured credit facility we purchased an interest rate cap agreement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004, for a price of $1.0 million.

We may, from time to time, invest our cash in a variety of short-term financial instruments. These instruments generally consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase between three and twelve months. While these investments are subject to interest rate risk and will decline in value if market interest rates increase, a hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in market interest rates would not materially affect the value of these investments.

Our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk relates to our construction, development and leasing of our Agecroft facility located in Salford, England, which was sold in April 2001. We extended a working capital loan to the operator of this facility. Such payments to us are denominated in British pounds rather than the U.S. dollar. As a result, we bear the risk of fluctuations in the relative exchange rate between the British pound and the U.S. dollar. At December 31, 2002, the receivables due us and denominated in British pounds totaled 4.3 million British pounds. A hypothetical 10% increase in the relative exchange rate would have resulted in an increase of $0.7 million in the value of these receivables and a corresponding unrealized foreign currency transaction gain, and a hypothetical 10% decrease in the relative exchange rate would have resulted in a decrease of $0.7 million in the value of these receivables and a corresponding unrealized foreign currency transaction loss.

S-64

BUSINESS

General

We are the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States behind only the federal government and four states. We own 41 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which we lease to other operators, and one additional facility which is not yet in operation. We currently operate 59 facilities including 38 facilities that we own, with a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 20 states and the District of Columbia.

We specialize in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transaction services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, our facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. We also provide health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.

Operations

Management and Operation of Facilities

Our customers consist of local, state and federal correctional and detention authorities. For the year ended December 31, 2002, federal correctional and detention authorities represented approximately 32% of our total management revenue. Federal correctional and detention authorities consist of the BOP, the USMS, and the INS. Effective March 1, 2003, the INS was integrated with the Department of Homeland Security, and is now known as the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement.

Our management services contracts typically have terms of one to five years, and contain multiple renewal options. Most of our facility contracts also contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate the contract at any time without cause, and our contracts are generally subject to annual or bi-annual legislative appropriation of funds.

We are compensated for operating and managing facilities at an inmate per diem rate based upon actual or minimum guaranteed occupancy levels. Occupancy rates for a particular facility are typically low when first opened or when expansions are first available. However, beyond the start-up period, which typically ranges from 90 to 180 days, the occupancy rate tends to stabilize. For 2002 and 2001, the average compensated occupancy, based on rated capacity, of our facilities was 89.6% and 88.4% respectively, for all of the facilities we owned or managed exclusively of those discontinued from a capacity perspective, we currently have two facilities that are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 3,000 available beds. These beds can be brought on-line with only minimal capital outlays.

Our contracts generally require us to operate each facility in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. We are required by our contracts to maintain certain levels of insurance coverage for general liability, workers’ compensation, vehicle liability and property loss or damage. We are also required to indemnify the contracting agencies for claims and costs arising out of our operations and, in certain cases, to maintain performance bonds and other collateral requirements. Approximately 80% of the facilities we operate are accredited by the American Correctional Association Commission on Accreditation. The American Correctional Association, or the ACA, is an independent organization comprised of professionals in the corrections industry that establish standards by which a correctional institution may gain accreditation.

S-65

Operating Procedures

Pursuant to the terms of our management contracts, we are responsible for the overall operation of our facilities, including staff recruitment, general administration of the facilities, facility maintenance, security and supervision of the offenders. We also provide a variety of rehabilitative and educational programs at our facilities. Inmates at most facilities we manage may receive basic education through academic programs designed to improve inmate literacy levels and the opportunity to acquire General Education Development, or GED, certificates. We also offer vocational training to inmates who lack marketable job skills. In addition, we offer life skills transition planning programs that provide inmates with job search skills, health education, financial responsibility training, parenting and other skills associated with becoming productive citizens. At several of our facilities, we also offer counseling, education and/or treatment to inmates with alcohol and drug abuse problems through our LifeLine^TM program. We believe these programs reduce recidivism.

We operate each facility in accordance with company-wide policies and procedures and the standards and guidelines established by the ACA. The ACA believes its standards safeguard the life, health and safety of offenders and personnel and, accordingly, these standards are the basis of the accreditation process and define policies and procedures for operating programs. The ACA standards, which are the industry’s most widely accepted correctional standards, describe specific objectives to be accomplished and cover such areas as administration, personnel and staff training, security, medical and health care, food services, inmate supervision and physical plant requirements. We have sought and received ACA accreditation for 47 of the facilities we currently manage, and we intend to apply for ACA accreditation for all of our eligible facilities. The accreditation process is usually completed 18 to 24 months after a facility is opened.

We devote considerable resources to monitoring compliance with contractual and other requirements and to maintain a high level of quality assurance at each facility through a system of formal reporting, corporate oversight, site reviews and inspection by on-site facility administrators.

Under our management contracts, we usually provide the contracting government agency with the services, personnel and material necessary for the operation, maintenance and security of the facility and the custody of inmates. We offer full logistical support to the facilities we manage, including security, health care services, transportation, building and ground maintenance, education, treatment and counseling services and food services.

Our operations department, in conjunction with our legal department, supervises compliance of each facility with operational standards contained in the various management contracts as well as those of professional and government agencies. These responsibilities include developing specific policies and procedures manuals, monitoring all management contracts, ensuring compliance with applicable labor and affirmative action standards, training and administration of personnel, purchasing supplies and developing educational, vocational, counseling and life skills inmate programs. We provide meals for inmates at the facilities we operate in accordance with regulatory, client and nutritional requirements. These catering responsibilities include hiring and training staff, monitoring food operations, purchasing food and supplies, and maintaining equipment, as well as adhering to all applicable safety and nutritional standards and codes.

Facility Portfolio

General

Our facilities can generally be classified according to the level(s) of security at such facility. Minimum-security facilities are facilities having open housing within an appropriately designed and patrolled institutional perimeter. Medium-security facilities are facilities having either cells, rooms or dormitories, a secure perimeter and some form of external patrol. Maximum-security facilities are facilities having single occupancy cells, a secure perimeter and external patrol. Multi-security facilities are facilities with various areas encompassing either minimum, medium or maximum security. Non-secure facilities are

S-66

juvenile facilities having open housing that inhibit movement by their design. Secure facilities are juvenile facilities having cells, rooms, or dormitories, a secure perimeter and some form of external patrol.

Our facilities can also be classified according to their primary function. The primary functional categories are:


	•	Correctional Facilities. Correctional facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to sentenced adult prisoners, typically prisoners on whom a sentence in excess of one year has been imposed.

	•	Detention Facilities. Detention facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to prisoners being detained by the INS, prisoners who are awaiting trial who have been charged with violations of federal criminal law who are in the custody of the USMS or state criminal law, and prisoners who have been convicted of crimes and on whom a sentence of one year or less has been imposed.

	•	Juvenile Facilities. Juvenile facilities house and provide contractually agreed upon programs and services to juveniles, typically defined by applicable federal or state law as being persons below the age of 18, who have been determined to be delinquents by a juvenile court and who have been committed for an indeterminate period of time but who typically remain confined for a period of six months or less.

	•	Leased Facilities. Leased facilities are facilities that are within one of the above categories and that we own but do not manage.

Facilities and Facility Management Contracts

We own 41 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities in 14 states and the District of Columbia, three of which we lease to other operators, and one additional facility which is not yet in operation. We also own two corporate office buildings. We have pledged each of the properties we own to secure borrowings under our senior secured credit facility. We lease one of these facilities to a government agency and two of these facilities to private operators. Additionally, we currently manage 21 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies. The following table sets forth all of the facilities which we currently (i) own and manage, (ii) own, but are leased to another operator, and (iii) manage but are owned by a government authority. The table includes certain information regarding each facility, including the term of the primary management contract related to such facility, or, in the case of facilities we own but lease to another operator, the term of such lease. We have a number of management contracts and leases that expire in 2003 (or have expired) with no remaining renewal options. We continue to operate, and expect to continue to manage or lease these facilities, although we can provide no assurance that we will maintain our contracts to manage or lease these facilities

S-67

Remaining

Design

Renewal

Primary

Capacity

Security

Facility

Options

Facility Name

Customer

(A)

Level

Type(B)

Term

(C)

Owned and Managed Facilities:

Central Arizona Detention Center Florence, Arizona

USMS

2,304

Multi

Detention

May 2003

—

Eloy Detention Center
Eloy, Arizona

BOP, INS

1,500

Medium

Detention

February 2004

(5) 1 year

Florence Correctional Center
Florence, Arizona

State of Alaska

1,600

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

—

California Correctional Center
California City, California

BOP

2,304

Medium

Correctional

September 2003

(7) 1 year

San Diego Correctional Facility(D) San Diego, California

INS

1,232

Minimum/ Medium

Detention

December 2003

(1) 1 year

Bent County Correctional Facility
Las Animas, Colorado

State of Colorado

700

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 1 year

Crowley County Correctional Facility Olney Springs, Colorado

State of Colorado

1,200

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 1 year

Huerfano County Correctional Center(E)
Walsenburg, Colorado

State of Colorado

752

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 1 year

Kit Carson Correctional Center Burlington, Colorado

State of Colorado

768

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 1 year

Coffee Correctional Facility(F) Nicholls, Georgia

State of Georgia

1,524

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(16) 1 year

McRae Correctional Facility
McRae, Georgia

BOP

1,524

Minimum

Correctional

December 2005

(7) 1 year

Wheeler Correctional Facility(F) Alamo, Georgia

State of Georgia

1,524

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(16) 1 year

Leavenworth Detention Center Leavenworth, Kansas

USMS

483

Maximum

Detention

December 2003

—

Lee Adjustment Center
Beattyville, Kentucky

Commonwealth of Kentucky

748

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

May 2003

(3) 2 year

Marion Adjustment Center
St. Mary, Kentucky

Commonwealth of Kentucky

790

Minimum

Correctional

December 2003

—

Otter Creek Correctional Center Wheelwright, Kentucky

State of Indiana

656

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

January 2003

—

Prairie Correctional Facility
Appleton, Minnesota

State of Wisconsin

1,338

Medium

Correctional

December 2005

(2) 1 year

Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility(G)
Tutweiler, Mississippi

Tallahatchie County, Mississippi

1,104

Medium

Correctional

May 2003

3 year

Crossroads Correctional Center(H) Shelby, Montana

State of Montana

512

Multi

Correctional

August 2003

(8) 2 year

Cibola County Corrections Center Milan, New Mexico

BOP

1,072

Medium

Correctional

September 2003

(7) 1 year

New Mexico Women’s Correctional Facility
Grants, New Mexico

State of
New Mexico

596

Multi

Correctional

June 2003

(2) 1 year

Torrance County Detention Facility Estancia, New Mexico

USMS

910

Multi

Detention

Indefinite

—

Northeast Ohio Correctional Center(I) Youngstown, Ohio

—

2,016

Medium

Correctional

—

Cimarron Correctional Facility(J) Cushing, Oklahoma

State of Oklahoma

960

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

—

Davis Correctional Facility(J) Holdenville, Oklahoma

State of Oklahoma

960

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

—

S-68

Remaining

Design

Renewal

Primary

Capacity

Security

Facility

Options

Facility Name

Customer

(A)

Level

Type(B)

Term

(C)

Diamondback Correctional Facility Watonga, Oklahoma

State of Oklahoma

2,160

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

—

North Fork Correctional Facility
Sayre, Oklahoma

State of Wisconsin

1,440

Medium

Correctional

December 2005

(2) 1 year

West Tennessee Detention Facility Mason, Tennessee

USMS

600

Multi

Detention

February 2004

(3) 1 year

Shelby Training Center(K)
Memphis, Tennessee

Shelby County, Tennessee

200

Secure

Juvenile

April 2015

—

Whiteville Correctional Facility(L) Whiteville, Tennessee

State of Wisconsin

1,536

Medium

Correctional

December 2005

(2) 1 year

Bridgeport Pre-Parole Transfer Facility Bridgeport, Texas

State of Texas

200

Medium

Correctional

August 2003

—

Eden Detention Center
Eden, Texas

BOP

1,225

Medium

Correctional

April 2004

—

Houston Processing Center
Houston, Texas

INS

411

Medium

Detention

September 2003

—

Laredo Processing Center
Laredo, Texas

INS

258

Minimum/ Medium

Detention

March 2003

—

Webb County Detention Center
Laredo, Texas

USMS

480

Medium

Detention

August 2003

—

Mineral Wells Pre-Parole Transfer Facility
Mineral Wells, Texas

State of Texas

2,103

Minimum

Correctional

August 2003

—

T. Don Hutto Correctional Center Taylor, Texas

Williamson County, Texas

480

Medium

Correctional

March 2003

(1) 2 year

D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility(M)
Washington, D.C.

District of Columbia

866

Medium

Detention

March 2017

—

Managed Only Facilities:

Bay Correctional Facility
Panama City, Florida

State of Florida

750

Medium

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 2 year

Bay County Jail and Annex
Panama City, Florida

Bay County, Florida

677

Multi

Detention

September 2006

—

Citrus County Detention Facility Lecanto, Florida

Citrus County, Florida

400

Multi

Detention

September 2005

(1) 5 year

Gadsden Correctional Institution Quincy, Florida

State of Florida

896

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

June 2003

—

Hernando County Jail
Brooksville, Florida

Hernando County, Florida

302

Multi

Detention

October 2010

—

Lake City Correctional Facility
Lake City, Florida

State of Florida

350

Secure

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 2 year

Idaho Correctional Center
Boise, Idaho

State of Idaho

1,270

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

June 2005

—

Marion County Jail
Indianapolis, Indiana

Marion County, Indiana

670

Multi

Detention

November 2004

—

Winn Correctional Center
Winnfield, Louisiana

State of Louisiana

1,538

Medium/ Maximum

Correctional

June 2003

(1) 2 year

Wilkinson County Correctional Facility Woodville, Mississippi

State of Mississippi

1,000

Medium

Correctional

January 2004

(1) 2 year

Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Center
Las Vegas, Nevada

State of Nevada

500

Multi

Correctional

October 2004

3 year indefinite

Elizabeth Detention Center
Elizabeth, New Jersey

INS

300

Minimum

Detention

January 2004

(1) 1 year

S-69

Remaining

Design

Renewal

Primary

Capacity

Security

Facility

Options

Facility Name

Customer

(A)

Level

Type(B)

Term

(C)

David L. Moss Criminal Justice Center Tulsa, Oklahoma

Tulsa County, Oklahoma

1,440

Multi

Detention

June 2005

(2) 1 year

Silverdale Facilities
Chattanooga, Tennessee

Hamilton County, Tennessee

576

Multi

Detention

September 2004

(3) 4 year

South Central Correctional Center Clifton, Tennessee

State of Tennessee

1,506

Medium

Correctional

June 2005

(1) 2 year

Tall Trees
Memphis, Tennessee

State of Tennessee

Non-secure

Juvenile

June 2003

—

Metro-Davidson County Detention Facility
Nashville, Tennessee

Davidson County, Tennessee

1,092

Multi

Detention

June 2003

—

Hardeman County Correctional Facility Whiteville, Tennessee

State of Tennessee

2,016

Medium

Correctional

July 2005

(1) 2 year

Bartlett State Jail
Bartlett, Texas

State of Texas

962

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

August 2003

—

Liberty County Jail/ Juvenile Center Liberty, Texas

USMS

380

Multi

Detention

January 2005

(2) 1 year

Sanders Estes Unit
Venus, Texas

State of Texas

1,000

Minimum/ Medium

Correctional

August 2003

—

Leased Facilities:

Leo Chesney Correctional Center
Live Oak, California

Cornell Corrections

240

Minimum

Owned/ Leased

June 2003

—

Queensgate Correctional Facility Cincinnati, Ohio

Hamilton County, Ohio

850

Medium

Owned/ Leased

February 2004

(3) 1 year

Community Education Partners(N) Houston, Texas

Community Education Partners

—

Non-secure

Owned/ Leased

June 2008

(3) 5 year


(A)		Design capacity measures the number of beds, and accordingly, the number of inmates each facility is designed to accommodate. We believe design capacity is an appropriate measure for evaluating prison operations, because the revenue generated by each facility is based on a per diem or monthly rate per inmate housed at the facility paid by the corresponding contracting governmental entity.

(B)		We manage numerous facilities that have more than a single function (e.g., housing both long-term sentenced adult prisoners and pre-trial detainees). The primary functional categories into which facility types are identified was determined by the relative size of prisoner populations in a particular facility on December 31, 2002. If, for example, a 1,000-bed facility housed 900 adult prisoners with sentences in excess of one year and 100 pre-trial detainees, the primary functional category to which it would be assigned would be that of correctional facilities and not detention facilities. It should be understood that the primary functional category to which multi-user facilities are assigned may change from time to time.

(C)		Remaining renewal options represents the number of renewal options, if applicable, and the remaining term of each option renewal.

(D)		The facility is subject to a ground lease with the County of San Diego whereby the initial lease term is 18 years from the commencement of the contract, as defined. The County has the right to buy out all, or designated portions of, the premises at various times prior to the expiration of the term at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises, or the designated portion of the premises, less an allowance for amortization over a 20-year period. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the County of San Diego.

(E)		The facility is subject to a purchase option held by Huerfano County which grants Huerfano County the right to purchase the facility upon an early termination of the contract at a price generally equal

S-70


		to the cost of the facility plus 80% of the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index, cumulated annually.

(F)		The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Georgia Department of Corrections, or GDOC, which grants the GDOC the right to purchase the facility for the lesser of the facility’s depreciated book value or fair market value at any time during the term of the contract between us and the GDOC.

(G)		The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority which grants Tallahatchie County Correctional Authority the right to purchase the facility at any time during the contract at a price generally equal to the cost of the premises less an allowance for amortization over a 20-year period. This facility is substantially vacant.

(H)		The State of Montana has an option to purchase the facility at fair market value generally at any time during the term of the contract with us.

(I)		All inmates were transferred out of this facility during 2001 due to a new law that mandated that the BOP assume jurisdiction of all District of Columbia offenders under the custody of the BOP by the end of 2001.

(J)		The facility is subject to a purchase option held by the Oklahoma Department of Corrections, or ODC, which grants the ODC the right to purchase the facility at its fair market value at any time.

(K)		Upon the conclusion of the thirty-year lease with Shelby County, Tennessee, the facility will become the property of Shelby County. Prior to such time, if the County terminates the lease without cause, breaches the lease or the State fails to fund the contract, we may purchase the property for $150,000. If we terminate the lease without cause, or breach the contract, we will be required to purchase the property for its fair market value as agreed to by the County and us.

(L)		The State of Tennessee has the option to purchase the facility in the event of our bankruptcy, or upon an operational breach, as defined, at a price equal to the book value of the facility, as defined.

(M)		The District of Columbia has the right to purchase the facility at any time during the term of the contract at a price generally equal to the present value of the remaining lease payments for the premises. Upon expiration of the lease, ownership of the facility automatically reverts to the District of Columbia.

(N)		The alternative educational facility is currently configured to accommodate 900 at-risk juveniles and may be expanded to accommodate a total of 1,400 at-risk juveniles.

Facility under Construction or Development

In addition to owning and/or managing the facilities listed in the preceding table, we own the Stewart County Detention Center located in Stewart County, Georgia. The 297,550 square foot medium security facility will have a design capacity of 1,524 beds and is partially complete. We estimate that the facility could be completed with approximately $20.0 million of capital expenditures. At this time, there are no plans to complete this project.

Business Development

General

We are currently the nation’s largest provider of outsourced correctional management services. We manage approximately 50% of all beds under contract with private operators of correctional and detention facilities in the United States.

Under the direction of our business development department and our senior management and with the aid, where appropriate, of certain independent consultants, we market our services to government agencies responsible for federal, state and local correctional facilities in the United States. Recently, the industry has experienced greater opportunities at the federal level, as needs are increasing within the BOP, the USMS and the INS. The BOP and USMS were our only customers that accounted for 10.0% or more of

S-71

our total revenue in 2002, generating 14% and 11%, respectively, of total revenue in 2002 and 13% and 9%, respectively in 2001. Contracts at the federal level generally offer more favorable contract terms. For example, many federal contracts contain “take-or-pay” clauses that guarantee us a certain percentage of management revenue, regardless of occupancy levels.

We believe that we can further develop our business by, among other things:


	•	maintaining our existing customer relationships and continuing to fill existing beds within our facilities;

	•	enhancing the terms of our existing contracts; and

	•	establishing relationships with new customers who have either previously not outsourced their correctional management needs or have utilized other private enterprises.

We generally receive inquiries from or on behalf of government agencies that are considering outsourcing the management of certain facilities or that have already decided to contract with private enterprise. When we receive such an inquiry, we determine whether there is an existing need for our services and whether the legal and political climate in which the inquiring party operates is conducive to serious consideration of outsourcing. Based on the findings, an initial cost analysis is conducted to further determine project feasibility.

We pursue our business opportunities primarily through Request for Proposals, or RFPs, and Request for Qualifications, or RFQs. RFPs and RFQs are issued by government agencies and are solicited for bid.

Generally, government agencies responsible for correctional and detention services procure goods and services through RFPs and RFQs. Most of our activities in the area of securing new business are in the form of responding to RFPs. As part of our process of responding to RFPs, members of our management team meet with the appropriate personnel from the agency making the request to best determine the agency’s needs. If the project fits within our strategy, we submit a written response to the RFP. A typical RFP requires bidders to provide detailed information, including, but not limited to, the service to be provided by the bidder, its experience and qualifications, and the price at which the bidder is willing to provide the services (which services may include the renovation, improvement or expansion of an existing facility or the planning, design and construction of a new facility). Based on the proposals received in response to an RFP, the agency will award a contract to the successful bidder. In addition to issuing formal RFPs, local jurisdictions may issue an RFQ. In the RFQ process, the requesting agency selects a firm believed to be most qualified to provide the requested services and then negotiates the terms of the contract with that firm, including the price at which its services are to be provided.

In January 2003, we announced the hiring of Kenneth A. Bouldin as our chief development officer and an executive vice president. In his capacity as chief development officer, Mr. Bouldin will oversee all business development activities, including oversight of existing federal, state and local government corrections contracts. He will also lead efforts to expand our corrections management services, including our newly formed local customer relations department, which will target expanding business opportunities in the local jail markets, in addition to overseeing our federal customer relations, state customer relations, and marketing and communications departments. Mr. Bouldin’s background is further described under “Management” herein.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we have and will benefit from the following competitive business and operating strengths:

We are the largest and most recognized private prison operator. As the owner of 41 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities and the manager of 59 facilities throughout the United States, we are the largest and the most recognized private prison operator in the United States. We manage approximately 50% of all privately managed prison beds in the United States. We pioneered modern-day private prisons with a list of notable accomplishments, including being the first company to design, build and operate a

S-72

private prison and the first company to manage a private maximum-security facility under a direct contract with the federal government.

Available beds within our existing facilities provide us the opportunity to increase cash flow. We currently have two facilities, our Northeast Ohio Correctional Center and Tallahatchie County Correctional Facility, that are substantially vacant and provide us with approximately 3,000 available beds. We believe, depending on the customers’ needs, we can put these beds in operation with modest capital outlays. We also have an additional facility located in Stewart County, Georgia, which is partially complete. This facility could bring approximately 1,500 additional beds on-line with approximately $20.0 million of additional capital expenditures. As an alternative to filling these beds, we would consider selling these facilities. In addition to these three facilities, as of March 1, 2003, we had a total of nine facilities that had 200 or more beds available at each facility, which we believe provides further potential for increased cash flow.

Our facilities generate revenues from a diverse, high quality customer base. We provide services under management contracts with a diverse base of state and federal agencies that generally have credit ratings of single-A or better. In addition, we have management contracts with approximately 50 different customers, with only two customers, the BOP and USMS, accounting for more than 10% of our total revenues during 2002. In addition, with average lengths of stay between three and five years, prison occupancy is relatively predictable and stable.

Proven senior management team. Beginning in August 2000, we appointed a new senior management team. Our senior management team has accomplished a number of high priority company initiatives, including: (1) completing a restructuring of the company during the fourth quarter of 2000 in which we converted from a real estate investment trust to an operating company; (2) reducing our senior debt by over $189.0 million during 2001 and refinancing our senior indebtedness during the second quarter of 2002; (3) securing 3,300-bed contracts with the BOP at our California City, California and Cibola County, New Mexico facilities, and the 1,500-bed CAR II contract with the BOP, the three largest contracts in our history; (4) selling four assets for proceeds of $138.7 million; (5) settling all of our pending stockholder litigation, as well as several other material contingencies, including a dispute with the IRS regarding our predecessor’s 1997 federal income tax return; and (6) acquiring a 1,200-bed correctional facility in Olney Springs, Colorado, which expanded our bed capacity in a state with anticipated inmate growth over the next several years.

Business Strategy

Our primary business strategy is to provide quality corrections services, increase occupancy and revenue, control operating costs and continue to reduce our debt, while maintaining our position as the leading owner, operator and manager of privatized correctional and detention facilities. We will also consider opportunities for growth, including potential acquisitions of businesses within our line of business and those that provide complementary services, provided we believe such opportunities will broaden our market and/or increase the services we can provide to our customers.

We own and operate high quality correctional and detention facilities. Approximately 80% of our facilities are accredited by the ACA. The quality of our operations is further illustrated by the fact that for the three years ended December 31, 2001, we had an escape ratio at our adult prison facilities that was less than two-thirds of the national average for adult prisons (according to The 2001 Corrections Yearbook published by Criminal Justice Institute). We have experienced wardens managing our facilities, with an average of over 23 years of corrections experience and an average tenure of almost eight years with us.

We are focused on increasing our occupancy rate. We are typically compensated based on the number of inmates held in our facilities. We are pursuing a number of initiatives intended to increase occupancy. We are in discussions with the federal government and a number of states, including states that have not previously outsourced their correctional management services, regarding the placement of additional inmates in our facilities. We also are focused on renewing and enhancing the terms of our existing contracts. Given our significant number of available beds, we believe we can increase operating

S-73

cash flow from increased occupancy without incurring significant capital expenditures. Our primary goal is to obtain contracts to fill our existing inventory of vacant beds.

In addition, with lender consent, we will consider the expansion of existing facilities or the development or purchase of new prison facilities that we believe have favorable investment returns and increase value to our stockholders. In considering the decision to add additional capacity, we consider a number of factors including the targeted customer’s inmate populations versus capacity and projections for future inmate growth. Our goal is to have a contract in place prior to commitment for the construction or purchase of additional beds.

We intend to maintain effective cost controls. An important component of our strategy is to position our company as a cost effective, high quality provider of corrections management services. We are focused on improving operating performance and efficiency through the following key operating initiatives: (1) standardizing supply and service purchasing practices and usage; (2) outsourcing the purchase of food products and services nationwide; (3) improving inmate management, resource consumption and reporting procedures through the utilization of numerous technology initiatives; and (4) improving productivity and reducing employee turnover. We intend to continue to implement a wide variety of specialized services that address the unique needs of various segments of the inmate population. Because the facilities we operate differ with respect to security levels, ages, genders and cultures of inmates, we focus on the particular needs of an inmate population and tailor our services based on local conditions and our ability to provide services on a cost-effective basis.

We intend to continue to improve our capital structure. In 2001, we reduced indebtedness by $189.0 million, and in 2002 we were able to reduce our cost of capital by refinancing our senior secured credit facility. The transactions contemplated in this prospectus supplement are intended to continue this effort by significantly reducing the after tax dividend and interest obligations associated with our outstanding preferred stock and our 10% convertible subordinated notes, respectively. We believe our anticipated capital expenditures and the benefit of our net operating loss carryforwards will allow us to generate free cash flow that will enable us to continue reducing our debt.

The Corrections and Detention Industry

Growth of the United States Prison Population. According to the Bureau of Justice Statistics, or the BJS, the United States prison population, along with incarceration rates, has increased since 1925, independent of economic cycles. The number of inmates housed in United States federal and state prisons and local jail facilities increased from 1,148,702 at December 31, 1990 to 1,962,220 at December 31, 2001. Although the average growth rate decreased to 1.3% between December 2000 and December 2001, the average annual growth rate for the federal inmate population remained strong at 7.0%, while the average annual growth rate for state and local inmate population were 0.4% and 1.6%, respectively.

The average annual growth rate of the prison population in the United States between December 1995 and December 2001 was 3.6%. During this time period federal, state, and local inmate populations increased 8.2%, 3.0% and 3.7%, respectively. Federal agencies are collectively our largest customer and accounted for approximately 33% of our revenues (when aggregating all of our federal contracts) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

Prison Overcrowding. The significant growth of the prison population in the United States has led to overcrowding in the state and federal prison systems. At least 22 states and the federal prison system reported operating at 100% or more of their highest capacity in 2001, with the federal prison system operating at 31% above capacity at December 31, 2001.

Further, we believe the moderation in growth rates for state and local inmate populations represent short-term declines resulting from budget difficulties currently experienced by state and local governments, which have utilized alternative sentencing, such as early release programs, parole and half-way houses, in an attempt to manage their budget constraints. However, we do not believe these temporary decisions represent long-term solutions to the prison overcrowding problem.

S-74

Increasing Acceptance of Privatization. The growth of the overall prison population in the United States and the lack of available bed space have led to growth in the private corrections and detention sector since its inception. The prisoner population housed in privately managed facilities in the United States at the end of December 2001 was 91,828, which represented a 5.1% increase over numbers at December 31, 2000. At December 31, 2001, 12.3% of all federal inmates and 5.8% of all state inmates were held in private facilities. Seven states and the District of Columbia, all of which are our customers, housed at least 20% of their prison population in private facilities as of December 31, 2001 — New Mexico (44%), the District of Columbia (36%), Montana (33%), Alaska (32%), Oklahoma (29%), Wyoming (28%), Hawaii (23%) and Idaho (22%).

We believe the outsourcing of prison management services to private operators allows governments to manage increasing inmate populations while simultaneously controlling correctional costs and improving correctional services. The use of facilities owned and managed by private operators allows governments to expand prison capacity without incurring large capital commitments required to increase correctional capacity. In addition, contracting with a private operator allows governmental agencies to add beds without making significant capital investment or incurring new debt. We believe these advantages translate into significant cost savings for the government agencies.

Continued Demand for Our Services. Despite the slower growth rate of the overall prison population and the state prison population in recent years, we believe that a number of factors will cause this growth rate, and the demand for private prison beds, to increase. As described above, there is a general shortage of available beds in United States correctional and detention facilities, particularly in the federal system. We expect this overcrowding to continue in the future as a result of stricter sentencing guidelines, longer prison sentences and prison terms for juvenile offenders, as well as demographic changes. In addition, state budgeting problems can be expected to result in a curtailment of the construction of new facilities, restricting the public supply of available beds. Industry reports indicate that inmates convicted of violent crimes generally serve approximately one-half of their sentence, with the majority of them being repeat offenders. In addition, the U.S. Census Bureau now projects a steady rise in the number of males between the ages of 18 and 24 years of age. Males between 18 and 24 years of age have demonstrated the highest propensity for criminal behavior and the highest rates of arrest, conviction and incarceration.

As the result of the events of September 11, 2001, the protection and security of the United States has become a priority for the federal government. As a result, we believe that recently proposed initiatives by the federal government in connection with homeland security should cause the demand for prison beds, including privately managed beds, to increase. The final funding levels for the President’s fiscal 2003 budget included an increase of $27.5 million, or 4.1%, for the USMS, and more than $1.4 billion, or 29.7%, for the INS, two of our largest customers. The President’s budget for fiscal year 2004 includes a proposal for $35 billion for homeland security, excluding the Department of Defense, an increase of $2.5 billion, or 7.6%. If enacted at these levels, spending would have more than doubled from pre-September 11, 2001 levels. This proposed funding is intended to support the agencies’ efforts to prevent illegal entry into the United States and target persons that are a threat to homeland security. We believe that these efforts will likely result in more incarceration and detention, particularly of illegal immigrants, and increased supervision of persons on probation and parole.

Government Regulation


	*Environmental Matters*

Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws often impose liability whether or not the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. As an owner of correctional and detention facilities, we have been subject to these laws, rules, ordinances and regulations. In addition, we are also subject to these laws, ordinances and regulations as the result of our, and our subsidiaries’, operation and management of correctional and detention facilities. The

S-75

cost of complying with environmental laws could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Phase I environmental assessments have been obtained on substantially all of the facilities we currently own. The purpose of a Phase I environmental assessment is to identify potential environmental contamination that is made apparent from historical reviews of such facilities, review of certain public records, visual investigations of the sites and surrounding properties, toxic substances and underground storage tanks. The Phase I environmental assessment reports do not reveal any environmental contamination that we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any such liability. Nevertheless, it is possible that these reports do not reveal all environmental liabilities or that there are material environmental liabilities of which we are unaware. In addition, environmental conditions on properties we own may affect the operation or expansion of facilities located on the properties.


	*Business Regulations*

The industry in which we operate is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulations, including educational, health care and safety regulations, which are administered by many regulatory authorities. Some of the regulations are unique to the corrections industry, and the combination of regulations we face is unique. Facility management contracts typically include reporting requirements, supervision and on-site monitoring by representatives of the contracting governmental agencies. Corrections officers and juvenile care workers are customarily required to meet certain training standards and, in some instances, facility personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with which we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations, and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.

In addition, private prison managers are increasingly subject to government legislation and regulation attempting to restrict the ability of private prison managers to house certain types of inmates. Legislation has been enacted in several states, and has previously been proposed in the United States House of Representatives, containing such restrictions. Although we do not believe that existing legislation will have a material adverse effect on us, there can be no assurance that future legislation would not have such an effect.


	*Americans with Disabilities Act*

The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage are subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended. The Americans with Disabilities Act, or the ADA, has separate compliance requirements for “public accommodations” and “commercial facilities” but generally requires that public facilities such as correctional and detention facilities be made accessible to people with disabilities. These requirements became effective in 1992. We continue to monitor our facilities for compliance with the ADA in order to conform to its requirements. Compliance with the ADA requirements could require removal of access barriers and other modifications or capital improvements at the facilities. Noncompliance could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. Although we believe we are in compliance, any additional expenditures incurred in order to comply with the ADA at our facilities, if required, would not have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.


	*Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996*

In 1996, Congress enacted the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. HIPAA is designed to improve the portability and continuity of health insurance coverage and simplify the administration of health insurance. Certain regulations promulgated by HIPAA become

S-76

effective in April 2003 and require health care providers to institute physical and procedural safeguards to protect the health records of patients and insureds. Examples of mandated safeguards include requirements that notices of the entity’s privacy practices be sent and that patients and insureds be given the right to access and request amendments to their records. Authorizations are required before a provider, insurer or clearinghouse can use health information for marketing and certain other purposes. Additionally, health plans are required to electronically transmit and receive standardized healthcare information. These regulations will require the implementation of compliance training and awareness programs for our healthcare service providers associated with healthcare we provide to inmates, and selected other employees primarily associated with our employee medical plans.

Insurance

We maintain a general liability insurance policy of $5.0 million for each facility we operate, as well as insurance in amounts we deem adequate to cover property and casualty risks, workers’ compensation and directors and officers liability. In addition, each of our leases with third-parties provides that the lessee will maintain insurance on each leased property under the lessee’s insurance policies providing for the following coverages: (i) fire, vandalism and malicious mischief, extended coverage perils, and all physical loss perils; (ii) comprehensive general public liability (including personal injury and property damage); and (iii) workers’ compensation. Under each of these leases, we have the right to periodically review our lessees’ insurance coverage and provide input with respect thereto.

Insurance expense represents a significant component of our operating expenses. Each of our management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. We maintain various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance. Because we are significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance, the amount of our insurance expense is dependent on claims experience, and our ability to control our claims experience. Our insurance policies contain various deductibles and stop-loss amounts intended to limit our exposure for individually significant occurrences. However, the nature of our self-insurance policies provides little protection for a deterioration in overall claims experience. We continue to incur increasing insurance expense due to adverse claims experience. We are developing a strategy to improve the management of our future loss claims but can provide no assurance that this strategy will be successful. Additionally, general liability insurance costs have risen substantially since the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001. Unanticipated additional insurance expenses resulting from adverse claims experience or a continued increasing cost environment for general liability and other types of insurance could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We are subject to necessary insurance costs.”

Employees

As of March 1, 2003, we employed 13,700 employees. Of such employees, 210 were employed at our corporate offices and 13,490 were employed at our facilities and in our inmate transportation business. We employ personnel in the following areas: clerical and administrative, including facility administrators/wardens, security, food service, medical, transportation and scheduling, maintenance, teachers, counselors and other support services.

Each of the correctional and detention facilities we currently operate is managed as a separate operational unit by the facility administrator or warden. All of these facilities follow a standardized code of policies and procedures.

We have not experienced a strike or work stoppage at any of our facilities. Approximately 1,100 employees at seven of our facilities are represented by labor unions. This number includes approximately 200 employees at one facility who, during the first half of 2002 elected to be represented by a union. At this time, negotiations with this union is ongoing. In the opinion of management, overall employee relations are generally considered good.

S-77

Competition

The correctional and detention facilities we operate and manage, as well as those facilities we own and are managed by other operators, are subject to competition for inmates from other private prison managers. We compete primarily on the basis of the quality and range of services offered, our experience in the operation and management of correctional and detention facilities and our reputation. We compete with government agencies that are responsible for correctional facilities and a number of privatized correctional service companies, including, but not limited to, Wackenhut Corrections Corporation, Correctional Services Corporation and Cornell Companies, Inc. Other potential competitors may in the future enter into businesses competitive with us without a substantial capital investment or prior experience. Competition by other companies may adversely affect the number of inmates at our facilities, which could have a material adverse effect on the operating revenue of our facilities. In addition, revenue derived from our facilities will be affected by a number of factors, including the demand for inmate beds, general economic conditions and the age of the general population.

Legal Proceedings and Income Tax Matters and Contingencies


	*General*

The nature of our business results in claims and litigation alleging that we are liable for damages arising from the conduct of our employees or others. In the opinion of management, other than the litigation matters set forth below, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations for which we have not established adequate reserves. Adversarial proceedings and litigation are, however, subject to inherent uncertainties, and unfavorable decisions and rulings could occur which could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for a period in which such decisions and rulings occur, or future periods. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — We are subject to legal proceedings associated with owning and managing correctional and detention facilities.”


	*Pending Litigation*

During the second quarter of 2002, we completed the settlement of certain claims made against us as the successor to U.S. Corrections Corporation, or USCC, a privately-held owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities which was acquired by a predecessor of ours in April 1998, by participants in USCC’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, referred to herein as the ESOP. As a result of the settlement, we made a cash payment of $575,000 to the plaintiffs in the action. As described below, we are currently in litigation with USCC’s insurer seeking to recover all or a portion of this settlement amount. The USCC ESOP litigation, entitled Horn v. McQueen, continued to proceed, however, against two other defendants, Milton Thompson and Robert McQueen, both of whom were stockholders and executive officers of USCC and trustees of the ESOP prior to our acquisition of USCC. In Horn, the ESOP participants allege numerous violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, including breaches of fiduciary duties to the ESOP by causing the ESOP to overpay for employer securities. The plaintiffs in the action are seeking damages in excess of $30.0 million plus prejudgment interest and attorneys’ fees, although expert testimony in the litigation has indicated actual damages of significantly less than that. On July 29, 2002, the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky found that McQueen and Thompson had breached their fiduciary duties to the ESOP, but made no determination as to the amount of any damages. It is not known when the Court will make a finding with respect to damages.

In or about the second quarter of 2001, Northfield Insurance Co., the issuer of the liability insurance policy to USCC and its directors and officers (“Northfield”), filed suit against McQueen, Thompson and us seeking a declaration that it did not owe coverage under the policy for any liabilities arising from the Horn litigation. Among other things, Northfield claimed that it did not receive timely notice of the litigation under the terms of the policy. McQueen and Thompson subsequently filed a cross-claim in the Northfield litigation against us, claiming that, as the result of our failure to timely notify the insurance

S-78

carrier of the Horn case on their behalf, they were entitled to indemnification for contribution from us for any loss incurred by them as a result of the Horn litigation if there were no insurance available to cover the loss, if any. On September 30, 2002, the Court in the Northfield litigation found that Northfield was not obligated to cover McQueen and Thompson or us. Though it did not resolve the cross-claim, the Court did note that there was no basis for excusing McQueen and Thompson from their obligation to provide timely notice to the carrier because of our alleged failure to provide timely notice to the carrier. Upon the entry of a final order by the Court, we intend to appeal the Court’s decision that Northfield is not obligated to provide coverage, and we intend to continue to defend our position that coverage is required.

We cannot currently predict whether or not we will be successful in recovering all or a portion of the amount we have paid in settlement of the Horn litigation. With respect to the cross-claim of McQueen and Thompson, we believe that such cross-claim is without merit and that we will be able to defend ourselves successfully against such claim and/or any additional claim of such nature that may be brought in the future. No assurance can be given, however, that McQueen and Thompson will not prevail in any such claims.


	*Income Tax Contingencies*

In connection with the merger with Old CCA on December 31, 1998, we assumed the tax obligations of Old CCA. The Internal Revenue Service has completed field audits of Old CCA’s federal tax returns for the taxable years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, and has also completed auditing our federal tax return for the taxable years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999. In addition, the IRS has recently commenced an audit of our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2001.

The IRS agent’s report related to 1998 and 1997 included a determination by the IRS to increase taxable income by approximately $120.0 million. We appealed the IRS’s findings with the Appeals Office of the IRS. On October 24, 2002 we entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the IRS in connection with the IRS’s audit of old CCA’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’s final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 we paid $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Pursuant to the terms of the settlement, the audit adjustments agreed to for the 1997 tax year will not trigger any additional distribution requirements in order to preserve our status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for 1999. The adjustments will, however, serve to increase our accumulated earnings and profits in 2002 and therefore will affect the taxability of dividends paid on our series A and series B preferred stock in 2002 and later years.

We are continuing to appeal the IRS’s findings with respect to the IRS’s audit of Old CCA’s 1998 federal income tax return. Although we can provide no assurance, we do not currently expect that the resolution of the 1998 audit will have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or results of operations.

In connection with the IRS’s audit of our 2000 federal tax return, the IRS has proposed the disallowance of a loss we claimed as the result of our forgiveness in September 2000 of certain indebtedness of one of our former operating companies. This finding is currently being protested with the Appeals Office of the IRS. In the event that, after we seek all available remedies, the IRS prevails, we would be required to pay the IRS in excess of $56.0 million in cash plus penalties and interest. In addition, this adjustment would also substantially eliminate our net operating loss carryforward, and would result in increased cash tax liabilities on taxable income thereafter. We believe that we have meritorious defenses of our positions. We have not established a reserve for this matter. However, the IRS may make such an assessment and prevail in any such claim against us.

In addition, although the IRS has concluded its audit of our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 1999, the statute of limitations for such taxable year still has not expired. Thus, our election of REIT status for 1999 remains subject to review by the IRS generally until expiration of three years from the date of filing of our 1999 federal tax return. While we believe that we met the qualifications as a REIT for 1999, qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and

S-79

complex provisions of the Code for which there is only limited judicial and administrative interpretations. Should the IRS subsequently disallow our election to be taxed as a REIT for the 1999 taxable year, we would be subject to income taxes and interest on our 1999 taxable income and possibly could be subject to penalties, which would have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers as of March 31, 2003.


Name	Age		Position

William F. Andrews(1)		71	Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors
John D. Ferguson(1)		57	Director, Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President
Lucius E. Burch, III(1)(2)		61	Director
John D. Correnti(3)		55	Director
John R. Horne(3)		65	Director
C. Michael Jacobi(2)		61	Director
Thurgood Marshall, Jr.(4)		46	Director
Charles L. Overby(2)(4)		56	Director
John R. Prann, Jr.(3)		52	Director
Joseph V. Russell(1)(3)(4)		62	Director
Henri L. Wedell(2)		61	Director
James A. Seaton		53	Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
Irving E. Lingo, Jr.		51	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Asst. Secretary
G. A. Puryear IV		34	Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Kenneth A. Bouldin		60	Executive Vice President, Chief Development Officer
David M. Garfinkle		35	Vice President, Finance
Todd J. Mullenger		44	Vice President, Treasurer
Jimmy Turner		43	Vice President, Operations


(1)	Member of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors

(2)	Member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors

(3)	Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors

(4)	Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors

William F. Andrews currently serves as a director of the Company and as the Chairman of its board of directors (the “Board”), positions he has held since August 2000. Mr. Andrews also serves as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board. Mr. Andrews has been a principal of Kohlberg & Company, a private equity firm specializing in middle market investing, since 1995 and is currently the chairman of the board of directors of Katy Industries, Inc., a publicly-traded manufacturer and distributor of consumer electric corded products and maintenance cleaning products, among other product lines. Mr. Andrews served as a director of JJFMSI from its formation in 1998 to July 2000 and served as a

S-80

member of the board of directors of Old CCA from 1986 to May 1998. Mr. Andrews has served as the chairman of Scovill Fasteners Inc., a manufacturing company, from 1995 to 2001 and has served as the chairman of Northwestern Steel and Wire Company, a manufacturing company, from 1998 to 2001. From 1995 to 1998, Mr. Andrews served as chairman of Schrader-Bridgeport International, Inc. and has also served as a member of the board of directors of Navistar International Corporation. Mr. Andrews also currently serves as a director of Black Box Corporation and Trex Corporation. Mr. Andrews is a graduate of the University of Maryland and received a Masters of Business Administration from Seton Hall University.

John D. Ferguson currently serves as a director of the Company and as our Chief Executive Officer, President and Vice-Chairman of the Board, positions he has held since August 2000. Mr. Ferguson also serves as the Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Ferguson served as the Commissioner of Finance for the State of Tennessee from June 1996 to July 2000. As Commissioner of Finance, Mr. Ferguson served as the State’s chief corporate officer and was responsible for directing the preparation and implementation of the State’s $17.2 billion budget. From 1990 to February 1995, Mr. Ferguson served as the chairman and chief executive officer of Community Bancshares, Inc., the parent corporation of The Community Bank of Germantown (Tennessee). Mr. Ferguson is a former member of the State of Tennessee Board of Education and served on the Governor’s Commission on Practical Government for the State of Tennessee. Mr. Ferguson graduated from Mississippi State University in 1967.

Lucius E. Burch, III currently serves as a director of the Company and as a member of the Audit Committee of the Board, positions he has held since December 2000. Mr. Burch also serves as a member of the Executive Committee of the Board. Mr. Burch currently serves as chairman and chief executive officer of Burch Investment Group, a private venture capital firm located in Nashville, Tennessee, formerly known as Massey Burch Investment Group, Inc., a position he has held since October 1989. Mr. Burch served as a member of the board of directors of Old CCA from May 1998 through the completion of its merger with the Company, and as the chairman of the board of directors of the Operating Company from January 1999 through the completion of the Company’s restructuring. Mr. Burch has served on a number of public and private boards of directors, including seven NYSE-listed companies. Mr. Burch graduated from the University of North Carolina where he received a B.A. degree in 1963.

John D. Correnti currently serves as a director of the Company and as a member of the Compensation Committee of the Board, positions he has held since December 2000. From December 1999 through December 2002, Mr. Correnti served as the chairman of the board of directors and as the chief executive officer of Birmingham Steel Corporation, a publicly-traded steel manufacturing company acquired by Nucor Corporation, a publicly-traded mini-mill manufacturer of steel products, in December 2002. Mr. Correnti served as the president, chief executive officer and vice chairman of Nucor Corporation from 1996 to 1999 and as its president and chief operating officer from 1991 to 1996. Mr. Correnti also serves as a director of Navistar International Corporation. Mr. Correnti holds a B.S. degree in civil engineering from Clarkson University.

John R. Horne currently serves as a director of the Company, a position he has held since December 2001. Since February 2002, Mr. Horne has also served as a member of the Compensation Committee of the Board. Mr. Horne also currently serves as chairman of Navistar International Corporation, a publicly-traded truck and engine manufacturer, a position he has held since April 1996. From March 1995 to February 2003, Mr. Horne also served as Navistar’s President and chief executive officer after having served as the company’s chief operating officer for more than four years. Mr. Horne also currently serves on the board of directors of Intermet Corporation, the National Association of Manufacturers and Junior Achievement of Chicago, as well as the board of trustees of Manufacturer’s Alliance/ MAPI. Mr. Horne received his M.S. degree in mechanical engineering from Bradley University in 1964, a B.S. degree in mechanical engineering from Purdue University in 1960, which also awarded him an Honorary Doctor of Engineering degree on May 17, 1998, and is a graduate of the management program at Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

S-81

C. Michael Jacobi currently serves as a director of the Company and as the Chairman of the Audit Committee of the Board, positions he has held since December 2000. Mr. Jacobi is currently the president, chief executive officer and board member of Katy Industries, Inc., a publicly-traded manufacturer and distributor of consumer electric corded products and maintenance cleaning products, among other product lines. Mr. Jacobi currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Webster Financial Corporation, a publicly-held bank headquartered in Waterbury, Connecticut and as a member of the board of directors of Innotek, Inc., a privately-held company located in Garrett, Indiana engaged in the manufacture of electronic pet containment systems. Mr. Jacobi served as the president and chief executive officer of Timex Corporation from December 1993 to August 1999 and as a member of its board of directors from 1992 to 2000. Mr. Jacobi is a certified public accountant and holds a B.S. degree from the University of Connecticut.

Thurgood Marshall, Jr. currently serves as a director of the Company, a position he has held since December 2002. Mr. Marshall also serves as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board. Mr. Marshall is a partner in the law firm of Swidler Berlin Shereff Friedman in Washington, D.C. Previously, he has held political appointments in several branches of the federal government, including Cabinet Secretary to President Clinton, and Director of Legislative Affairs and Deputy Counsel to Vice President Al Gore. In his role under President Clinton, Mr. Marshall was the chief liaison between the President and the agencies of the Executive Branch. In his current legal career, he practices in the firm’s Government Affairs Group and represents clients appearing before federal agencies and Congress. Mr. Marshall, the son of the historic Supreme Court Justice Thurgood Marshall, earned a B.A. in 1978 and a J.D. in 1981 from the University of Virginia, after which he clerked for United States District Judge Barrington D. Parker. He chairs the American Bar Association Election Law Committee, and serves as a board member of the National Fish & Wildlife Foundation and the Supreme Court Historical Society. He also serves as the Vice Chair of the Ethics Oversight Committee of the United States Olympic Committee.

Charles L. Overby currently serves as a director of the Company, a position he has held since December 2001. Since February 2002, Mr. Overby has also served as a member of the Audit Committee of the Board. Mr. Overby has also served as the Chairman of the Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee since the Committee’s establishment in December 2002. Mr. Overby also serves as chairman and chief executive officer of The Freedom Forum, an independent, non-partisan foundation dedicated to the First Amendment and media issues, and two of the foundation’s affiliate organizations: the Newseum and The Freedom Forum First Amendment Center. Mr. Overby is a former Pulitzer Prize-winning editor in Jackson, Mississippi. He worked for 16 years as reporter, editor and corporate executive for Gannett Company, the nation’s largest newspaper company. He was vice president for news and communications for Gannett and served on the management committees of Gannett and USA TODAY. Mr. Overby serves on the board of the Committee to Protect Journalists, the Board of Regents of Baylor University and the board of the National Collegiate Athletic Association Foundation. He is a member of the foundation board of the University of Mississippi, his alma mater.

John R. Prann, Jr. currently serves as a director of the Company and as a member of the Compensation Committee of the Board, positions he has held since December 2000. Mr. Prann served as the president and chief executive officer of Katy Industries, Inc. from 1993 to February 2001. From 1991 to 1995, Mr. Prann served as the president and chief executive officer of CRL, Inc., an equity and real estate investment company that held a 25% interest in Katy Industries, Inc. A former partner with the accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche, Mr. Prann graduated from the University of California, Riverside in 1974 and obtained his M.B.A. from the University of Chicago in 1979.

Joseph V. Russell currently serves as a director of the Company, a position he has held since the Company’s merger with Old Prison Realty and Old CCA. Mr. Russell also serves as the Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the Board, as a member of the Executive Committee and of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board. Prior to the Company’s merger with Old Prison Realty and Old CCA, Mr. Russell served as an independent trustee of Old Prison Realty. Mr. Russell is the president and chief financial officer of Elan-Polo, Inc., a Nashville-based, privately held world-wide

S-82

producer and distributor of footwear. Mr. Russell is also the vice president of, and a principal in, RCR Building Corporation, a Nashville-based, privately held builder and developer of commercial and industrial properties. He also serves on the boards of directors of Community Care Corp., the Footwear Distributors of America Association and US Auto Insurance Company. Mr. Russell graduated from the University of Tennessee in 1963 with a B.S. in Finance.

Henri L. Wedell currently serves as a director of the Company and as a member of the Audit Committee of the Board, positions he has held since December 2000. Mr. Wedell currently is a private investor in Memphis, Tennessee. Prior to Mr. Wedell’s retirement in 1999, he served as the senior vice president of sales of The Robinson Humphrey Co., a wholly owned subsidiary of Smith-Barney, Inc., an investment banking company with which he was employed for over 24 years. From 1990 to 1996, he served as a member of the board of directors of Community Bancshares, Inc., the parent corporation to The Community Bank of Germantown (Tennessee). Mr. Wedell graduated from the Tulane University Business School, where he received a B.B.A. in 1963.

James A. Seaton currently serves as an Executive Vice President and as the Chief Operating Officer of the Company, positions he has held since July 2002. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Seaton managed his own consulting/contracting CEO firm, serving as Interim Presidents for AMCAS (a subsidiary of Questcom, Inc.), Treats and Eats, and APT Image. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Seaton served as President-School Services Division of Sodexho Marriott Services, based in Maryland, where he was responsible for management and growth of the $420 million division and 8,500 associates. From 1972 to 1998, he served in various leadership roles for Marriott International in Washington, D.C., including Senior Vice President-Corporate Services. He is a graduate of New Mexico State University.

Irving E. Lingo, Jr. currently serves as an Executive Vice President and as the Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary of the Company, positions he has held since December 2000. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Lingo was chief financial officer for Bradley Real Estate, Inc., an NYSE-listed REIT headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, where he was responsible for financial accounting and reporting, including Securities and Exchange Commission compliance, capital markets and mergers and acquisitions from September 1995 to September 2000. Prior to joining Bradley Real Estate, Inc., Mr. Lingo held positions as chief financial officer, chief operating officer and vice president, finance for several public and private companies, including Lingerfelt Industrial Properties, CSX Corporation and Goodman Segar Hogan, Inc. In addition, he was previously an audit manager at Ernst & Young LLP. Mr. Lingo graduated summa cum laude from Old Dominion University where he received a B.S. degree in Business Administration.

G. A. Puryear IV currently serves as an Executive Vice President and as the General Counsel and Secretary of the Company, positions he has held since January 2001. Prior to joining the Company, from 1998 to 2001 Mr. Puryear served as legislative director and counsel for U.S. Senator Bill Frist, where he worked on legislation and other policy matters. During that time, he also took a leave of absence to serve as a debate advisor to Vice President Richard B. Cheney. In addition, from 1997 to 1998, Mr. Puryear was counsel to the special investigation of campaign finance abuses during the 1996 elections conducted by the U.S. Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, which was chaired by U.S. Senator Fred Thompson. Prior to his career on Capitol Hill, Mr. Puryear practiced law with Farris, Warfield & Kanaday, PLC (now Stites & Harbison, PLLC) in Nashville in the commercial litigation section. Mr. Puryear graduated from Emory University with a major in Political Science in 1990 and received his J.D. from the University of North Carolina in 1993.

Kenneth A. Bouldin currently serves as an Executive Vice President and as the Chief Development Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Bouldin was the President of KAB Associates, Inc., a management consulting company. Mr. Bouldin established Econotech, an information technology staffing firm, in 1995, which achieved revenues of $15 million per annum and was sold in 2000. Mr. Bouldin served as vice president of Comdisco, Inc. and manager of its Federal Marketing Group from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Bouldin also served as president and chief operating officer of the Computer Dealers and Lessors Association, which he had previously helped form and served as chairman of its board of

S-83

directors. Mr. Bouldin also co-founded Econocom, a business that sold and leased new and used data processing equipment. Mr. Bouldin has also had a lengthy military career, rising to the rank of Major General and serving as a commanding general of the 125th Army Reserve Command during Desert Storm. Mr. Bouldin graduated cum laude from the University of Tennessee with a B.S. degree in electrical engineering.

David M. Garfinkle currently serves as the Vice President, Finance of the Company, a position he has held since February 2001. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Garfinkle was the vice president and controller for Bradley Real Estate, Inc. since 1996. Prior to joining Bradley Real Estate, Inc., Mr. Garfinkle was a senior audit manager at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. Mr. Garfinkle graduated summa cum laude from St. Bonaventure University in 1989 with a B.B.A. degree.

Todd J. Mullenger currently serves as the Vice President, Treasurer of the Company, a position he has held since January 2001. Mr. Mullenger served as the Vice President, Finance of the Company from August 2000 to January 2001. Mr. Mullenger served as vice president, finance of Operating Company from January 1, 1999 through the completion of the Company’s restructuring. Mr. Mullenger also previously served as the vice president of Old CCA from August 1998 until the completion of its merger with the Company. From September 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Mullenger served as assistant vice president-finance of Service Merchandise Company, Inc., a former publicly traded retailer headquartered in Nashville, Tennessee. Prior to September 1996, Mr. Mullenger served as an audit manager with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. Mullenger graduated from the University of Iowa in 1981 with a B.B.A. degree. He also received an M.B.A. from Middle Tennessee State University.

Jimmy Turner currently serves as the Vice President, Operations of the Company, a position he has held since the completion of the Company’s restructuring. From August 1999 through the completion of the Company’s restructuring, Mr. Turner served as vice president of operations of the Operating Company. A 22-year corrections professional, Mr. Turner served as warden of the Company’s Northeast Ohio Correctional Center in Youngstown, Ohio from March 1998 to his promotion to vice president of Operating Company in 1999. Mr. Turner joined Old CCA in 1989 as assistant warden of the Company’s Silverdale Facilities in Chattanooga, Tennessee. He also served as assistant warden at the Company’s Winn Correctional Center in Winnfield, Louisiana and the Company’s Metro-Davidson County Detention Facility in Nashville, Tennessee, where he ultimately was promoted to warden. Mr. Turner also served as a senior divisional director of Old CCA. Mr. Turner attended Sam Houston State University in Huntsville, Texas from 1980 to 1982.

S-84

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2003, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock in the common stock offering and the consummation of all of the other transactions contemplated in “The Transactions,” certain information with respect to beneficial ownership of the common stock by (i) each person or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock outstanding, (ii) each of our directors and executive officers, (iii) all of our executive officers and directors as a group and (iv) the selling stockholder. Except as indicated by footnote, the persons or entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.



	Beneficial Ownership							Beneficial Ownership
	Prior to Offering							After Offering
						Number of
	Number of					Shares		Number of
Name	Shares		Percent			Being Offered		Shares		Percent

Directors, Executive Officers, and 5% Beneficial Owners
FMR Corp. 82 Devonshire St. Boston, MA 02109(1)		3,072,665		10.9	%		0		3,072,665		8.9	%
Christopher M. Jeffries Brian J. Collins Steven L. Hoffman c/o Millenium Partners 1995 Broadway New York, NY 10023(2)		3,391,535		12.1			0		28,636		*
Pacific Mezzanine Fund, L.P.(3)		3,369,600		12.0			0		3,369,600		9.8
William F. Andrews(4)		132,087		*			0		132,087		*
John D. Ferguson(5)		655,394		2.3			0		655,394		1.9
Lucius E. Burch(6)		421,974		1.5			0		421,974		1.2
John D. Correnti(7)		12,500		*			0		12,500		*
John R. Horne(8)		5,666		*			0		5,666		*
C. Michael Jacobi(9)		28,000		*			0		28,000		*
Thurgood Marshall, Jr.(10)		1,666		*			0		1,666		*
Charles L. Overby(11)		5,666		*			0		5,666		*
John R. Prann, Jr.(12)		12,400		*			0		12,400		*
Joseph V. Russell(13)		71,470		*			0		71,470		*
Henri L. Wedell(14)		651,208		2.3			0		651,208		1.9
Irving E. Lingo, Jr.(15)		136,459		*			0		136,459		*
G. A. Puryear IV(16)		69,299		*			0		69,299		*
Todd J. Mullenger(17)		47,439		*			0		47,439		*
David M. Garfinkle(18)		13,062		*			0		13,062		*
Jimmy Turner(19)		31,235		*			0		31,235		*
Kenneth A. Bouldin		0		*			0		0		*
James A. Seaton		0		*			0		0		*
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (18 persons)		2,295,525		7.9	%		0		2,295,525		6.5	%
Selling Stockholder
Rolaco Holding S.A.(20)		2,341,789		8.3	%		1,200,000		1,141,789		3.5	%

S-85


	*	Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock


	(1)	This beneficial ownership information is based upon information contained in a Schedule 13G dated February 14, 2003 and filed with the Commission on February 13, 2003 by FMR Corp. jointly with its affiliates, Edward C. Johnson, III, Abigail P. Johnson, Fidelity Management & Research Company and Fidelity Small Cap Independence, and on behalf of Fidelity International Limited. FMR Corp. and/or its affiliates have sole voting and investment power over 136,315 shares of common stock and sole investment power over 3,072,665 shares obtained from the MDP Group (as defined below) and of common stock.

	(2)	This beneficial ownership information is based upon information contained in: (i) Amendment No. 1 to Schedule 13G dated February 20, 2003 and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2003 jointly by Christopher M. Jeffries (“Jeffries”), Brian J. Collins (“Collins”), Steven L. Hoffman (“Hoffman”) Income Opportunity Fund I LLC (“IOF”), MDP Ventures II, LLC (“MDP Ventures”), Millenium Development Partners II LLC (“MDP II”) Millennium Development Partners V LLC (“MDP V”), Millennium Holdings II LLC (“MH II”) and Millennium Holdings III LLC (“MH III” and, collectively with Jeffries, Collins, Hoffman, MDP Ventures, MDP II, MDP V, and MHII, the “MDP Group”); and (ii) the Forms 3 and 4 filed with the Commission by the MDP Affiliates (the Schedule 13G and the Forms 3 and 4 referenced in the previous sentence known collectively as the “Commission Filings”). Jeffries is also the controlling member of MDP V, MH II and MH III. MDPII is the managing member of MDP Ventures and MDP V is the managing member of IOF. According to the Securities and Exchange Commission Filings (“Commission Filings”), MHII is the holder of an amount of MDP Notes convertible into approximately 840,724 shares of common stock. According to the Commission Filings, each of IOF and MH III hold an amount of the Company’s 10% convertible subordinated notes due December 31, 2008 (the “MDP Notes”) convertible into approximately 1,261,087 shares of common stock at any time prior to December 31, 2008. Also, according to the Commission Filings, MDP Ventures is the holder of 28,587 shares of common stock, Collins is the trustee of a trust that holds 36 shares of common stock and Hoffman is the holder of 14 shares of common stock. MDP has agreed to convert the MDP Notes into common stock and sell their shares to the Company as part of the transactions.

	(3)	This beneficial ownership information is based on the terms of the Company’s $30.0 million 8% convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2005. The holder of the notes may convert the notes into shares of common stock at any time prior to February 28, 2005 at a current conversion rate of 11.232 per $100 of the notes (as adjusted to reflect the full issuance of shares in connection with the Company’s stockholder litigation settlement). The current conversion rate of the notes is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of future events.

	(4)	Includes 50,686 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Andrews. Also includes 81,401 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options (or options that will become exercisable within 60 days) to purchase shares of common stock.

	(5)	Includes: (i) 30,340 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Ferguson; and (ii) 1,165 shares of common stock held in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. Also includes 623,889 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options (or options that will become exercisable within 60 days) to purchase shares of common stock.

	(6)	Includes: (i) 382,110 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Burch; (ii) 23,776 shares of common stock owned by the Lucius Burch Family Foundation; and (iii) 792 shares of common stock owned by Lucius Burch Sheffield Partners. Also includes 15,296 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

	(7)	Includes 500 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Correnti. Also includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

	(8)	Consists of 5,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

S-86


	(9)	Includes: (i) 10,000 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Jacobi; and (ii) 6,000 shares of common stock held in an IRA. Also includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.


(10)	Consists of 1,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(11)	Consists of 5,666 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(12)	Includes 400 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Prann. Also includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(13)	Includes 54,450 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Russell or jointly with his wife. Also includes 17,020 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(14)	Includes: (i) 61,537 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Wedell; (ii) 313,719 shares of common stock owned by Mr. Wedell’s wife; (iii) 138,463 shares of common stock held in an IRA; (iv) 102,489 shares of common stock held by the Wedell Spendthrift Trust; and (v) 23,000 shares of common stock held by The Miller Trust. Also includes 12,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock. Does not include shares of common stock held by Mr. Wedell’s daughter, of which Mr. Wedell disclaims beneficial ownership.

(15)	Consists of 136,459 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of certain options to purchase shares of common stock.

(16)	Includes 1,000 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Puryear. Consists of 68,299 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(17)	Includes 34,377 shares of common stock owned directly by Mr. Mullenger. Also includes 13,062 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options to purchase shares of common stock.

(18)	Consists of 13,062 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options (or options that will become exercisable within 60 days) to purchase shares of common stock.

(19)	Includes: (i) 18,425 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Turner; and (ii) 1,346 shares of common stock held in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. Also includes 11,464 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of exercisable options (or options that will become exercisable within 60 days) to purchase shares of common stock. Mr. Turner does not currently have investment power with respect to 5,305 shares of common stock held pursuant to the terms of a restricted stock plan.

(20)	The number of shares of common stock beneficially owned is based on information provided by Rolaco Holding S.A. (“Rolaco”). In addition, Rolaco has granted to underwriters the over-allotment option with respect to 1,140,000 shares. Rolaco’s interest in us is held indirectly through Latonia International Limited, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. The address of Rolaco Holding S.A. is c/o Oryx Merchant Bank Limited, 104 Lancaster Gate, London W23 NT, England.

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Our authorized capital stock consists of 80 million shares of common stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2003, we have:


	•	28,103,360 shares of common stock issued and outstanding;

	•	2,812,929 shares of common stock reserved for issuance and available for grant under our stock option and other employee benefit plans (this figure includes an additional 1,500,000 shares to be

S-87


		authorized and reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and an additional 75,000 shares authorized and reserved for issuance under our Non-Employee Directors’ Compensation Plan, subject to approval by stockholders at the 2003 Annual Meeting);

	•	outstanding options for the purchase of 3,076,317 shares of common stock;

	•	6,732,498 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to the conversion of our 10% convertible subordinated notes due December 31, 2008 (including shares issuable upon conversion of the MDP Notes) and our 8% convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2005;

	•	warrants for the purchase of 287,835 shares of our common stock; and

	•	309,823 shares of common stock to be issued in connection with stockholders litigation settled in the first quarter of 2001.

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and our series A and series B preferred stock.

Preferred Stock


	*Series A Preferred Stock*

We currently have 4.3 million shares of our series A preferred stock issued and outstanding. The series A preferred stock provides for the payment of quarterly cash dividends when and as declared by our board of directors at a rate of 8% per year, based on a liquidation price of $25.00 per share. Unpaid dividends accrue without interest. We intend to redeem 4.0 million outstanding shares of our series A preferred stock upon completion of the transactions and currently intend to redeem the remaining outstanding shares as soon as practicable thereafter, at $25.00 per share, plus dividends accrued and unpaid to the redemption date. See “The Transactions.”


	*Series B Preferred Stock*

We currently have 12.0 million shares of series B preferred stock authorized, of which approximately 4.7 million shares of our series B preferred stock are issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2003. The shares of our series B preferred stock currently outstanding provide for cumulative dividends payable at a rate of 12% per year of the stock’s stated value of $24.46. The dividends are payable quarterly, in arrears, in additional shares of series B preferred stock through the third quarter of 2003, and in cash thereafter, provided that all unpaid cash dividends have been made on our series A preferred stock. The shares of series B preferred stock are callable by us, at a price per share equal to the stated value of $24.46, plus any accrued dividends, no earlier than three years and six months following the date of issuance, and our ability to call the series B preferred stock may be otherwise restricted by our outstanding indebtedness. The series B preferred stock has no mandatory redemption, sinking fund provision or stated maturity and is not convertible into any other security. The series A preferred stock ranks senior to the series B preferred stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Under the terms of our charter, in the event dividends are undeclared, unpaid and in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, the holders of the shares of our series B preferred stock will have the right to elect two additional directors to our board of directors. We have offered to purchase approximately 4.2 million shares of our series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $26.00. See “The Transactions.”

You should carefully review the summary description of selected provisions of our charter, common stock, and preferred stock, which appears in the accompanying prospectus under “Description of Common Stock” and “Description of Preferred Stock.”

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS


	*Senior Secured Credit Facility*

General. Concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 9.875% notes in May 2002, we obtained a new senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders

S-88

through the amendment and restatement of our then existing senior secured credit facility. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. serves as administrative agent under our new facility.

As of March 31, 2003, our senior secured credit facility is in the aggregate principal amount of $745 million, consisting of:


	•	an approximate four-year revolving credit facility of up to $75 million in revolving credit loans and letters of credit;

	•	an approximate four-year Term Loan A Facility of $75 million in term loans; and

	•	an approximate six-year Term Loan B Facility of $595 million in term loans.

The revolving credit facility will be used for working capital and general corporate needs. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the senior secured credit facility.

Collateral and Guarantees. The loans and other obligations under the senior secured credit facility are guaranteed by each of our domestic subsidiaries.

Our obligations under the senior secured credit facility and the guarantees are secured by:


	•	a perfected first priority security interest in all of our tangible and intangible assets and all of the tangible and intangible assets of our subsidiaries, subject to certain customary exceptions; and

	•	a pledge of all of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries.

Interest and Fees. Our borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate which, at our option, can be either:


	•	a base rate generally defined as the sum of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as quoted on the British Banking Association Telerate Page 5) and (y) the federal funds effective rate plus one-half percent (0.50%) per annum and (ii) an applicable margin; or

	•	a LIBOR rate generally defined as the sum of (i) the rate at which eurodollar deposits for one, two, three or six months (as selected by us) are offered in the interbank eurodollar market and (ii) an applicable margin.

The initial applicable margin for the base rate loans is 2.50%, and the applicable margin for the eurodollar loans is 3.50%. Commencing on the date of delivery of our financial statements occurring after the completion of two full fiscal quarters following the closing of the senior secured credit facility, the applicable margin for the revolving loans and term loan A will be subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio.

Interest on our borrowings is payable quarterly in arrears for base rate loans and at the end of each interest rate period (but not less often than quarterly) for LIBOR rate based loans.

We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the difference between committed amounts and amounts actually utilized under the revolving credit facility, which will be 0.50% per annum subject to adjustment based on our leverage ratio.

S-89

Repayments; Prepayments. The Term Loan A Facility and Term Loan B Facility require quarterly installments in an aggregate principal amount for each year as set forth in the table below as of March 1, 2003 (in thousands):


	Term Loan A		Term Loan B
	Facility		Facility		Total

2003	$	17,250	$	5,950	$	23,200
2004		20,250		5,950		26,200
2005		21,000		5,950		26,950
2006		5,250		5,950		11,200
2007		—		377,138		377,138
2008		—		161,025		161,025

TOTAL	$	63,750	$	561,963	$	625,713

Prepayments of loans outstanding are permitted at any time without premium or penalty, upon the giving of proper notice. In addition, we are required to prepay amounts outstanding under the new senior secured credit facility in an amount equal to:


	•	50% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or issuance of equity by us or any of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions;

	•	100% of the net cash proceeds from any incurrence of additional indebtedness (excluding certain permitted debt), subject to certain exceptions;

	•	100% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or other disposition by us, or any of our subsidiaries, of any assets, subject to certain exclusions and reinvestment provisions and excluding certain dispositions in the ordinary course; and

	•	50% of excess cash flow for each fiscal year.

Certain Covenants. The senior secured credit facility requires us to meet certain financial tests, including, without limitation:


	•	a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated EBITDA, as defined under the facility, be no less than a range of percentages (ranging from 100% to 115% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated Fixed Charges, as defined under the facility, (minus the aggregate amount actually paid by us or any of our subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of capital expenditures) for the most recent four fiscal quarters;

	•	a maximum leverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated Debt as defined under the facility be no greater than a range of percentages (ranging from 590% to 350% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated EBITDA, as defined under the facility, for the most recent four fiscal quarters; and

	•	a minimum interest coverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated EBITDA, as defined therein, (including the interest component of all payments associated with capital lease obligations) be no less than a range of percentages (generally ranging from 150% to 250% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined under the facility, for the most recent four fiscal quarters.

As of December 31, 2002, we were in compliance with the foregoing covenants, and we believe that we are currently in compliance with these covenants. In addition, the senior secured credit facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, assets sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements.

S-90

Events of Default. The senior secured credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, termination or amendment of certain material agreements if such termination or amendment could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the lenders or otherwise have a material adverse effect and change in control.


	*9.875% Senior Notes*

General. We currently have $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.875% senior unsecured notes outstanding. These notes mature on May 1, 2009 and bear interest at 9.875% per annum. Payments of accrued but unpaid interest on these notes are due on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2002. The notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries (other than our Puerto Rican subsidiary). The notes and subsidiary guarantees are senior obligations of ours and our subsidiary guarantors. Accordingly, they rank:


	•	equally with all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt;

	•	ahead of any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ future debt that expressly provides for subordination to the notes or the guarantees; and

	•	subordinated to any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the security for that indebtedness.

The indenture governing the notes permits us and the guarantors to incur substantial additional senior indebtedness. Our ability to incur any additional indebtedness is limited by the specific terms of the indenture governing the notes.

Optional Redemption. At any time on or prior to May 1, 2005, we may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings; provided that:


	•	at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by us and our subsidiary); and

	•	the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the notes will not be redeemable at our option prior to May 1, 2006.

Beginning May 1, 2006, we may, at our option, redeem all or a part of the notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes redeemed, to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on May 1 of the years indicated below:


Year	Percentage

2006		104.938	%
2007		102.469	%
2008 and thereafter		100.000	%

Mandatory Offer to Repurchase. If we sell certain assets or experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at the prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of redemption, listed in the indenture. Sufficient funds may not be

S-91

available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of notes tendered pursuant to this requirement.

Certain Covenants. Covenants in the indenture restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries, with exceptions, to, among other things, pay dividends, incur additional debt or issue preferred stock, create or permit to exist certain liens, incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other payments, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

Events of Default. Each of the following is an event of default:


	•	default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or liquidated damages with respect to, the notes;

	•	default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes;

	•	failure by us or any of our subsidiaries to comply with our obligation to repurchase the notes upon a change of control or sale of assets;

	•	failure by us or any subsidiary guarantor for 60 consecutive days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

	•	default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness if that default:


	(a)	is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period; or

	(b)	results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness under which there has been a default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;


	•	failure by us or any subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

	•	except as permitted by the indenture, any subsidiary guarantor shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any guarantor, or any person acting on behalf of any guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee; and

	•	certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries.


	*12% Senior Notes*

We currently have approximately $10.8 million aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Notes outstanding. These notes mature on June 1, 2006 and bear interest at 12% per annum. Payments of accrued but unpaid interest on these notes are due on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

On May 16, 2002, we completed an offer to purchase all these notes and a consent solicitation designed to remove, following the purchase of these notes, substantially all of the restrictive covenants and a number of the events of default that currently apply to the notes. Pursuant to the terms of the offer to purchase and consent solicitation, holders of approximately $89.2 million aggregate principal amount of the notes tendered their notes and received $1,100 plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount of notes for each $1,000 principal amount of notes tendered.

S-92

As a result of this tender offer and consent solicitation, we have amended the indenture governing the notes to remove substantially all of the covenants and events of default. Such amendment became operative upon our purchase of the notes tendered in connection with the consent.


	*New Senior Notes*

Concurrently with the common stock offering, we are offering $200.0 million aggregate principal amount of our new senior notes due 2011. We anticipate that the covenants governing these notes will be substantially similar to those governing our 9.875% notes described above.


	*$70 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes*

$40 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. We currently have outstanding the MDP Notes, an aggregate of $40.0 million of 10% convertible subordinated notes due December 31, 2008. The conversion price for the notes, which are convertible into shares of our common stock, has been established at $11.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events. At an adjusted conversion price of $11.90, the $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes are currently convertible into 3,362,899 shares of our common stock. We have agreed to repurchase the common stock issuable upon conversion of these notes and pay all accrued interest upon consummation of the common stock offering and receipt of the lender consent.

$30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. We currently have outstanding an aggregate of $30.0 million of 8% convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2005, subject to extension of such maturity until February 28, 2006 or February 28, 2007 by the holder. The conversion price for the notes, which are convertible into shares of our common stock, has been established at $8.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events. We currently estimate that the $30.0 million convertible subordinated notes will be convertible into approximately 3.4 million shares of our common stock once all of the shares under the stockholder litigation settlement have been issued. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2000 — Stockholder litigation settlement.”

All or a portion of the notes may be converted by the holder at any time prior to the maturity date of the notes, or if the notes are subject to mandatory conversion, at any time prior to the third business day prior to the date of such conversion. At any time after February 28, 2004, we may generally require the holder to convert all or a portion of the notes if the average market price of our common stock meets or exceeds 150% of the notes’ conversion price, as may be adjusted. We may not prepay the indebtedness evidenced by the notes at any time prior to their maturity; provided, however, that in the event of a change of control or other similar event, the notes are subject to mandatory prepayment in full at the option of the holder. The current terms of our senior indebtedness, however, would prevent such a prepayment.

S-93

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below, for whom Lehman Brothers is acting as representative, has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the respective number of shares of common stock opposite its name below:


		Number of
Underwriters		Shares

Lehman Brothers Inc.

	Total		7,600,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase, subject to certain conditions, all of the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those covered by the over-allotment options described below.

The conditions contained in the underwriting agreement include the requirements that:


	•	the representations made by us to the underwriters are true;

	•	there is no material change in the financial markets; and

	•	we deliver to the underwriters customary closing documents.

Over-Allotment Options

The selling stockholder has granted to the underwriters a 30-day option after the date of this prospectus supplement to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of an additional 1,140,000 shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised to cover over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering. To the extent this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro-rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated on the preceding table, and the selling stockholder will be obligated under the over-allotment option, to sell the additional shares of common stock to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters initially propose to offer shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus supplement and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $ per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the underwriters may change the public offering price and other offering terms.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholder will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase up to 1,140,000 additional shares from the selling stockholder. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay for the shares.

Amount the Company

Amount the Selling

Will Pay

Stockholder Will Pay

No Exercise

Full Exercise

No Exercise

Full Exercise

Per Share

Total

S-94

The expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions summarized in the table above, that are payable by us, are estimated to be $ .

Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M of the Exchange Act.


	•	Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

	•	Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

	•	Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price at which they may purchase shares through their over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by their over-allotment option, which is called a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase the offering.

	•	Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make a representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with the offering, we and certain of our executive officers and directors and the selling stockholder have agreed that they will not, subject to certain limited exceptions, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock or enter into any swap or other derivative transaction with similar effect as a sale of common stock, for a period of 90 days from the date of this prospectus

S-95

supplement without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. The restrictions in this paragraph do not apply to:


	•	the sale of common stock to the underwriters in this offering, including shares sold pursuant to the over-allotment option, or

	•	the issuance by us of options under any of our currently effective stock option or incentive plans or of shares of common stock upon the exercise of a currently outstanding option, warrant or right or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus supplement.

Indemnification

We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify, under certain circumstances, the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of the respective representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute, under certain circumstances, to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Offers and Sales in Canada

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of the common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of common stock are made. Any resale of the common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the common stock.

Representations of Purchasers

By purchasing common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:


	•	the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

	•	where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent; and

	•	the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers

Under Ontario securities legislation, a purchaser who purchases a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation. A purchaser will be deemed to have relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the common stock was offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the common stock with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other

S-96

rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the common stock in their particular circumstances.

Stamp Taxes

Purchasers of the shares of common stock may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price on the cover of this prospectus supplement.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member or their affiliates is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member or their affiliates and should not be relied upon by investors.

Relationships

In the ordinary course of its business, the underwriters and their respective affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial banking and/or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates. They have received, and expect to receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Lehman Brothers Inc. is the sole lead arranger, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., is administrative agent, and affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. are lenders under our senior secured credit facility. Lehman Brothers Inc. was also sole book-running manager for our offering of 9.875% notes in May 2002. Lehman Brothers Inc. was also the dealer-manager for the tender offer and consent solicitation for our 12% Senior Notes in May 2002 and is the dealer-manager for our offer to purchase up to 90% of our outstanding series B preferred stock. Lehman Brothers Inc. is also the sole book-running manager for our concurrent offering of new senior notes due 2011.

Under Rule 2710 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”), certain underwriters in this offering may be considered to have a “conflict of interest.” Because

S-97

a portion of the net proceeds to us from this offering may be paid to affiliates of certain of the underwriters, other than Lehman Brothers Inc., to repay our existing term loans as described under “Use of Proceeds.” Therefore, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2710(c)(8) and Rule 2720 of the NASD.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they will not confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.

LEGAL MATTERS

The legality of the securities offered by this prospectus supplement will be passed upon for Corrections Corporation of America and the selling stockholder by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee. Latham & Watkins LLP New York, New York will act as counsel for the underwriters. Bass, Berry & Sims PLC will rely upon Miles & Stockbridge P.C. as to all matters of Maryland law.

EXPERTS

The 2002 and 2001 consolidated financial statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, and 2001 appearing in this prospectus supplement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and have been included herein in reliance upon such report given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. Ernst & Young LLP’s report contains explanatory paragraphs describing (1) Corrections Corporation of America’s adoption of certain new accounting standards effective January 1, 2002 and 2001 and (2) Ernst & Young LLP’s audit procedures with respect to transitional disclosures related to the 2000 combined and consolidated financial statements required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Ernst & Young LLP was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2000 financial statements other than with respect to the certain transitional disclosures and, accordingly, has not expressed an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2000 financial statements.

The combined and consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2000 have been included herein in reliance on the report of Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of their report herein, and we have dispensed with the requirement to file Arthur Andersen LLP’s consent in reliance on Rule 437a under the Securities Act. Because Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of their report in this prospectus supplement you may not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated in those financial statements.

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

Reference is made to the information under “Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference” in the accompanying prospectus.

S-98

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CORRECTIONS

CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES


Report of Independent Auditors		F-2
Report of Independent Public Accountants		F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001		F-5
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000		F-6
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000		F-8
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000		F-13
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements		F-15

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Corrections Corporation of America:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. The combined and consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity of Corrections Corporation of America for the year ended December 31, 2000 were audited by other auditors, who have ceased operations. Those auditors expressed an unqualified opinion, including an emphasis-of-matter paragraph referring to the Company’s near-term debt maturities and management’s plans to address the Company’s liquidity concerns and an explanatory paragraph that disclosed the change in the Company’s method of accounting for derivative financial instruments, on those financial statements in their report dated February 11, 2002, except with respect to the matter discussed in the last paragraph of Note 16 of those financial statements, as to which the date was March 9, 2002.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 14 to the financial statements, during the second quarter of 2002, the Company completed a comprehensive refinancing of its debt which originally was maturing in December 2002. This successful refinancing significantly reduced the concerns that existed at December 31, 2001 regarding the Company’s ability to generate or obtain sufficient working capital resources to satisfy its maturing debt obligations and address its liquidity issues. Accordingly, we have not included an explanatory paragraph in our report regarding the Company’s near-term debt maturities and liquidity concerns that existed at December 31, 2001.

In our opinion, the 2002 and 2001 consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

As discussed in Notes 4 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” as amended, effective January 1, 2001. As discussed in Notes 4 and 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” effective January 1, 2002.

As discussed above, the combined and consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity of Corrections Corporation of America for the year ended December 31, 2000 were audited by other auditors, who have ceased operations. As described in Note 4, these financial statements have been revised to include the transitional disclosures required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which was adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2002. Our audit procedures with respect to the disclosures in Note 4 with respect to 2000 included (a) agreeing the previously reported net income to the previously issued financial statements and the adjustments to reported net income representing amortization expense (including any related tax

F-2

effects) recognized in those periods related to goodwill to the Company’s underlying records obtained from management, and (b) testing the mathematical accuracy of the reconciliation of adjusted net income to reported net income and the related earnings-per-share amounts. In our opinion, the disclosures for 2000 in Note 4 are appropriate. However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2000 financial statements of the Company other than with respect to such disclosures and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2000 financial statements taken as a whole.


	ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

February 7, 2003 (except with respect to the matters discussed in the

last two paragraphs of Note 24, as to which the date is March 22, 2003)

F-3

The below report is a copy of the report previously issued by Arthur Andersen LLP in conjunction with its audits of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of, and for the three-year period ended, December 31, 2001. Note references in this report refer to the financial statements issued by Corrections Corporation of America as of, and for the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. A copy of this report has been provided as required by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Interpretation of Statement on Auditing Standards No. 58, Reports on Audited Financial Statements, and guidance issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission in response to the indictment of Arthur Andersen LLP in March 2002. During 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP substantially ceased operations, including providing auditing and accounting services to public companies, and, as such, has not reissued this report. Additionally, Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the use of this audit report. Accordingly, limitations may exist on a) investors’ rights to sue Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for false and misleading financial statements, if any, and the effect, if any, on the due diligence defense of directors and officers, and b) investors’ legal rights to sue and recover damages from Arthur Andersen LLP for material misstatements or omissions, if any, in any registration statements and related prospectuses that include, or incorporate by reference, financial statements previously audited by Arthur Andersen LLP.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Corrections Corporation of America:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA (a Maryland corporation) AND SUBSIDIARIES as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 15, as of December 31, 2001, the Company has $963.6 million of debt outstanding, including $791.9 million outstanding under the Company’s senior bank credit facility, which matures on December 31, 2002. Although management has developed plans for addressing the December 31, 2002 debt maturity as discussed in Notes 2 and 15, there can be no assurance that management’s plans will be successful and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to refinance or renew its debt obligations maturing on December 31, 2002.

In our opinion, the combined and consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

As explained in Note 17, upon adoption of a new accounting pronouncement effective January 1, 2001, the Company changed its method of accounting for derivative financial instruments.


	ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

February 11, 2002 (except with respect to the matter discussed in the

last paragraph of Note 16, as to which the date is March 9, 2002)

F-4

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS



			December 31,

			2002			2001


			(In thousands, except per
			share data)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents			$	65,406		$	46,307
Restricted cash				7,363			12,537
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,344 and $729, respectively				122,829			128,353
Income tax receivable				32,499			568
Prepaid expenses and other current assets				12,435			12,651
Current assets of discontinued operations				13,815			15,915

		Total current assets		254,347			216,331
Property and equipment, net				1,552,265			1,588,530
Investment in direct financing lease				18,346			18,873
Goodwill				20,902			104,019
Other assets				28,211			36,593
Non-current assets of discontinued operations				—			6,934

		Total assets	$	1,874,071		$	1,971,280

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued expenses			$	152,905		$	143,345
Income tax payable				3,685			5,772
Distributions payable				5,330			15,853
Fair value of interest rate swap agreement				—			13,564
Current portion of long-term debt				23,054			792,009
Current liabilities of discontinued operations				992			6,177

		Total current liabilities		185,966			976,720
Long-term debt, net of current portion				932,905			171,591
Deferred tax liabilities				—			56,511
Other liabilities				21,202			19,297

		Total liabilities		1,140,073			1,224,119

Commitments and contingencies
Preferred stock — $0.01 par value; 50,000 shares authorized:
	Series A — 4,300 shares issued and outstanding; stated at liquidation preference of $25.00 per share			107,500			107,500
	Series B — 4,408 and 3,948 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively; stated at liquidation preference of $24.46 per share			107,831			96,566
Common stock — $0.01 par value; 80,000 shares authorized; 27,986 and 27,921 shares issued and 27,986 and 27,920 shares outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively				280			279
Additional paid-in capital				1,343,066			1,341,958
Deferred compensation				(1,604	)		(3,153	)
Retained deficit				(822,111	)		(793,236	)
Treasury stock, 1 share, at cost, at December 31, 2001				—			(242	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss				(964	)		(2,511	)

		Total stockholders’ equity		733,998			747,161

		Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	1,874,071		$	1,971,280

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002			2001			2000


		(In thousands, except per share
		amounts)
REVENUE:
	Management and other	$	959,137		$	930,635		$	261,774
	Rental		3,701			5,718			40,938
	Licensing fees from affiliates		—			—			7,566

			962,838			936,353			310,278

EXPENSES:
	Operating		744,074			721,468			217,315
	General and administrative		36,907			34,568			45,463
	Depreciation and amortization		51,878			53,279			59,799
	Licensing fees to Operating Company		—			—			501
	Administrative service fee to Operating Company		—			—			900
	Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements		—			—			11,920
	Impairment losses		—			—			527,919

			832,859			809,315			863,817

OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)			129,979			127,038			(553,539	)

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:
	Equity loss and amortization of deferred gain, net		153			358			11,638
	Interest expense, net		87,478			126,242			131,545
	Other income		—			—			(3,099	)
	Change in fair value of derivative instruments		(2,206	)		(14,554	)		—
	Loss on disposals of assets		111			74			1,733
	Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain) loss		(622	)		219			8,147
	Stockholder litigation settlements		—			—			75,406

			84,914			112,339			225,370

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES, EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE, CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE AND MINORITY INTEREST			45,065			14,699			(778,909	)
	Income tax benefit		63,284			3,358			48,002

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE, CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE AND MINORITY INTEREST			108,349			18,057			(730,907	)
	Minority interest in net loss of PMSI and JJFMSI		—			—			125

INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY CHARGE AND CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE			108,349			18,057			(730,782	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		681			7,637			—
	Extraordinary charge		(36,670	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change		(80,276	)		—			—

NET INCOME (LOSS)			(7,916	)		25,694			(730,782	)
	Distributions to preferred stockholders		(20,959	)		(20,024	)		(13,526	)

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS		$	(28,875	)	$	5,670		$	(744,308	)

(Continued)

F-6

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS — (Continued)



			For the Years Ended December 31,

			2002			2001			2000


			(In thousands, except per share
			amounts)
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change		$	3.17		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.33	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.90	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(1.04	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change		$	2.75		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.03	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.26	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(0.52	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-7

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



					For the Years Ended December 31,

					2002			2001			2000


					(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
	Net income (loss)				$	(7,916	)	$	25,694		$	(730,782	)
	Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
		Depreciation and amortization				54,388			54,135			59,799
		Amortization of debt issuance costs and other non-cash interest				11,816			22,652			15,684
		Cumulative effect of accounting change				80,276			—			—
		Extraordinary charge				36,670			—			—
		Deferred and other non-cash income taxes				646			(3,531	)		(13,767	)
		Equity in loss of joint venture and amortization of deferred gain, net				153			358			11,638
		Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements				—			—			11,920
		Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gain) loss				(622	)		219			8,147
		Other non-cash items				2,455			2,579			3,595
		Loss on disposals of assets				130			74			1,733
		Impairment losses				—			—			527,919
		Change in fair value of derivative instruments				(2,206	)		(14,554	)		—
		Minority interest				—			—			(125	)
		Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
			Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets			7,706			(6,657	)		(4,728	)
			Receivable from affiliates			—			—			28,864
			Income tax receivable			(32,141	)		32,207			(32,662	)
			Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities			5,405			(22,002	)		68,527
			Payable to Operating Company			—			—			(2,325	)
			Income tax payable			(55,371	)		1,587			—

				Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		101,389			92,761			(46,563	)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
	Expenditures for development and redevelopment					(4,843	)		—			—
	Expenditures for other capital improvements					(12,254	)		(6,435	)		(78,663	)
	(Increase) decrease in restricted cash					5,174			(3,328	)		15,200
	Payments received on investments in affiliates					—			—			6,686
	Issuance of note receivable					—			—			(529	)
	Proceeds from sale of assets					4,595			140,277			6,400
	Increase in other assets					(3,199	)		(1,443	)		—
	Cash acquired in acquisitions					—			—			6,938
	Purchase of business					(321	)		—			—
	Payments received on direct financing leases and notes receivable					1,175			1,861			5,517

				Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(9,673	)		130,932			(38,451	)

(Continued)

F-8

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)



				For the Years Ended December 31,

				2002			2001			2000


				(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
	Proceeds from issuance of debt			$	890,000		$	—		$	27,572
	Borrowings from lines of credits				—			39,000			7,601
	Scheduled principal repayments				(17,764	)		(7,667	)		(6,084	)
	Other principal repayments				(878,938	)		(220,303	)		—
	Payment of debt issuance costs and other refinancing and related costs				(37,478	)		(7,012	)		(11,316	)
	Proceeds from exercise of stock options				433			—			—
	Payment to terminate interest rate swap agreement				(8,847	)		—			—
	Payment of stock issuance costs				(21	)		(20	)		(403	)
	Purchase and retirement of preferred stock				(354	)		—			—
	Payment of dividends				(19,648	)		(2,182	)		(4,586	)
	Cash paid for fractional shares				—			(91	)		(11	)
	Purchase of treasury stock by PMSI and JJFMSI				—			—			(13,356	)

			Net cash used in financing activities		(72,617	)		(198,275	)		(583	)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS					19,099			25,418			(85,597	)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year					46,307			20,889			106,486

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year				$	65,406		$	46,307		$	20,889

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
	Cash paid during the period for:
		Interest (net of amounts capitalized of $8,330 in 2000)		$	73,067		$	104,438		$	132,798

		Income taxes		$	56,396		$	3,014		$	2,453

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
		Convertible subordinated notes were converted to common stock:
	Long-term debt			$	(1,114	)	$	—		$	—
		Common stock			1			—			—
		Additional paid-in capital			1,113			—			—

				$	—		$	—		$	—

(Continued)

F-9

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002			2001			2000


		(In thousands)
The Company acquired a business for debt and cash:
	Accounts receivable	$	(177	)	$	—		$	—
	Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(21	)		—			—
	Property and equipment, net		(20	)		—			—
	Other assets		(578	)		—			—
	Accounts payable and accrued expenses		300			—			—
	Debt		175			—			—

		$	(321	)	$	—		$	—

The Company issued shares of Series B Preferred Stock under the terms of the Company’s 2001 Series B Preferred Stock Restricted Stock Plan:
	Preferred stock — Series B	$	—		$	4,904		$	—
	Additional paid-in capital		—			(2,869	)		—
	Deferred compensation		—			(2,035	)		—

		$	—		$	—		$	—

The Company issued shares of common stock and a promissory note payable in partial satisfaction of stockholder litigation:
	Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	—		$	(69,408	)	$	—
	Long-term debt		—			25,606			—
	Common stock		—			187			—
	Additional paid-in capital		—			43,615			—

		$	—		$	—		$	—

The Company issued Series B Preferred Stock in lieu of cash distributions to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock on the applicable record date:
	Distributions payable	$	(11,834	)	$	(11,070	)	$	—
	Preferred stock — Series B		11,834			11,070			—

		$	—		$	—		$	—

The Company completed construction of a facility and entered into a direct financing lease:
	Investment in direct financing lease	$	—		$	—		$	(89,426	)
	Property and equipment		—			—			89,426

		$	—		$	—		$	—

(Continued)

F-10

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002		2001		2000


		(In thousands)
The Company committed to a plan of disposal for certain long-lived assets:
	Assets held for sale	$	—	$	—	$	(163,517	)
	Investment in direct financing lease		—		—		85,722
	Property and equipment		—		—		77,795

		$	—	$	—	$	—

The Company issued debt to satisfy accrued default rate interest on a convertible note and to satisfy a payable for professional services:
	Current portion of long-term debt	$	—	$	—	$	2,014
	Accounts payable and accrued expenses		—		—		(2,014	)

		$	—	$	—	$	—

The Company issued a preferred stock dividend to satisfy the REIT distribution requirements:
	Preferred stock — Series B	$	—	$	—	$	183,872
	Additional paid-in capital		—		—		(183,872	)

		$	—	$	—	$	—

Preferred stock was converted into common stock:
	Preferred stock — Series B	$	—	$	—	$	(105,471	)
	Common stock		—		—		951
	Additional paid-in capital		—		—		104,520

		$	—	$	—	$	—

(Continued)

F-11

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002		2001		2000


		(In thousands)
The Company acquired the assets and liabilities of Operating Company, PMSI and JJFMSI for stock:
	Accounts receivable	$	—	$	—	$	(133,667	)
	Receivable from affiliate		—		—		9,027
	Income tax receivable		—		—		(3,781	)
	Prepaid expenses and other current assets		—		—		(903	)
	Property and equipment, net		—		—		(38,475	)
	Notes receivable		—		—		100,756
	Goodwill		—		—		(110,596	)
	Investment in affiliates		—		—		102,308
	Deferred tax assets		—		—		37,246
	Other assets		—		—		(11,767	)
	Accounts payable and accrued expenses		—		—		103,769
	Payable to Operating Company		—		—		(18,765	)
	Distributions payable		—		—		31
	Note payable to JJFMSI		—		—		4,000
	Current portion of long-term debt		—		—		23,876
	Deferred tax liabilities		—		—		2,600
	Deferred gains on sales of contracts		—		—		(96,258	)
	Other liabilities		—		—		25,525
	Common stock		—		—		217
	Additional paid-in capital		—		—		29,789
	Deferred compensation		—		—		(2,884	)

		$	—	$	—	$	22,048

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-12

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000


																							Accumulated
																							Other
			Series A		Series B						Additional						Retained						Comprehensive			Total
			Preferred		Preferred			Common			Paid-In			Deferred			Earnings			Treasury			Income			Stockholders’
			Stock		Stock			Stock			Capital			Compensation			(Deficit)			Stock			(Loss)			Equity


			(In thousands)
BALANCE, December 31, 1999			$	107,500	$	—		$	1,184		$	1,347,318		$	(91	)	$	(54,598	)	$	(242	)	$	—		$	1,401,071

	Acquisition of Operating Company			—		—			188			28,580			(1,646	)		—			—			—			27,122
	Acquisition of PMSI			—		—			13			537			(550	)		—			—			—			—
	Acquisition of JJFSMI			—		—			16			672			(688	)		—			—			—			—
	Distribution to common stockholders			—		183,872			—			(184,275	)		—			—			—			—			(403	)
	Conversion of Series B preferred stock into common stock, net			—		(105,482	)		951			104,520			—			—			—			—			(11	)
	Compensation expense related to deferred stock awards and stock options			—		—			2			2,043			171			—			—			—			2,216
	Forfeiture of restricted stock			—		—			—			(81	)		81			—			—			—			—
	Shares issued to trustees			—		—			—			76			—			—			—			—			76
	Dividends on preferred stock			—		2,252			—			—			—			(13,526	)		—			—			(11,274	)
	Net loss			—		—			—			—			—			(730,782	)		—			—			(730,782	)

BALANCE, December 31, 2000				107,500		80,642			2,354			1,299,390			(2,723	)		(798,906	)		(242	)		—			688,015

	Comprehensive income (loss):
		Net income		—		—			—			—			—			25,694			—			—			25,694
		Cumulative effect of accounting change		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			(5,023	)		(5,023	)
		Amortization of transition adjustment		—		—			—			—			—			—			—			2,512			2,512

	Total comprehensive income			—		—			—			—			—			25,694			—			(2,511	)		23,183

	Distributions to preferred stockholders			—		11,070			—			—			—			(20,024	)		—			—			(8,954	)
	Issuance of common stock under terms of stockholder litigation			—		—			187			43,615			—			—			—			—			43,802
	Amortization of deferred compensation			—		—			3			(3	)		1,305			—			—			—			1,305
	Restricted stock issuances, net of forfeitures			—		4,904			—			(3,179	)		(1,735	)		—			—			—			(10	)
	Reverse stock split			—		—			(2,265	)		2,240			—			—			—			—			(25	)
	Other			—		(50	)		—			(105	)		—			—			—			—			(155	)

(Continued)

F-13

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY — (Continued)


																						Accumulated
																						Other
			Series A		Series B					Additional						Retained						Comprehensive			Total
			Preferred		Preferred			Common		Paid-In			Deferred			Earnings			Treasury			Income			Stockholders’
			Stock		Stock			Stock		Capital			Compensation			(Deficit)			Stock			(Loss)			Equity


			(In thousands)
BALANCE, December 31, 2001			$	107,500	$	96,566		$	279	$	1,341,958		$	(3,153	)	$	(793,236	)	$	(242	)	$	(2,511	)	$	747,161

	Comprehensive income (loss):
		Net loss		—		—			—		—			—			(7,916	)		—			—			(7,916	)
		Change in fair value of interest rate cap		—		—			—		—			—			—			—			(964	)		(964	)
		Amortization of transition adjustment		—		—			—		—			—			—			—			2,511			2,511

	Total comprehensive loss			—		—			—		—			—			(7,916	)		—			1,547			(6,369	)

	Distributions to preferred stockholders			—		11,834			—		—			—			(20,959	)		—			—			(9,125	)
	Conversion of subordinated notes			—		—			1		1,113			—			—			—			—			1,114
	Amortization of deferred compensation, net of forfeitures			—		(167	)		—		(223	)		1,549			—			—			—			1,159
	Stock issuance costs			—		—			—		(21	)		—			—			—			—			(21	)
	Stock options exercised			—		—			—		433			—			—			—			—			433
	Retirement of treasury stock			—		—			—		(242	)		—			—			242			—			—
	Retirement of Series B preferred stock			—		(402	)		—		48			—			—			—			—			(354	)

BALANCE, December 31, 2002			$	107,500	$	107,831		$	280	$	1,343,066		$	(1,604	)	$	(822,111	)	$	—		$	(964	)	$	733,998

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements.

F-14

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

1. Organization and Operations

Corrections Corporation of America (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), is the nation’s largest owner and operator of privatized correctional and detention facilities and one of the largest prison operators in the United States, behind only the federal government and four states. As of December 31, 2002, the Company owned 40 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators, and one additional facility which is not yet in operation. At December 31, 2002, the Company operated 60 facilities, including 37 facilities that it owned, with a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 21 states and the District of Columbia. See Note 24 for further discussion of transactions completed subsequent to year-end.

The Company specializes in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. In addition to providing the fundamental residential services relating to inmates, the Company’s facilities offer a variety of rehabilitation and educational programs, including basic education, religious services, life skills and employment training and substance abuse treatment. These services are intended to help reduce recidivism and to prepare inmates for their successful reentry into society upon their release. The Company also provides health care (including medical, dental and psychiatric services), food services and work and recreational programs.

The Company’s website address is www.correctionscorp.com. The Company makes its Form 10-K, Form 10-Q, and Form 8-K reports available on its website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after these reports are filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).


	*Background and Formation Transactions*

The Company, a Maryland corporation formerly known as Prison Realty Trust, Inc. (“New Prison Realty”), commenced operations as Prison Realty Corporation on January 1, 1999, following its mergers with each of the former Corrections Corporation of America, a Tennessee corporation (“Old CCA”), on December 31, 1998 and CCA Prison Realty Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“Old Prison Realty”), on January 1, 1999 (such mergers referred to collectively herein as the “1999 Merger”).

Prior to the 1999 Merger, Old Prison Realty had been a publicly traded entity operating as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, primarily in the business of owning and leasing prison facilities to private prison management companies and certain government entities. Prior to the 1999 Merger, Old CCA was also a publicly traded entity primarily in the business of owning, operating and managing prisons on behalf of government entities (as discussed further herein). Additionally, Old CCA had been Old Prison Realty’s primary tenant.

Immediately prior to the 1999 Merger, Old CCA sold all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of certain wholly-owned corporate subsidiaries of Old CCA, certain management contracts and certain other non-real estate assets related thereto, to a newly formed entity, Correctional Management Services Corporation, a privately-held Tennessee corporation (“Operating Company”). Also immediately prior to the 1999 Merger, Old CCA sold certain management contracts and other assets and liabilities relating to government owned adult facilities to Prison Management Services, LLC (subsequently merged with Prison Management Services, Inc.) and sold certain management contracts and other assets and liabilities relating to government owned jails and juvenile facilities to Juvenile and Jail Facility Management Services, LLC (subsequently merged with Juvenile and Jail Facility Management Services, Inc.).

Effective January 1, 1999, New Prison Realty elected to qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with its taxable year ended December 31, 1999. Also effective January 1, 1999,

F-15

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

New Prison Realty entered into lease agreements and other agreements with Operating Company, whereby Operating Company would lease the substantial majority of New Prison Realty’s facilities and Operating Company would provide certain services to New Prison Realty. Refer to Note 5 for a more complete discussion of New Prison Realty’s historical relationship with Operating Company.

During 2000, the Company completed a comprehensive restructuring (the “Restructuring”). As part of the Restructuring, Operating Company was merged with and into a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company on October 1, 2000 (the “Operating Company Merger”). Immediately prior to the Operating Company Merger, Operating Company leased from New Prison Realty 35 correctional and detention facilities. Also in connection with the Restructuring, the Company amended its charter to, among other things, remove provisions relating to the Company’s operation and qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with its 2000 taxable year and change its name to “Corrections Corporation of America.”

From December 31, 1998 until December 1, 2000, the Company owned 100% of the non-voting common stock of Prison Management Services, Inc. (“PMSI”) and Juvenile and Jail Facility Management Services, Inc. (“JJFMSI”), both of which were privately-held service companies which managed certain government-owned prison and jail facilities under the “Corrections Corporation of America” name (together, the “Service Companies”). The Company was entitled to receive 95% of each company’s net income, as defined, as dividends on such shares, while other outside shareholders and the wardens at the individual facilities owned 100% of the voting common stock of PMSI and JJFMSI, entitling those voting stockholders to receive the remaining 5% of each company’s net income, as defined, as dividends on such shares. During September 2000, wholly-owned subsidiaries of PMSI and JJFMSI entered into separate transactions with each of PMSI’s and JJFMSI’s respective non-management, outside shareholders to reacquire all of the outstanding voting stock of their non-management, outside shareholders, representing 85% of the outstanding voting stock of each entity for cash payments of $8.3 million and $5.1 million, respectively.

On December 1, 2000, the Company completed the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI. PMSI provided adult prison facility management services to government agencies pursuant to management contracts with state governmental agencies and authorities in the United States and Puerto Rico. Immediately prior to the acquisition date, PMSI had contracts to manage 11 correctional and detention facilities. JJFMSI provided juvenile and jail facility management services to government agencies pursuant to management contracts with federal, state and local government agencies and authorities in the United States and Puerto Rico and provided adult prison facility management services to certain international authorities in Australia and the United Kingdom. Immediately prior to the acquisition date, JJFMSI had contracts to manage 17 correctional and detention facilities.


	*Operations*

Prior to the 1999 Merger, Old CCA operated and managed prisons and other correctional and detention facilities and provided prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies. Old CCA also provided a full range of related services to governmental agencies, including managing, financing, developing, designing and constructing new correctional and detention facilities and redesigning and renovating older facilities. Following the completion of the 1999 Merger and through September 30, 2000, New Prison Realty specialized in acquiring, developing, owning and leasing correctional and detention facilities. Following the completion of the 1999 Merger and through September 30, 2000, Operating Company was a separately owned private prison management company that operated, managed and leased the substantial majority of facilities owned by New Prison Realty under the “Corrections Corporation of America” name. As a result of the 1999 Merger and certain contractual relationships existing between New Prison Realty and Operating Company, New Prison Realty was dependent on Operating Company

F-16

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for a significant source of its income. In addition, New Prison Realty paid Operating Company for services rendered to New Prison Realty in the development of its correctional and detention facilities. As a result of liquidity issues facing Operating Company and New Prison Realty, the parties amended certain of the contractual agreements between New Prison Realty and Operating Company during 2000. For a more complete description of these amendments, see Note 5.

As a result of the acquisition of Operating Company on October 1, 2000 and the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI on December 1, 2000, the Company now specializes in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing inmate residential and prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies.

2. Financial Developments

After completion of the first quarter of 1999, the first quarter in which operations were conducted in the structure after the 1999 Merger, management of the Company and management of Operating Company determined that Operating Company had not performed as well as projected. As a result, in May 1999, the Company and Operating Company amended certain of the agreements between them to provide Operating Company with additional cash flow. See Note 5 for further discussion of these amendments. The objective of these changes was to allow Operating Company to be able to continue to make its full lease payments, to allow the Company to continue to make dividend payments to its stockholders and to provide time for Operating Company to improve its operations so that it might ultimately perform as projected and be able to make its full lease payments to the Company.

However, after these changes were announced, a chain of events occurred which adversely affected both the Company and Operating Company. The Company’s stock price fell dramatically, resulting in the commencement of stockholder litigation against the Company and its former directors and officers. These events made it more difficult to raise capital. A lower stock price meant that the Company had more restricted access to equity capital, and the uncertainties caused by the falling stock price made it much more difficult to obtain debt financing. The stockholder lawsuits were settled in 2001. In order to address its liquidity constraints, during the summer of 1999, the Company increased its credit facility (the “Old Senior Bank Credit Facility,” as also defined in Note 14) from $650.0 million to $1.0 billion.

In a further attempt to address the capital and liquidity constraints facing the Company and Operating Company, after failing to come to terms with certain institutional investor groups regarding strategic corporate restructuring alternatives that included a significant equity investment, during 2000 the Company determined to pursue a comprehensive restructuring on a stand-alone basis, and approved a series of agreements providing for the Restructuring. As further discussed in Note 14, the Restructuring included obtaining amendments to, and a waiver of existing defaults under, the Company’s Old Senior Bank Credit Facility in June 2000 (the “June 2000 Waiver and Amendment”). The June 2000 Waiver and Amendment resulted from the financial condition of the Company and Operating Company, the transactions undertaken by the Company and Operating Company in an attempt to resolve the liquidity issues of the Company and Operating Company, and the previously announced restructuring transactions. In obtaining the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, the Company agreed to complete certain transactions which were incorporated as covenants to the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment. Pursuant to these requirements, the Company was obligated to complete the Restructuring, including the Operating Company Merger, as further discussed in Note 3; the amendment of its charter to remove the requirements that it elect to be taxed as a REIT commencing with its 2000 taxable year, as further discussed in Note 15; the restructuring of management; and the distribution of shares of Series B Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), in satisfaction of the Company’s remaining 1999 REIT distribution requirement, as further discussed in Notes 13 and 19. As further discussed in Note 3, the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment also permitted

F-17

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI. The Restructuring provided for a simplified corporate and financial structure while eliminating conflicts arising out of the landlord-tenant and debtor-creditor relationship that existed between the Company and Operating Company.

During the third quarter of 2000, the Company named a new president and chief executive officer, followed by a new chief financial officer in the fourth quarter of 2000. At the Company’s 2000 annual meeting of stockholders, a newly constituted board of directors of the Company, including a majority of independent directors, was elected. During 2001, one of these directors resigned from the board of directors, while two additional directors were appointed to the board of directors, resulting in a ten-member board. The Company also appointed an additional director to the board of directors during the fourth quarter of 2002, resulting in an eleven-member board.

Following the completion of the Operating Company Merger and the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, during the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company’s new management conducted strategic assessments; developed a strategic operating plan to improve the Company’s financial position; developed revised projections for 2001; and evaluated the utilization of existing facilities, projects under development, excess land parcels, and identified certain of these non-strategic assets for sale. As a result of these assessments, the Company recorded non-cash impairment losses, as further discussed in Note 7.

As further discussed in Note 14, during the fourth quarter of 2000 and the first quarter of 2001, the Company negotiated modifications of certain of the financial covenants required under terms of its indebtedness. In addition, the Company obtained amendments to several of its debt agreements to remove existing events of default, to permit the issuance of additional indebtedness in partial satisfaction of its obligations in the stockholder litigation settlement, and to obtain a waiver of default of a non-financial covenant under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, which also cured a cross-default under the $41.1 million convertible subordinated notes.

The Old Senior Bank Credit Facility also contained a non-financial covenant to use commercially reasonable efforts to raise $100.0 million through equity or asset sales (excluding the securitization of lease payments or other similar transaction with respect to the Company’s Agecroft facility) on or before June 30, 2001. The Company’s $41.1 million convertible subordinated notes also required the Company to register the shares into which the $41.1 million convertible subordinated notes were convertible.

Under terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement to the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, as defined below and in Note 14, the Company’s obligation to complete the capital raising event was removed. Following the filing of the Company’s Form 10-K in April 2001, the Company commenced negotiations with MDP Ventures IV LLC and affiliated purchasers (collectively, “MDP”), the holders of the Company’s $41.1 million convertible subordinated notes, with respect to an amendment to the registration rights agreement to defer the Company’s obligations to use its best efforts to file and maintain the registration statement to register the shares into which the convertible notes were convertible. MDP later informed the Company that it would not complete such an amendment. As a result, the Company completed and filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC on September 13, 2001, which became effective on September 26, 2001, in compliance with this obligation.

The revolving loan portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility was scheduled to mature on January 1, 2002. As part of management’s strategic operating plan to improve the Company’s financial position, the Company committed to a plan of disposal for certain long-lived assets. During 2001, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $138.7 million through the sale of such assets. During 2001, the Company paid-down $189.0 million in total debt through a combination of cash generated from asset sales and internally generated cash.

The Company believed that utilizing sale proceeds to pay-down debt and the generation of $138.6 million of operating income during 2001 from continuing and discontinued operations improved its

F-18

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

leverage ratios and overall financial position, which improved its ability to renew and refinance maturing indebtedness.

As further discussed in Note 14, in December 2001, the Company completed an amendment and restatement of its existing Old Senior Bank Credit Facility (the “December 2001 Amendment and Restatement,” as also defined in Note 14). As part of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, the existing $269.4 million revolving portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, which was scheduled to mature on January 1, 2002, was replaced with a term loan of the same amount maturing on December 31, 2002, to coincide with the maturity of the other loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

The Company believed, and continues to believe, that a short-term extension of the revolving portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility was in its best interests for a longer-term financing strategy, particularly due to difficult market conditions for the issuance of debt securities following the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and during the fourth quarter of 2001. Additionally, the Company believed that certain terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, including primarily the removal of prior restrictions to pay cash dividends on shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, including all dividends in arrears, as further discussed in Notes 13 and 19, resulted in an improvement to its credit ratings, enhancing the terms of a more comprehensive refinancing.

On May 3, 2002, the Company completed a comprehensive refinancing (the “Refinancing,” as also defined in Note 14) of its senior indebtedness through the refinancing of its Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the sale and issuance of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.875% unsecured senior notes due 2009 (the “9.875% Senior Notes,” as also defined in Note 14). The proceeds of the offering of the 9.875% Senior Notes were used to repay a portion of amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, to redeem approximately $89.2 million of the Company’s existing $100.0 million 12% Senior Notes due 2006 (the “12% Senior Notes,” as also defined in Note 14) pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation more fully described in Note 14, and to pay related fees and expenses.

As part of the Refinancing, the Company replaced the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility with a new $715.0 million senior secured bank credit facility (the “New Senior Bank Credit Facility,” as also defined in Note 14), which is comprised of a $75.0 million revolving loan, a $75.0 million term loan, both maturing in March 2006, and a $565.0 million term loan maturing in March 2008. Although the Refinancing extended the Company’s loan maturities, improved its credit ratings, and reduced the interest rates on its indebtedness, management continues to explore transactions to further improve the Company’s capital structure.

3. Merger Transactions


	*The 2000 Operating Company Merger and Restructuring Transactions*

In order to address liquidity and capital constraints during 2000, and pursuant to the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, the Company entered into a series of agreements providing for the comprehensive restructuring of the Company. As a part of this Restructuring, the Company entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Operating Company, dated as of June 30, 2000, providing for the Operating Company Merger.

Effective October 1, 2000, New Prison Realty and Operating Company completed the Operating Company Merger in accordance with an agreement and plan of merger, after New Prison Realty’s stockholders approved the agreement and plan of merger on September 12, 2000. In connection with the

F-19

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

completion of the Operating Company Merger, New Prison Realty amended its charter to, among other things:


	•	remove provisions relating to its qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with its 2000 taxable year,

	•	change its name to “Corrections Corporation of America,” and

	•	increase the amount of its authorized capital stock.

Following the completion of the Operating Company Merger, Operating Company ceased to exist, and the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary began operating collectively under the “Corrections Corporation of America” name. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement and plan of merger, the Company issued approximately 0.8 million shares of its common stock valued at approximately $10.6 million to the holders of Operating Company’s voting common stock at the time of the completion of the Operating Company Merger.

On October 1, 2000, immediately prior to the completion of the Operating Company Merger, the Company purchased all of the shares of Operating Company’s voting common stock held by the Baron Asset Fund (“Baron”) and Sodexho Alliance S.A., a French société anonyme (“Sodexho”), the holders of approximately 34% of the outstanding common stock of Operating Company, for an aggregate of $16.0 million in non-cash consideration, consisting of an aggregate of approximately 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the Company issued to Baron warrants to purchase approximately 142,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and warrants to purchase approximately 71,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $14.10 per share in consideration for Baron’s consent to the Operating Company Merger. The warrants issued to Baron were valued at approximately $2.2 million. In addition, in the Operating Company Merger, the Company assumed the obligation to issue up to approximately 75,000 shares of its common stock, at an exercise price of $33.30 per share, pursuant to the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock previously issued by Operating Company.

The Operating Company Merger was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16, “Business Combinations” (“APB 16”). Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price of $75.3 million was allocated to the assets purchased and liabilities assumed (identifiable intangibles included a workforce asset of approximately $1.6 million, a contract acquisition cost asset of approximately $1.5 million and a contract values liability of approximately $26.1 million) based upon the estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price consisted of the value of the Company’s common stock and warrants issued in the transaction, the Company’s net carrying amount of a $137.0 million promissory note payable by Operating Company (the “CCA Note”) as of the date of acquisition (which has been extinguished), the Company’s net carrying amount of deferred gains and receivables/payables between the Company and Operating Company as of the date of acquisition, and capitalized merger costs. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the assets purchased and liabilities assumed of $87.0 million was reflected as goodwill.

As a result of the Restructuring, all existing Operating Company Leases, the Tenant Incentive Agreement, the Trade Name Use Agreement, the Right to Purchase Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Business Development Agreement (each as defined in Note 5) were cancelled. In addition, all outstanding shares of Operating Company’s non-voting common stock, all of which shares were owned by the Company, were cancelled in the Operating Company Merger.

In connection with the Restructuring, in September 2000, a wholly-owned subsidiary of PMSI purchased 85% of the outstanding voting common stock of PMSI which was held by Privatized Management Services Investors, LLC, an outside entity controlled by a director of PMSI and members of

F-20

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the director’s family, for a cash purchase price of $8.0 million. In addition, PMSI and its wholly-owned subsidiary paid the chief manager of Privatized Management Services Investors, LLC $150,000 as compensation for expenses incurred in connection with the transaction, as well as $125,000 in consideration for the chief manager’s agreement not to engage in a business competitive to the business of PMSI for a period of one year following the completion of the transaction. Also in connection with the Restructuring, in September 2000, a wholly-owned subsidiary of JJFMSI purchased 85% of the outstanding voting common stock of JJFMSI which was held by Correctional Services Investors, LLC, an outside entity controlled by a director of JJFMSI, for a cash purchase price of $4.8 million. In addition, JJFMSI and its wholly-owned subsidiary paid the chief manager of Correctional Services Investors, LLC $250,000 for expenses incurred in connection with the transaction.

As a result of the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI on December 1, 2000, all shares of PMSI and JJFMSI voting and non-voting common stock held by the Company and certain subsidiaries of PMSI and JJFMSI were cancelled. In connection with the acquisition of PMSI, the Company issued approximately 128,000 shares of its common stock valued at approximately $0.6 million to the wardens of the correctional and detention facilities operated by PMSI who were the remaining shareholders of PMSI. Shares of the Company’s common stock owned by the PMSI wardens are subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions under a restricted stock plan. In connection with the acquisition of JJFMSI, the Company issued approximately 160,000 shares of its common stock valued at approximately $0.7 million to the wardens of the correctional and detention facilities operated by JJFMSI who were the remaining shareholders of JJFMSI. Shares of the Company’s common stock owned by the JJFMSI wardens are subject to vesting and forfeiture provisions under a restricted stock plan.

The acquisition of PMSI was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting as prescribed by APB 16. Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price of $43.2 million was allocated to the assets purchased and liabilities assumed (identifiable intangibles included a workforce asset of approximately $0.5 million, a contract acquisition cost asset of approximately $0.7 million and a contract values asset of approximately $4.0 million) based upon the estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price consisted of the net carrying amount of the Company’s investment in PMSI less the Company’s net carrying amount of deferred gains and receivables/payables between the Company and PMSI as of the date of acquisition, and capitalized merger costs. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the assets purchased and liabilities assumed of $12.2 million was reflected as goodwill.

The acquisition of JJFMSI was also accounted for using the purchase method of accounting as prescribed by APB 16. Accordingly, the aggregate purchase price of $38.2 million was allocated to the assets purchased and liabilities assumed (identifiable intangibles included a workforce asset of approximately $0.5 million, a contract acquisition cost asset of approximately $0.5 million and a contract values liability of approximately $3.1 million) based upon the estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price consisted of the net carrying amount of the Company’s investment in JJFMSI less the Company’s net carrying amount of deferred gains and receivables/payables between the Company and JJFMSI as of the date of acquisition, and capitalized merger costs. The excess of the aggregate purchase price over the assets purchased and liabilities assumed of $11.4 million was reflected as goodwill.

As a part of the Restructuring, CCA (UK) Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales (“CCA UK”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of JJFMSI, sold its 50% ownership interest in two international subsidiaries, Corrections Corporation of Australia Pty. Ltd., an Australian corporation (“CCA Australia”), and U.K. Detention Services Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales (“UKDS”), to Sodexho on November 30, 2000 and December 7, 2000, respectively, for an aggregate cash purchase price of $6.4 million. Sodexho already owned the remaining 50% interest in each of CCA Australia and UKDS. The purchase price of $6.4 million included $5.0 million for the purchase of UKDS

F-21

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

and $1.4 million for the purchase of CCA Australia. JJFMSI’s book basis in UKDS was $3.4 million, which resulted in a $1.6 million gain in the fourth quarter of 2000. JJFMSI’s book basis in CCA Australia was $5.0 million, which resulted in a $3.6 million loss, which was recognized as a loss on sale of assets during the third quarter of 2000.

4. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies


	*Basis of Presentation*

The combined and consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company on a consolidated basis with its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Management believes the comparison of the financial statements for 2000 to financial statements in subsequent years is not meaningful because the 2000 results of operations and cash flows reflect real estate activities between the Company and Operating Company for the period from January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000 during a period of severe liquidity problems, and as of October 1, 2000, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company include the operations of the correctional and detention facilities previously leased to and managed by Operating Company. In addition, the Company’s results of operations and cash flows as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 also include the operations of the Service Companies as of December 1, 2000 (acquisition date) on a consolidated basis. For the period January 1, 2000 through August 31, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies were accounted for and were presented under the equity method of accounting. For the period from September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies were accounted for on a combined basis due to the repurchase by the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Service Companies of the non-management, outside stockholders’ equity interest in the Service Companies during September 2000. The resulting increase in the Company’s assets and liabilities as of September 1, 2000 as a result of combining the balance sheets of PMSI and JJFMSI has been treated as a non-cash transaction in the accompanying combined statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2000, with the September 1, 2000 combined cash balances of PMSI and JJFMSI ($22.0 million) included in “cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.” Consistent with the Company’s previous financial statement presentations, the Company has presented its economic interests in each of PMSI and JJFMSI under the equity method for all periods prior to September 1, 2000. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in combining the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries with the respective financial statements of PMSI and JJFMSI.

Although the Company’s consolidated results of operations and cash flows presented in the accompanying 2000 financial statements are presented on a combined basis with the results of operations and cash flows of PMSI and JJFMSI for the period from September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, the Company did not control the assets and liabilities of either PMSI or JJFMSI. Additionally, the Company was only entitled to receive dividends on its non-voting common stock upon declaration by the respective boards of directors of PMSI and JJFMSI.

For the entire years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company’s consolidated results of operations and cash flows reflect the results of the Company as a business specializing in owning, operating and managing prisons and other correctional facilities and providing prisoner transportation services for governmental agencies.


	*Cash and Cash Equivalents*

The Company considers all liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

F-22

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


	*Restricted Cash*

Restricted cash at December 31, 2002 was $7.4 million, of which $7.1 million represents cash collateral for a guarantee agreement and $0.3 represents cash collateral for outstanding letters of credit. Restricted cash at December 31, 2001 was $12.5 million, of which $7.0 million represents cash collateral for a guarantee agreement and $5.5 million represents cash collateral for outstanding letters of credit.


	*Property and Equipment*

Property and equipment is carried at cost. Assets acquired by the Company in conjunction with acquisitions are recorded at estimated fair market value in accordance with the purchase method of accounting prescribed by APB 16. Betterments, renewals and significant repairs that extend the life of an asset are capitalized; other repair and maintenance costs are expensed. Interest is capitalized to the asset to which it relates in connection with the construction of major facilities. The cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired are removed from the accounts and the gain or loss on disposition is recognized in income. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of depreciable assets using the straight-line method. Useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:


Land improvements		5-20 years
Buildings and improvements		5-50 years
Equipment		3-5 years
Office furniture and fixtures		5 years


	*Assets Held for Sale*

Assets held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated cost to sell. Depreciation is suspended during the period held for sale. A long-lived asset that is reclassified from held for sale to property and equipment, net, is measured at the lower of its carrying amount before the asset was classified as held for sale, adjusted for any depreciation expense that would have been recognized had the asset been continuously classified as held and used, or fair value at the date of the subsequent decision not to sell. Assets reclassified from held for sale have been reclassified in the balance sheets for all periods presented.


	*Intangible Assets*

Intangible assets other than goodwill include value of workforce, contract acquisition costs, a customer list and contract values established in connection with certain business combinations. As described under “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” herein, value of workforce was reclassified into goodwill effective January 1, 2002. Value of workforce (as of December 31, 2001), contract acquisition costs (both included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) and contract values (included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets) represent the estimated fair values of the identifiable intangibles acquired in the Operating Company Merger and in the acquisitions of the Service Companies. Prior to January 1, 2002, value of workforce was amortized into amortization expense over estimated useful lives ranging from 23 to 38 months using the straight-line method. Contract acquisition costs and contract values are generally amortized into amortization expense using the interest method over the lives of the related management contracts acquired, which range from three months to approximately 19 years. The customer list (included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet), which was acquired in connection with the acquisition of a prisoner extradition company on December 31, 2002, has an indefinite useful life and is not subject to amortization. The Company evaluates the realizability of the carrying value of its intangible assets annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of an intangible asset with its

F-23

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

carrying amount. If the carrying amount of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The Company also continually evaluates whether changes have occurred that would require revision of the remaining estimated useful lives of intangible assets.


	*Goodwill*

Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the net assets of businesses acquired. Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized into amortization expense over 15 years using the straight-line method. However, as further discussed under “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” herein, beginning January 1, 2002, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization, but is rather tested for impairment using a fair-value based approach.


	*Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets*

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For assets that are to be held and used, an impairment is recognized when the estimated undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset or group of assets is less than their carrying value. If impairment exists, an adjustment is made to write the asset down to its fair value, and a loss is recorded as the difference between the carrying value and fair value. Fair values are determined based on quoted market values, discounted cash flows or internal and external appraisals, as applicable. See Note 7 for discussion of impairment of long-lived assets.


	*Investment in Direct Financing Lease*

Investment in direct financing lease represents the portion of the Company’s management contract with a governmental agency that represents capitalized lease payments on buildings and equipment. The lease is accounted for using the financing method and, accordingly, the minimum lease payments to be received over the term of the lease less unearned income is capitalized as the Company’s investment in the lease. Unearned income is recognized as income over the term of the lease using the interest method.


	*Investment in Affiliates*

Investments in affiliates that are equal to or less than 50%-owned over which the Company can exercise significant influence are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. For the period from January 1, 2000 through August 31, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies were accounted for under the equity method of accounting. For the period from September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, the investments in the Service Companies are presented on a combined basis due to the repurchase by the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Service Companies of the non-management, outside stockholders’ equity interest in the Service Companies during September 2000.


	*Debt Issuance Costs*

Generally, debt issuance costs, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are capitalized and amortized into interest expense on a straight-line basis, which is not materially different than the interest method, over the term of the related debt. However, certain debt issuance costs incurred in connection with debt refinancings are charged to expense in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-19, “Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments.”

F-24

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


	*Deferred Gains on Sales of Contracts*

Deferred gains on sales of contracts were generated as a result of the sale of certain management contracts to Operating Company, PMSI and JJFMSI. The Company previously amortized these deferred gains into income in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 81, “Gain Recognition on the Sale of a Business or Operating Asset to a Highly Leveraged Entity.” The deferred gain from the sale to Operating Company was to be amortized concurrently with the receipt of the principal payments on the CCA Note, over a six-year period beginning December 31, 2003. As of the date of the Operating Company Merger, the Company had not recognized any of the deferred gain from the sale to Operating Company. The deferred gains from the sales to PMSI and JJFMSI had been amortized over a five-year period commencing January 1, 1999, which represented the average remaining lives of the contracts sold to PMSI and JJFMSI, plus any contractual renewal options. Effective with the Operating Company Merger and the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, the Company applied the unamortized balances of the deferred gains on sales of contracts in accordance with the purchase method of accounting under APB 16.


	*Management and Other Revenue*

The Company maintains contracts with certain governmental entities to manage their facilities for fixed per diem rates or monthly fixed rates. The Company also maintains contracts with various federal, state and local governmental entities for the housing of inmates in company-owned facilities at fixed per diem rates. These contracts usually contain expiration dates with renewal options ranging from annual to multi-year renewals. Most of these contracts have current terms that require renewal every two to five years. Additionally, most facility management contracts contain clauses that allow the government agency to terminate a contract without cause, and are generally subject to legislative appropriations. The Company generally expects to renew these contracts for periods consistent with the remaining renewal options allowed by the contracts or other reasonable extensions; however, no assurance can be given that such renewals will be obtained. Fixed monthly rate revenue is recorded in the month earned and fixed per diem revenue is recorded based on the per diem rate multiplied by the number of inmates housed during the respective period. The Company recognizes any additional management service revenues when earned. Certain of the government agencies also have the authority to audit and investigate the Company’s contracts with them. For contracts that actually or effectively provide for certain reimbursement of expenses, if the agency determines that the Company has improperly allocated costs to a specific contract, the Company may not be reimbursed for those costs and could be required to refund the amount of any such costs that have been reimbursed.


	*Rental Revenue*

Rental revenues are recognized based on the terms of the Company’s leases. Tenant incentive fees paid to lessees, including Operating Company prior to the Operating Company Merger, have been deferred and amortized as a reduction of rental revenue over the term of related leases. Tenant incentive fees due to Operating Company during 2000 totaling $11.9 million were expensed as incurred.


	*Self-Funded Insurance Reserves*

The Company is significantly self-insured for employee health, workers’ compensation, and automobile liability insurance. As such, the Company’s insurance expense is largely dependent on claims experience and the Company’s ability to control its claims experience. The Company has consistently accrued the estimated liability for employee health insurance based on its history of claims experience and time lag between the incident date and the date the cost is paid by the Company. The Company has accrued the estimated liability for workers’ compensation and automobile insurance based on a third-party actuarial valuation of the outstanding liabilities. These estimates could change in the future.

F-25

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS 109”). SFAS 109 generally requires the Company to record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between book and tax bases of its assets and liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 1999, the Company elected to qualify as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In connection with the Restructuring, on September 12, 2000, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s charter to remove provisions requiring the Company to elect to qualify and be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2000. The Company has been taxed as a taxable subchapter C corporation beginning with its taxable year ended December 31, 2000. The Company recognized an income tax provision during the third quarter of 2000 for establishing net deferred tax liabilities in connection with the change in tax status, net of a valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets. The Company expects to continue to operate as a taxable corporation in future years.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Since the change in tax status in connection with the Restructuring in 2000, and as of December 31, 2002, the Company has provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS 109. The valuation allowance is recognized based on the weight of available evidence indicating that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This evidence primarily consists of, but is not limited to, recurring operating losses for federal tax purposes.

The Company’s assessment of the valuation allowance could change in the future. Removal of the valuation allowance in whole or in part would result in a non-cash reduction in income tax expense during the period of removal. In addition, because a portion of the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2002 was established to reserve certain deferred tax assets upon the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, in accordance with SFAS 109, removal of the valuation allowance would result in a reduction to any remaining goodwill recorded in connection with such acquisitions to the extent the reversal relates to the valuation allowance applied to deferred tax assets existing at the date PMSI and JJFMSI were acquired. If the valuation allowance as of December 31, 2002 were to be removed in its entirety, the reduction to goodwill would amount to approximately $4.5 million. To the extent no reserve is established for the Company’s deferred tax assets, future financial statements would reflect a provision for income taxes at the applicable federal and state tax rates on income before taxes.

Foreign Currency Transactions

During 2000, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into a 25-year property lease with Agecroft Prison Management, Ltd. (“APM”) in connection with the construction and development of the Company’s Agecroft facility, located in Salford, England. The Company also extended a working capital loan to the operator of this facility. These assets, along with various other short-term receivables, are denominated in British pounds; consequently, the Company adjusts these receivables to the current exchange rate at each balance sheet date and recognizes the unrealized currency gain or loss in current period earnings. Realized foreign currency gains or losses are recognized in operating expenses as payments are received. On April 10, 2001, the Company sold its interest in the Agecroft facility. However, the Company retained its 50% interest in APM, which has a management contract for the Agecroft facility. The Company retained and will continue to record foreign currency transaction gains and losses on the working capital loan.

F-26

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Fair Value of Derivative and Financial Instruments


	Derivative Instruments

The Company may enter into derivative financial instrument transactions from time to time in order to mitigate its interest rate risk on a related financial instrument. The Company accounts for these derivative financial instruments in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS 133”), which became effective January 1, 2001. SFAS 133, as amended, requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company estimates the fair value of its interest rate swap and cap agreements using third-party valuation specialists and option-pricing models that value the potential for the interest rate swap agreements to become in-the-money through changes in interest rates during the remaining term of the agreements. A negative fair value represents the estimated amount the Company would have to pay to cancel the contract or transfer it to other parties.

In accordance with the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement on $325.0 million of floating rate debt on the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. The Company did not meet the hedge accounting criteria for the interest rate swap agreement. As further discussed in Note 16, this interest rate swap agreement was terminated in 2002.

At December 31, 2001, the Company also had a derivative instrument associated with the issuance of a $26.1 million promissory note due in 2009. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of the Company’s common stock, created a derivative instrument that was accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. As a result of the extinguishment of the note in full in January 2002, management estimated the fair value of this derivative to approximate the face amount of the note. The derivative asset offsets the face amount of the note in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2001.

The New Senior Bank Credit Facility required the Company to hedge at least $192.0 million of the term loan portions of the facility within 60 days following the closing of the loan. In May 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to fulfill this requirement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. As of December 31, 2002, the Company has met the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133 in accounting for the interest rate cap agreement. As a result, the estimated fair value of the interest rate cap agreement as of December 31, 2002 was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, and the change in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreement during the year ended December 31, 2002 was reported through other comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders’ equity. There can be no assurance that the interest rate cap agreement will be effective in mitigating the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk in the future, or that the Company will be able to continue to meet the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133.

Financial Instruments

To meet the reporting requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, “Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 107”), the Company calculates the estimated fair value of financial instruments using quoted market prices of similar instruments or discounted cash flow techniques. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, there were no material differences

F-27

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

between the carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, other than as follows (in thousands):



	December 31,


	2002						2001

	Carrying						Carrying
	Amount			Fair Value			Amount			Fair Value

Investment in direct financing lease	$	18,873		$	26,057		$	19,340		$	22,317
Note receivable from APM	$	5,061		$	9,099		$	4,579		$	6,144
Debt	$	(955,959	)	$	(993,335	)	$	(963,600	)	$	(974,039	)

Use of Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration of Credit Risks

The Company’s credit risks relate primarily to cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and an investment in a direct financing lease. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are primarily held in bank accounts and overnight investments. The Company’s accounts receivable and investment in direct financing lease represent amounts due primarily from governmental agencies. The Company’s financial instruments are subject to the possibility of loss in carrying value as a result of either the failure of other parties to perform according to their contractual obligations or changes in market prices that make the instruments less valuable.

At December 31, 2002, accounts receivable included approximately $13.8 million due from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, classified as current assets of discontinued operations in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet due to the termination of the Company’s contracts to manage three facilities in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico during the second and third quarters of 2002. In February 2003, the Company entered into an agreement with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico regarding the payment and resolution of the balance of the receivable. The agreement specifies payment dates for $11.3 million, of which $4.7 million has been collected, with the balance to be paid upon reconciliation of invoices presented. The Company currently expects to collect the balance of the receivable and, therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been established for the accounts receivable balance. However, no assurance can be given as to the timing and ultimate collectibility of the remaining amounts due.

The Company derives its revenue primarily from amounts earned under federal, state and local government management contracts. Approximately 32% and 52% of the Company’s revenue was from federal and state governments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2002, while approximately 29% and 56% of the Company’s revenue was from federal and state governments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2001. Management revenue from the Federal Bureau of Prisons (“BOP”) represents approximately 14% and 13%, respectively, of total revenue for 2002 and 2001. Management revenue from the United States Marshals Service represents approximately 11% and 9%, respectively, of total revenue for 2002 and 2001. No other customer generated more than 10% of total revenue during 2002 or 2001.

F-28

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in stockholders’ equity except those arising from transactions with stockholders.

The Company reports comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity. Comprehensive income (loss) was equivalent to the Company’s reported net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2000.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2002 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS 142”), which establishes new accounting and reporting requirements for goodwill and other intangible assets. Under SFAS 142, all goodwill amortization ceased effective January 1, 2002 and goodwill attributable to each of the Company’s reporting units was tested for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. Fair value was determined using a collaboration of various common valuation techniques, including market multiples, discounted cash flows, and replacement cost methods. These impairment tests are required to be performed at adoption of SFAS 142 and at least annually thereafter. On an ongoing basis (absent any impairment indicators), the Company expects to perform its impairment tests during the fourth quarter, in connection with the Company’s annual budgeting process.

Based on the Company’s initial impairment tests, the Company recognized an impairment of $80.3 million to write-off the carrying value of goodwill associated with the Company’s locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment during the first quarter of 2002. This goodwill was established in connection with the acquisition of Operating Company. The remaining goodwill, which is associated with the facilities the Company manages but does not own, was deemed to be not impaired, and remains recorded on the balance sheet. This remaining goodwill was established in connection with the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI. The implied fair value of goodwill of the locations included in the owned and managed reporting segment did not support the carrying value of any goodwill, primarily due to the highly leveraged capital structure. No impairment of goodwill allocated to the locations included in the managed-only reporting segment was deemed necessary, primarily because of the relatively minimal capital expenditure requirements, and therefore indebtedness, in connection with obtaining such management contracts. Under SFAS 142, the impairment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in the Company’s statement of operations for the first quarter of 2002. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

SFAS 142 also requires certain previously separately identified intangible assets, such as workforce values, to be reclassified as goodwill. Also, during the fourth quarter of 2002, an adjustment to goodwill resulted from a change in the valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets acquired in connection with the acquisitions of Operating Company, PMSI and JJFMSI. See Note 15 for further information regarding the valuation allowance. The carrying amount of goodwill attributable to locations

F-29

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

included in each reportable operating segment with goodwill balances and changes therein is as follows (in thousands):


	Owned and			Managed-only
	Managed Segment			Segment			Total

Balance as of December 31, 2001	$	79,876		$	24,143		$	104,019
Value of workforce reclassified as goodwill		400			289			689
Impairment adjustment		(80,276	)		—			(80,276	)
Change in deferred tax asset valuation allowance		—			(3,530	)		(3,530	)

Balance as of December 31, 2002	$	—		$	20,902		$	20,902

In connection with the adoption of SFAS 142, the Company also reassessed the useful lives and the classification of its identifiable intangible assets and liabilities and determined that they continue to be appropriate. The components of the Company’s intangible assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):



		December 31, 2002						December 31, 2001

		Gross Carrying			Accumulated			Gross Carrying			Accumulated
		Amount			Amortization			Amount			Amortization

Contract acquisition costs		$	1,149		$	(1,020	)	$	2,659		$	(1,754	)
Customer list			561			—			—			—
Contract values established in connection with certain business combinations			(38,049	)		16,281			(25,215	)		6,919

	Total	$	(36,339	)	$	15,261		$	(22,556	)	$	5,165

Contract acquisition costs and the customer list are included in other non-current assets, and contract values are included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. Amortization income, net of amortization expense, for intangible assets and liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $1.6 million, $6.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Estimated amortization income, net of amortization expense, for the five succeeding fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):


2003	$	(3,661	)
2004		(3,494	)
2005		(4,332	)
2006		(4,661	)
2007		(4,661	)

F-30

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 had the Company applied the non-amortization provisions of SFAS 142 in those periods are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):



		For the Years Ended
		December 31,

		2001		2000

Reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	5,670	$	(744,308	)
Add: Goodwill and workforce value amortization			8,844		1,719

Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	14,514	$	(742,589	)

Basic income (loss) per share:
	Reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	0.23	$	(56.68	)
	Goodwill and workforce value amortization		0.37		0.13

Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	0.60	$	(56.55	)

Diluted income (loss) per share:
	Reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	0.23	$	(56.68	)
	Goodwill and workforce value amortization		0.28		0.13

Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	0.51	$	(56.55	)

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS 144”). SFAS 144 addresses financial accounting and reporting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets and supersedes Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121, “Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of” (“SFAS 121”), and the accounting and reporting provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30, “Reporting the Results of Operations — Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business, and Extraordinary, Unusual and Infrequently Occurring Events and Transactions” (“APB 30”), for the disposal of a segment of a business (as previously defined in that Opinion). SFAS 144 retains the fundamental provisions of SFAS 121 for recognizing and measuring impairment losses on long-lived assets held for use and long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, while also resolving significant implementation issues associated with SFAS 121. Unlike SFAS 121, however, an impairment assessment under SFAS 144 will never result in a write-down of goodwill. Rather, goodwill is evaluated for impairment under SFAS 142. SFAS 144 also broadens the scope of defining discontinued operations. Under the provisions of SFAS 144, the identification and classification of a facility as held for sale, or the termination of any of the Company’s management contracts for a managed-only facility, by expiration or otherwise, would result in the classification of the operating results of such facility, net of taxes, as a discontinued operation, so long as the financial results can be clearly identified, and so long as the Company does not have any significant continuing involvement in the operations of the component after the disposal or termination transaction.

Due to the sale of the Company’s interest in a juvenile facility during the second quarter of 2002, as well as the termination of the Company’s management contracts during the second quarter of 2002 for the Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the Ponce Adult Correctional Facility and the termination of the Company’s management contract during the third quarter of 2002 for the Guayama Correctional Center, in accordance with SFAS 144, the operations of these facilities, net of taxes, have been reported as discontinued operations in the Company’s statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. See Note 17 for further information. The reclassification was not made on the Company’s statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2000, as the Company’s discontinued operations

F-31

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

are not material in that year, and because the 2000 financial statements are not comparable to the 2001 and 2002 financial statements, as previously discussed herein.

In April 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 145, “Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44, and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections” (“SFAS 145”). SFAS 145 rescinds Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 4, “Reporting Gains and Losses from Extinguishment of Debt,” which required all gains and losses from extinguishment of debt to be aggregated and, if material, classified as an extraordinary item, net of the related income tax effect. As a result, the criteria in APB 30 will now be used to classify those gains and losses. SFAS 145 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” to require that certain lease modifications that have economic effects similar to sale-leaseback transactions be accounted for in the same manner as sale-leaseback transactions. SFAS 145 also makes technical corrections to existing pronouncements. While those corrections are not substantive in nature, in some instances, they may change accounting practice. The provisions of SFAS 145 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after May 15, 2002, and interim periods within those fiscal years.

As further described in Note 14, during the second quarter of 2002, prior to the required adoption of SFAS 145, the Company reported an extraordinary charge of approximately $36.7 million associated with the refinancing of the Company’s senior debt in May 2002. Under SFAS 145, any gain or loss on extinguishment of debt that was classified as an extraordinary item in prior periods that does not meet the criteria in APB 30 for classification as an extraordinary item shall be reclassified. The Company plans to adopt SFAS 145 on January 1, 2003. Accordingly, in financial reporting periods after adoption, the extraordinary charge reported in the second quarter of 2002 will be reclassified.

In June 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS 146”). SFAS 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)” (“Issue 94-3”). SFAS 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under Issue 94-3, a liability for an exit cost as generally defined in Issue 94-3 was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. The provisions of SFAS 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, with early application encouraged. Adoption of SFAS 146 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 requires that the guarantor recognize, at the inception of certain guarantees, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing such guarantees. FIN 45 also requires additional disclosure requirements about the guarantor’s obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of this interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002 and the disclosure requirements are effective for financial statement periods ending after December 15, 2002. Through December 31, 2002, adoption of FIN 45 has not had a material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The future effect of FIN 45 on the Company’s financial statements will depend on whether the Company enters into new, or modifies existing, guarantees.

On December 31, 2002, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure” (“SFAS 148”). SFAS 148 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS 123”), to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS 123’s fair value method of

F-32

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123 and APB Opinion No. 28, “Interim Financial Reporting”, to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. While SFAS 148 does not amend SFAS 123 to require companies to account for employee stock options using the fair value method, the disclosure provisions of SFAS 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for the compensation using the fair value method of SFAS 123 or the intrinsic value method of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“ABP 25”). See below for the required disclosures under SFAS 148.

At December 31, 2002, the Company had equity incentive plans, which are described more fully in Note 19. The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB 25. No employee compensation cost for the Company’s stock options is reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31 2002, 2001, and 2000 if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123, to stock-based employee compensation.



			For the Years Ended December 31,

			2002			2001			2000


			(In thousands, except per share data)
As Reported:
Income (loss) from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions			$	87,390		$	(1,967	)	$	(744,308	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			681			7,637			—
	Extraordinary charge			(36,670	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(80,276	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(28,875	)	$	5,670		$	(744,308	)

Pro Forma:
Income (loss) from continuing operations and after preferred stock distributions			$	82,229		$	(6,203	)	$	(745,598	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			681			7,637			—
	Extraordinary charge			(36,670	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(80,276	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(34,036	)	$	1,434		$	(745,598	)

As Reported:
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	3.17		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.33	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.90	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(1.04	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

F-33

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)



			For the Years Ended December 31,

			2002			2001			2000


			(In thousands, except per share data)
As Reported:
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	2.75		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.03	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.26	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(0.52	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

Pro Forma:
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	2.98		$	(0.25	)	$	(56.78	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.33	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.90	)		—			—

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(1.23	)	$	0.06		$	(56.78	)

Pro Forma:
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	2.60		$	(0.25	)	$	(56.78	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.03	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.26	)		—			—

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(0.67	)	$	0.06		$	(56.78	)

The effect of applying SFAS 123 for disclosing compensation costs under such pronouncement may not be representative of the effects on reported net income (loss) available to common stockholders for future years.

5. Historical Relationship with Operating Company

Operating Company was a private prison management company that operated, managed and leased the substantial majority of facilities owned by the Company from January 1, 1999 through September 30, 2000. As a result of the 1999 Merger and certain contractual relationships existing between the Company and Operating Company, the Company was dependent on Operating Company for a significant source of its income. In addition, the Company was obligated to pay Operating Company tenant incentive fees and fees for services rendered to the Company in the development of its correctional and detention facilities. As of September 30, 2000 (immediately prior to the Operating Company Merger), Operating Company leased 37 of the 46 operating facilities owned by the Company.

CCA Note

The Company succeeded to the CCA Note as a result of the 1999 Merger. Interest on the CCA Note was payable annually at an interest rate of 12%. Principal was due in six equal annual installments of approximately $22.8 million beginning December 31, 2003. Ten percent of the outstanding principal of the CCA Note was personally guaranteed by the Company’s former chief executive officer, who also served as

F-34

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of Operating Company. As of December 31, 1999, the first scheduled payment of interest, totaling approximately $16.4 million, on the CCA Note was unpaid. Pursuant to the terms of the CCA Note, Operating Company was required to make the payment on December 31, 1999; however, pursuant to the terms of a subordination agreement, dated as of March 1, 1999, by and between the Company and the agent of Operating Company’s revolving credit facility, Operating Company was prohibited from making the scheduled interest payment on the CCA Note when Operating Company was not in compliance with certain financial covenants under the facility. Pursuant to the terms of the subordination agreement between the Company and the agent of Operating Company’s revolving credit facility, the Company was prohibited from accelerating payment of the principal amount of the CCA Note or taking any other action to enforce its rights under the provisions of the CCA Note for so long as Operating Company’s revolving credit facility remained outstanding. The Company fully reserved the $16.4 million of interest accrued under the terms of the CCA Note during 1999.

On September 29, 2000, the Company and Operating Company entered into agreements pursuant to which the Company forgave interest due under the CCA Note. The Company forgave $27.4 million of interest accrued under the terms of the CCA Note from January 1, 1999 to August 31, 2000, all of which had been fully reserved. The Company also fully reserved the $1.4 million of interest accrued for the month of September 2000. In connection with the Operating Company Merger, the CCA Note was assumed by the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary on October 1, 2000. The CCA Note was subsequently extinguished.

Deferred Gain on Sale to Operating Company

The sale of management contracts to Operating Company as part of the 1999 Merger generated a deferred gain of $63.3 million. No amortization of the Operating Company deferred gain occurred during the period from January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2000. Effective with the Operating Company Merger on October 1, 2000, the Company applied the unamortized balance of the deferred gain on sales of contracts in accordance with the purchase method of accounting under APB 16.

Operating Company Leases

In order for New Prison Realty to qualify as a REIT, New Prison Realty’s income generally could not include income from the operation and management of correctional and detention facilities, including those facilities operated and managed by Old CCA. Accordingly, immediately prior to the 1999 Merger, the non-real estate assets of Old CCA, including all management contracts, were sold to Operating Company and the Service Companies. On January 1, 1999, immediately after the 1999 Merger, all existing leases between Old CCA and Old Prison Realty were cancelled. Following the 1999 Merger, a substantial majority of the correctional and detention facilities acquired by New Prison Realty in the 1999 Merger were leased to Operating Company pursuant to operating leases (the “Operating Company Leases”). The terms of the Operating Company Leases were for 12 years and could be extended at fair market rates for three additional five-year periods upon the mutual agreement of the Company and Operating Company.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2000, due to Operating Company’s liquidity position, Operating Company failed to make timely rental payments under the terms of the Operating Company Leases. During 2000, Operating Company paid $31.0 million of lease payments related to 2000. For the nine months ended September 30, 2000, the Company recognized rental revenue from Operating Company of $244.3 million and recorded a reserve of $213.3 million, resulting in recognition of net rental revenue from Operating Company of $31.0 million. The reserve was recorded due to the uncertainty regarding the collectibility of the revenue. In June 2000, the Operating Company Leases were amended to defer, with interest, rental payments originally due during the period from January 1, 2000 to September 2000, with

F-35

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the exception of certain installment payments. Through September 30, 2000, the Company accrued and fully reserved $8.0 million of interest due to the Company on unpaid rental payments. On September 29, 2000, the Company and Operating Company entered into agreements pursuant to which the Company forgave all unpaid rental payments, plus accrued interest, due and payable from Operating Company through August 31, 2000, including $190.8 million due under the Operating Company Leases and $7.9 million of interest due on the unpaid rental payments. The Company also fully reserved the $22.5 million of rental payments due for the month of September 2000. The Company cancelled the Operating Company Leases in connection with the Operating Company Merger.

Tenant Incentive Arrangement

On May 4, 1999, the Company and Operating Company entered into an amended and restated tenant incentive agreement (the “Amended and Restated Tenant Incentive Agreement”), effective as of January 1, 1999, providing for (i) a tenant incentive fee of up to $4,000 per bed payable with respect to all future facilities developed and facilitated by Operating Company, as well as certain other facilities which, although operational on January 1, 1999, had not achieved full occupancy, and (ii) an $840 per bed allowance for all beds in operation at the beginning of January 1999, approximately 21,500 beds, that were not subject to the tenant allowance in the first quarter of 1999. The amount of the amended tenant incentive fee included an allowance for rental payments to be paid by Operating Company prior to the facility reaching stabilized occupancy. The term of the Amended and Restated Tenant Incentive Agreement was four years, unless extended upon the written agreement of the Company and Operating Company. The incentive fees with Operating Company were deferred and were to be amortized as a reduction to rental revenue over the respective lease term.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2000, the Company opened two facilities and expanded three facilities that were operated and leased by Operating Company. The Company expensed the tenant incentive fees due Operating Company in 2000, totaling $11.9 million, but made no payments to Operating Company in 2000 with respect to the Amended and Restated Tenant Incentive Agreement. On June 9, 2000, Operating Company and the Company amended the Amended and Restated Tenant Incentive Agreement to defer, with interest, payments to Operating Company by the Company pursuant to this agreement. At September 30, 2000, $11.9 million of payments under the Amended and Restated Tenant Incentive Agreement, plus $0.7 million of interest payments, were accrued but unpaid under the original terms of this agreement. This agreement was cancelled in connection with the Operating Company Merger on October 1, 2000, and the unpaid amounts due under this agreement, plus accrued interest, were applied in accordance with the purchase method of accounting under APB 16.

Trade Name Use Agreement

In connection with the 1999 Merger, Old CCA entered into a trade name use agreement with Operating Company (the “Trade Name Use Agreement”). Under the Trade Name Use Agreement, which had a term of ten years, Old CCA granted to Operating Company the right to use the name “Corrections Corporation of America” and derivatives thereof, subject to specified terms and conditions therein. The Company succeeded to this interest as a result of the 1999 Merger. In consideration for such right under the terms of the Trade Name Use Agreement, Operating Company was to pay a licensing fee equal to (i) 2.75% of the gross revenue of Operating Company for the first three years, (ii) 3.25% of Operating Company’s gross revenue for the following two years, and (iii) 3.625% of Operating Company’s gross revenue for the remaining term, provided that after completion of the 1999 Merger the amount of such fee could not exceed (a) 2.75% of the gross revenue of the Company for the first three years, (b) 3.5% of the Company’s gross revenue for the following two years, and (c) 3.875% of the Company’s gross revenue for the remaining term.

F-36

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company recognized income of $7.6 million, from Operating Company under the terms of the Trade Name Use Agreement, all of which was collected. This agreement was cancelled in connection with the Operating Company Merger.


	*Services Agreement*

On January 1, 1999, immediately after the 1999 Merger, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Operating Company pursuant to which Operating Company agreed to serve as a facilitator of the construction and development of additional facilities on behalf of the Company for a term of five years from the date of the Services Agreement. In such capacity, Operating Company agreed to perform, at the direction of the Company, such services as were customarily needed in the construction and development of correctional and detention facilities, including services related to construction of the facilities, project bidding, project design and governmental relations. In consideration for the performance of such services by Operating Company, the Company agreed to pay a fee equal to 5% of the total capital expenditures (excluding a fee equal to 4.5% of the total capital expenditures incurred in connection with the construction and development of each new facility pursuant to a business development agreement which was cancelled in connection with the Operating Company Merger, and the additional 5% fee herein referred to) incurred in connection with the construction and development of a facility, plus an amount equal to approximately $560 per bed for facility preparation services provided by Operating Company prior to the date on which inmates were first received at such facility. The board of directors of the Company subsequently authorized payments, and pursuant to an amended and restated services agreement, dated as of March 5, 1999 (the “Amended and Restated Services Agreement”), the Company agreed to pay up to an additional 5% of the total capital expenditures (as determined above) to Operating Company if additional services were requested by the Company. A majority of the Company’s development projects during 2000 were subject to a fee totaling 10%.

Costs incurred by the Company under the Amended and Restated Services Agreement were capitalized as part of the facilities’ development cost. Costs incurred under the Amended and Restated Services Agreement and capitalized as part of the facilities’ development cost totaled $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2000.

On June 9, 2000, Operating Company and the Company amended the Amended and Restated Services Agreement to defer, with interest, payments to Operating Company by the Company pursuant to this agreement. At September 30, 2000, $5.6 million of payments under the Amended and Restated Services Agreement, plus $0.3 million of interest payments, were accrued but unpaid under the original terms of this agreement. This agreement was cancelled in connection with the Operating Company Merger and the unpaid amounts due under the agreement, plus accrued interest, were applied in accordance with the purchase method of accounting under APB 16.

6. Property and Equipment

At December 31, 2002, the Company owned 43 real estate properties, including 40 correctional, detention and juvenile facilities, three of which the Company leases to other operators, two corporate office buildings, and one correctional and detention facility under construction. Two of the 40 correctional and detention facilities the Company owns are substantially idle. In addition, during January 2003, the Company purchased the Crowley County Correctional Facility located in Olney Springs, Colorado. See Note 24 for further discussion of this acquisition. At December 31, 2002, the Company also managed 23 correctional and detention facilities owned by government agencies.

F-37

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Property and equipment, at cost, consists of the following:



	December 31,

	2002			2001


	(In thousands)
Land and improvements	$	33,853		$	33,923
Buildings and improvements		1,600,077			1,536,861
Equipment		39,214			29,357
Office furniture and fixtures		21,390			20,815
Construction in progress		44,116			101,220

		1,738,650			1,722,176
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(186,385	)		(133,646	)

	$	1,552,265		$	1,588,530

Depreciation expense was $53.5 million, $51.8 million and $57.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2002, ten of the facilities owned by the Company are subject to options that allow various governmental agencies to purchase those facilities. In addition, three facilities, including two of which are also subject to purchase options, are constructed on land that the Company leases from governmental agencies under ground leases. Under the terms of those ground leases, the facilities become the property of the governmental agencies upon expiration of the ground leases. The Company depreciates these two properties over the terms of the applicable ground lease.

The Company’s property and equipment, along with all other tangible and intangible assets of the Company, are pledged as collateral on the Company’s New Senior Bank Credit Facility. See discussion of the New Senior Bank Credit Facility in Note 14.

7. Impairment Losses and Assets Held for Sale

As of December 31, 2001, the Company was holding for sale numerous assets, including six parcels of land, one correctional facility leased to a governmental agency, and one correctional facility leased to a private operator, with an aggregate book value of approximately $22.3 million. During 2002, these assets were reclassified to assets held for use and are included in property and equipment, net, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2002, because the Company was unable to achieve acceptable sales prices. In accordance with SFAS 144, the assets held for sale were also reclassified to property and equipment, net, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2001. See Note 8 for further discussion of the reclassification of these assets.

Following the completion of the Operating Company Merger and the acquisitions of PMSI and JJFMSI, during the fourth quarter of 2000, after considering the Company’s financial condition, the Company’s new management developed a strategic operating plan to improve the Company’s financial position and developed revised projections to evaluate various potential transactions. Management also conducted strategic assessments and evaluated the Company’s assets for impairment. Further, the Company evaluated the utilization of existing facilities, projects under development, and excess land parcels, and identified certain of these non-strategic assets for sale.

In accordance with SFAS 121, the Company estimated the undiscounted net cash flows for each of its properties and compared the sum of those undiscounted net cash flows to the Company’s investment in each property. Through its analyses, the Company determined that eight of its correctional and detention

F-38

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

facilities and the long-lived assets of the transportation business had been impaired. For these properties, the Company reduced the carrying values of the underlying assets to their estimated fair values, as determined based on anticipated future cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the risks involved. The resulting impairment loss totaled $420.5 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, as part of the strategic assessment, the Company’s management committed to a plan of disposal for certain long-lived assets of the Company. In accordance with SFAS 121, the Company recorded losses on these assets based on the difference between the carrying value and the estimated net realizable value of the assets. The Company estimated the net realizable values of certain facilities and direct financing leases held for sale based on outstanding offers to purchase and appraisals, as well as by utilizing various financial models, including discounted cash flow analyses, less estimated costs to sell each asset. The resulting impairment loss for these assets totaled $86.1 million.

Included in property and equipment were costs associated with the development of potential facilities. Based on the Company’s strategic assessment during the fourth quarter of 2000, management decided to abandon further development of these projects and expense any amounts previously capitalized. The resulting expense totaled $2.1 million.

During the third quarter of 2000, the Company’s management determined either not to pursue further development or to reconsider the use of certain parcels of property in California, Maryland and the District of Columbia. Accordingly, the Company reduced the carrying values of the land to their estimated net realizable value, resulting in an impairment loss totaling $19.2 million.

8. Facility and Management Contract Changes

During 2000, the contract to manage one of the Company’s facilities located in Kentucky expired and was not renewed. Subsequent to the non-renewal of the contract, the Company sold the facility for a net sales price of approximately $1.0 million, resulting in a gain on sale of approximately $0.6 million during 2000, after writing-down the carrying value of this asset by $7.1 million in 1999. Also, during 2000, Operating Company and the contracting party mutually agreed to cancel the management contracts on two facilities located in North Carolina. In March 2001, the Company sold one of these facilities, the Mountain View Correctional Facility, located in Spruce Pine, North Carolina, for a net sales price of approximately $24.9 million. On June 28, 2001, the Company sold the other of these facilities, the Pamlico Correctional Facility, located in Bayboro, North Carolina, for a net sales price of approximately $24.0 million. The net proceeds from both of these sales were used to pay-down a like portion of amounts outstanding under the Company’s Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

On April 10, 2001, the Company sold its interest in the Agecroft facility, located in Salford, England, for a net sales price of approximately $65.7 million through the sale of all the issued and outstanding capital stock of Agecroft Properties, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The net proceeds from the sale were used to pay-down a like portion of amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

On October 3, 2001, the Company sold its Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Facility, a facility located in Las Vegas, Nevada, for a net sales price of approximately $24.1 million. The net proceeds were used to pay-down a like portion of amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Subsequent to the sale, the Company continues to manage the facility pursuant to a contract with the State of Nevada.

During the fourth quarter of 2000, the Company’s management committed to a plan of disposal for certain long-lived assets of the Company, including the Leo Chesney Correctional Center (“Leo Chesney”), located in Live Oak, California, and the Queensgate Correctional Facility (“Queensgate”), located in Cincinnati, Ohio. These facilities are currently leased to third party operators. The facilities,

F-39

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

with estimated net realizable values totaling $20.6 million at December 31, 2001, were classified in the consolidated balance sheet as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2001. During the first quarter of 2002, these facilities were reclassified to assets held for use and are included in property and equipment, net, in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2002, because the Company was unable to achieve acceptable sales prices. In accordance with SFAS 144, the assets held for sale were also reclassified to property and equipment, net, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2001.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, management committed to a plan to terminate a management contract at the Southwest Indiana Regional Youth Village, located in Vincennes, Indiana. During the first quarter of 2002, the Company entered into a mutual agreement with Children and Family Services Corporation (“CFSC”) to terminate the Company’s management contract at Southwest Indiana Regional Youth Village, effective April 1, 2002, prior to the contract’s expiration date in 2004. In connection with the mutual agreement to terminate the management contract, CFSC also paid in full an outstanding note receivable totaling approximately $0.7 million, which was previously considered uncollectible and was fully reserved.

In late 2001 and early 2002, the Company was provided notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico of its intention to terminate the management contracts at the Ponce Young Adult Correctional Facility and the Ponce Adult Correctional Facility, upon the expiration of the management contracts in February 2002. Attempts to negotiate continued operation of these facilities were unsuccessful. As a result, the transition period to transfer operation of the facilities to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico ended May 4, 2002, at which time operation of the facilities was transferred to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.

On May 30, 2002, the Company was awarded a contract by the BOP to house 1,524 federal detainees at the Company’s McRae Correctional Facility located in McRae, Georgia. The three-year contract, awarded as part of the Criminal Alien Requirement Phase II Solicitation, or CAR II, also provides for seven one-year renewals. The contract guarantees at least 95% occupancy on a take-or-pay basis. The facility commenced full operations December 1, 2002.

On June 28, 2002, the Company received notice from the Mississippi Department of Corrections terminating its contract to manage the Delta Correctional Facility located in Greenwood, Mississippi, due to the non-appropriation of funds. The Company ceased operations of the facility during October of 2002. However, the State of Mississippi agreed to expand the management contract at the Wilkinson County Correctional Facility to accommodate an additional 100 inmates.

On September 30, 2002, the Company announced a contract award from the State of Wisconsin to house up to a total of 5,500 medium-security Wisconsin inmates. The new contract replaced an existing contract between the Company and the State of Wisconsin effective December 22, 2002. As of December 31, 2002, the Company managed approximately 3,500 Wisconsin inmates under the contract.

On October 28, 2002, the Company announced a lease of its Whiteville, Tennessee facility to Hardeman County, Tennessee which has contracted with the State of Tennessee to manage up to 1,536 inmates. The Company has contracted with Hardeman County to manage the inmates housed in the Whiteville facility.

Refer to Note 24 for changes subsequent to year-end.

F-40

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

9. Investments in Affiliates

In connection with the 1999 Merger, Old CCA received 100% of the non-voting common stock in each of PMSI and JJFMSI, valued at the implied fair market values of $67.1 million and $55.9 million, respectively. The Company succeeded to these interests as a result of the 1999 Merger. The Company’s ownership of the non-voting common stock of PMSI and JJFMSI entitled the Company to receive, when and if declared by the boards of directors of the respective companies, 95% of the net income, as defined, of each company as cash dividends. Dividends were cumulative if not declared. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company received cash dividends from PMSI and JJFMSI totaling approximately $4.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

During the period January 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, PMSI and JJFMSI (collectively) generated total revenue of $279.2 million and incurred a loss before income taxes of $0.6 million.

During 2000 and prior to the acquisition of PMSI and JJFMSI on December 1, 2000, PMSI and JJFMSI (collectively) recorded approximately $27.3 million in expenses related to agreements with the Company and Operating Company. Of these expenses, approximately $5.4 million were fees paid under a trade name use agreement, approximately $9.9 million were fees paid under an administrative service agreement and approximately $12.0 million were fees paid under an indemnification agreement with the Company.

Under the terms of the indemnification agreements with the Company, effective September 29, 2000, each of PMSI and JJFMSI agreed to pay the Company $6.0 million in exchange for full indemnity by the Company for any and all liabilities incurred by PMSI and JJFMSI in connection with the settlement or disposition of litigation known as Prison Acquisition Company, LLC v. Prison Realty Trust, Inc., et al. The combined and consolidated results of operations of the Company were unaffected by the indemnification agreements.

As previously discussed in Note 4, the combined and consolidated financial statements reflect the results of operations of PMSI and JJFMSI under the equity method of accounting from January 1, 2000 through August 31, 2000, on a combined basis from September 1, 2000 through November 30, 2000, and consolidated for the month of December 2000.

The Company’s 9.5% non-voting interest in Operating Company had been recorded in the 1999 Merger at its implied value of $4.8 million. In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 18, “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock,” the Company applied the recognized equity in losses of Operating Company of $19.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1999, first to reduce the Company’s recorded investment in Operating Company of $4.8 million to zero and then to reduce the carrying value of the CCA Note by the amount of the recognized equity in losses in excess of $4.8 million. The Company’s recognized equity in losses related to its investment in Operating Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2000 of $20.6 million were applied to reduce the carrying value of the CCA Note.

For the year ended December 31, 2000, equity in losses and amortization of deferred gains were approximately $11.6 million in losses. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company recognized equity in losses of PMSI and JJFMSI of approximately $12,000 and $870,000, respectively. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company recognized equity in losses of Operating Company of approximately $20.6 million. For 2000, the amortization of the deferred gain on the sales of contracts to PMSI and JJFMSI was approximately $6.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, equity in loss was approximately $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The losses resulted from the Company’s interest in APM, an entity holding the management contract for the Agecroft facility under a 25-year prison management contract with an agency

F-41

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

of the U.K. government. Agecroft, located in Salford, England, was previously constructed and owned by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, which was sold in April 2001, as further discussed in Note 8. As discussed in Note 4, the Company has extended a working capital loan to APM, which totaled $6.9 million, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2002.

10. Investment in Direct Financing Lease

At December 31, 2002, the Company’s investment in a direct financing lease represents net receivables under a building and equipment lease between the Company and the District of Columbia for the D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility.

A schedule of future minimum rentals to be received under the direct financing lease in years subsequent to December 31, 2002, is as follows (in thousands):


2003	$	2,793
2004		2,793
2005		2,793
2006		2,793
2007		2,793
Thereafter		25,828

Total minimum obligation		39,793
Less unearned interest income		(20,920	)
Less current portion of direct financing lease		(527	)

Investment in direct financing lease	$	18,346

During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company recorded interest income of $2.1 million, $4.3 million, and $10.1 million, respectively, under its direct financing leases at the D.C. Correctional Treatment Facility and two other facilities that were sold during 2001, as further discussed in Note 8.

11. Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following (in thousands):



	December 31,

	2002		2001

Debt issuance costs, less accumulated amortization of $2,487 and $40,698	$	15,961	$	24,915
Notes receivable		5,892		6,271
Value of workforce, net		—		1,132
Contract acquisition costs, net		128		905
Deposits		4,714		2,680
Customer list		561		—
Other		955		690

	$	28,211	$	36,593

F-42

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):



	December 31,

	2002		2001

Stockholder litigation settlements	$	5,998	$	5,998
Other accrued litigation		14,652		18,082
Trade accounts payable		11,483		15,036
Accrued salaries and wages		20,117		19,145
Accrued workers’ compensation and auto liability		18,807		15,117
Accrued employee medical insurance		6,756		6,891
Accrued property taxes		13,945		14,578
Accrued interest		19,419		12,392
Other		41,728		36,106

	$	152,905	$	143,345

13. Distributions to Stockholders


	*Series A Preferred Stock*

On March 22, 2000, the board of directors of the Company declared a quarterly dividend on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock of $0.50 per share to preferred stockholders of record on March 31, 2000. These dividends were paid on April 17, 2000. In connection with the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, the Company was subsequently prohibited from declaring or paying any further dividends with respect to its outstanding Series A Preferred Stock until such time as the Company raised at least $100.0 million in equity. Dividends with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock continued to accrue under the terms of the Company’s charter until such time as payment of such dividends was permitted under the terms of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Under the terms of the Company’s charter, in the event dividends are unpaid and in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right to vote for the election of two additional directors to the board of directors. During the third quarter of 2001, the Company received a consent and waiver from its lenders under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, which allowed the Company’s board of directors to declare a cash dividend with respect to the third quarter of 2001 on September 28, 2001. As a result of the board’s declaration, the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock received $0.50 on October 15, 2001 for every share of the Series A Preferred Stock they held on the record date. Approximately $2.2 million was paid on October 15, 2001, as a result of this dividend.

As further discussed in Note 14, on December 7, 2001, the Company completed an amendment and restatement of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. As a result of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, certain financial and non-financial covenants were amended, including the removal of prior restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on shares of its Series A Preferred Stock. Under the terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, the Company was permitted to pay quarterly dividends, when declared by the board of directors, on the shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, including all dividends in arrears. Following the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, on December 13, 2001, the Company’s board of directors declared a cash dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock for the fourth quarter of 2001 and for the five quarters in arrears, payable on January 15, 2002. As a result of the board’s declaration, the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock received $3.00 for every share of Series A Preferred Stock they held on the record date. The dividend was based on a

F-43

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

dividend rate of 8% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $25.00 per share. Approximately $12.9 million was paid on January 15, 2002, as a result of this dividend. The Company has since declared and paid a cash dividend each quarter thereafter at a rate of 8% per annum of the stock’s stated value.

Quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the Series A Preferred Stock distributions are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000:


	Record		Payment		Distribution		Ordinary			Return of
Declaration Date	Date		Date		Per Share		Income			Capital

03/22/00		03/31/00		04/17/00	$	0.50		100.0	%		0.0	%
09/28/01		10/05/01		10/15/01	$	0.50		0.0	%		100.0	%
12/13/01		12/31/01		01/15/02	$	3.00		100.0	%		0.0	%
03/19/02		03/28/02		04/15/02	$	0.50		100.0	%		0.0	%
06/13/02		06/28/02		07/15/02	$	0.50		100.0	%		0.0	%
09/18/02		09/30/02		10/15/02	$	0.50		100.0	%		0.0	%
12/11/02		12/31/02		01/15/03	$	0.50		(A)			(A)


(A) -	Will be determined based on the extent the Company has current or accumulated earnings and profits in 2003.

Series B Preferred Stock

Under the terms of the Company’s charter, as in effect prior to the Restructuring, the Company was required to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for its taxable year ended December 31, 1999. The Company, as a REIT, could not complete any taxable year with accumulated earnings and profits from a taxable corporation. Accordingly, the Company was required to distribute Old CCA’s earnings and profits to which it succeeded in the 1999 Merger (the “Accumulated Earnings and Profits”). For the year ended December 31, 1999, the Company made approximately $217.7 million of cash distributions related to its common stock and Series A Preferred Stock. Because the Company’s Accumulated Earnings and Profits were approximately $152.5 million, and the Company’s distributions were deemed to have been paid first from those Accumulated Earnings and Profits, the Company believes the above-described distribution requirements were met. In addition to distributing its Accumulated Earnings and Profits, the Company, in order to qualify for taxation as a REIT with respect to its 1999 taxable year, was required to distribute 95.0% of its taxable income for 1999. The Company believes that this distribution requirement was satisfied by its distribution of shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, as discussed below.

On September 22, 2000, the Company issued approximately 5.9 million shares of its Series B Preferred Stock to satisfy its remaining 1999 REIT distribution requirement. The distribution was made to the Company’s common stockholders of record on September 14, 2000, who received five shares of Series B Preferred Stock for every 100 shares of the Company’s common stock held on the record date. On November 13, 2000, the Company issued approximately 1.6 million additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock in further satisfaction of its REIT distribution requirement. This distribution was made to the Company’s common stockholders of record on November 6, 2000, who received one share of Series B Preferred Stock for every 100 shares of the Company’s common stock held on the record date.

The Company recorded the issuance of the Series B Preferred Stock at its stated value of $24.46 per share, or a total of $183.9 million. The Company has determined the distribution made on September 22, 2000 amounted to a taxable distribution by the Company of approximately $107.6 million. The Company has also determined that the distribution made on November 13, 2000 amounted to a taxable distribution by the Company of approximately $20.4 million. Common stockholders who received shares of Series B

F-44

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Preferred Stock in the distribution generally were required to include the taxable value of the distribution in ordinary income. Refer to Note 19 for a more complete description of the terms of Series B Preferred Stock.

On December 13, 2000, the Company’s board of directors declared a paid-in-kind dividend on the shares of Series B Preferred Stock for the period from September 22, 2000 (the original date of issuance) through December 31, 2000, payable on January 2, 2001, to the holders of record of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock on December 22, 2000. As a result of the board’s declaration, the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock were entitled to receive approximately 3.3 shares of Series B Preferred Stock for every 100 shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them on the record date. The number of shares to be issued as the dividend was based on a dividend rate of 12.0% per annum of the stock’s stated value of $24.46 per share. The Company has since declared and paid a paid-in-kind dividend each quarter thereafter at a rate of 12% per annum of the stock’s stated value.

The fair market value per share (tax basis) assigned to the shares issued as paid-in-kind dividends for the quarterly distributions and the resulting tax classification for the Series B Preferred Stock distributions are as follows for the year ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000:


	Record		Payment		Fair Market Value		Ordinary			Return of
Declaration Date	Date		Date		Per Share		Income			Capital

12/13/00		12/22/00		01/02/01	$	6.85		0.0	%		100.0	%
03/13/01		03/19/01		04/02/01	$	9.20		0.0	%		100.0	%
06/11/01		06/19/01		07/02/01	$	14.00		0.0	%		100.0	%
09/07/01		09/17/01		10/01/01	$	14.83		0.0	%		100.0	%
12/11/01		12/21/01		01/02/02	$	19.55		100.0	%		0.0	%
03/13/02		03/22/02		04/01/02	$	19.30		100.0	%		0.0	%
06/11/02		06/21/02		07/01/02	$	23.55		100.0	%		0.0	%
09/11/02		09/20/02		10/01/02	$	23.15		100.0	%		0.0	%
12/11/02		12/20/02		01/02/03	$	24.73		(A	)		(A	)


(A) -	Will be determined based on the extent the Company has current or accumulated earnings and profits in 2003.

Common Stock

No quarterly distributions for common stock were made for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The New Senior Bank Credit Facility restricts the Company from declaring or paying cash dividends on its common stock. Moreover, even if such restriction is ultimately removed, the Company does not currently intend to pay dividends on its common stock in the future.

F-45

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

14. Debt

Debt consists of the following:



		December 31,

		2002			2001


		(In thousands)
New Senior Bank Credit Facility:
	Term Loan A Facility, with quarterly principal payments of varying amounts with unpaid balance due March 31, 2006; interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 4.92% at December 31, 2002	$	63,750		$	—
	Term Loan B Facility, with quarterly principal payments of varying amounts with unpaid balance due March 31, 2008; interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 4.92% at December 31, 2002. (As discussed in Note 24, this loan was increased in January 2003.)		560,763			—
Old Senior Bank Credit Facility:
	Term loans, with quarterly principal payments of $2.2 million with unpaid balance due December 31, 2002; interest payable periodically at variable interest rates. The interest rate was 7.41% at December 31, 2001. This debt was refinanced in the second quarter of 2002, as further discussed below		—			791,906
9.875% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in May 2009; interest payable semi-annually in May and November at 9.875%			250,000			—
12.0% Senior Notes, principal due at maturity in June 2006; interest payable semi-annually in June and December at 12.0%. A substantial portion of these notes was redeemed in the second quarter of 2002 in connection with the refinancing further discussed below			10,795			100,000
10.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes, principal due at maturity in December 2008; interest payable semi-annually in June and December at 10.0%. In addition, contingent interest, with a balance of $12.6 million at December 31, 2002, accrues at 5.5% and is payable upon each of December 31, 2003 and repayment of the notes, unless the holders convert the notes into common stock or unless the common stock meets a “target price” as defined in the note purchase agreement			40,000			40,000
8.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes, principal due at maturity in February 2005 with call provisions beginning in February 2003; interest payable quarterly at 8.0%			30,000			30,000
10.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes, principal due at maturity in December 2003; interest payable semi-annually at 10.0%. These notes were converted into approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock on January 14, 2002, as further discussed below			—			1,114
Other			651			580

			955,959			963,600
Less: Current portion of long-term debt			(23,054	)		(792,009	)

		$	932,905		$	171,591

F-46

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Senior Bank Credit Facility

Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. During 1999, in an attempt to address its liquidity constraints at that time as further described in Note 2, the Company obtained an amendment to its senior secured bank credit facility (the “Old Senior Bank Credit Facility”) to increase the capacity from $650.0 million to $1.0 billion. The Old Senior Bank Credit Facility consisted of up to $600.0 million of term loans with a maturity of December 31, 2002, and up to $400.0 million of revolving loans with a maturity of January 1, 2002.

During the first quarter of 2000, the ratings on the Company’s bank indebtedness, senior unsecured indebtedness and Series A Preferred Stock were lowered. As a result of these reductions, the interest rate applicable to outstanding amounts under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility for revolving loans was increased by 0.5%, to 1.5% over the base rate and to 3.0% over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”); the spread for term loans remained unchanged at 2.5% for base rate loans and 4.0% for LIBOR rate loans.

During June 2000, the Company obtained a waiver and amendment to the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility that waived or addressed all then existing events of default under the provisions of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility that resulted from: (i) the financial condition of the Company and Operating Company; (ii) the transactions undertaken by the Company and Operating Company in an attempt to resolve the liquidity issues of the Company and Operating Company; and (iii) previously announced restructuring transactions. As a result of the then existing defaults, the Company was subject to the default rate of interest, or 2.0% higher than the rates discussed above, effective from January 25, 2000 until June 9, 2000, and under terms of the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, the interest rate spreads applicable to outstanding borrowings under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility were increased by 0.5%. As a result, the range of the spread for the revolving loans became 1.0% to 2.75% for base rate loans and 2.5% to 4.25% for LIBOR rate loans. The resulting range of the spread for the term loans became 2.75% to 3.0% for base rate loans and 4.25% to 4.5% for LIBOR rate loans. Based on the Company’s credit rating at that time, the spread for revolving loans was 2.75% for base rate loans and 4.25% for LIBOR rate loans, while the spread for term loans was 3.0% for base rate loans and 4.5% for LIBOR rate loans.

During the third and fourth quarters of 2000, the Company was not in compliance with certain applicable financial covenants contained in the Company’s Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, including: (i) debt service coverage ratio; (ii) interest coverage ratio; (iii) leverage ratio; and (iv) net worth. In November 2000, the Company obtained the consent of the requisite percentage of the senior lenders (the “November 2000 Consent and Amendment”) to replace previously existing financial covenants with amended financial covenants.

As a result of the November 2000 Consent and Amendment, the interest rate applicable to the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility remained unchanged from the rate stipulated in the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment. This applicable rate, however, was subject to (i) an increase of 25 basis points (0.25%) on July 1, 2001 if the Company had not prepaid $100.0 million of the outstanding loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, and (ii) an increase of 50 basis points (0.50%) on October 1, 2001 if the Company had not prepaid an aggregate of $200.0 million of the loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

The Company satisfied the condition to prepay, prior to July 1, 2001, $100.0 million of outstanding loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility through the application of proceeds from the sales during the first and second quarters of 2001 of the Mountain View Correctional Facility for approximately $24.9 million, the Pamlico Correctional Facility for approximately $24.0 million, through the sale of all of the outstanding capital stock of Agecroft Properties, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, for approximately $65.7 million, and through the lump sum pay-down of $35.0 million of outstanding loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility with cash on hand. Although the Company applied additional

F-47

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

proceeds of approximately $24.1 million from the sale of the Southern Nevada Women’s Correctional Facility to further pay-down the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company did not satisfy the condition to prepay, prior to October 1, 2001, $200.0 million of outstanding loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. As a result, the interest rates under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility were increased by 0.50% until December 2001, when the Company completed an amendment and restatement of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility (the “December 2001 Amendment and Restatement”). As part of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, the existing $269.4 million revolving portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, which was to mature on January 1, 2002, was replaced with a term loan of the same amount maturing on December 31, 2002, to coincide with the maturity of the other $524.7 million of term loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility.

Pursuant to terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, interest on all loans under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility was payable at a variable rate of 5.5% over LIBOR, or 4.5% over the base rate, at the Company’s option. As a result of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, certain financial and non-financial covenants were amended, including the removal of prior restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock, including all dividends in arrears. During the first quarter of 2002, the Company paid $12.9 million to shareholders of Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 13 for further discussion of distributions to stockholders.

Comprehensive Refinancing. The Company believed, and continues to believe, that a short-term extension of the revolving portion of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility was in its best interests for a longer-term financing strategy, particularly due to difficult market conditions for the issuance of debt securities following the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, and during the fourth quarter of 2001. Additionally, the Company believed that certain terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, including primarily the removal of prior restrictions to pay cash dividends on shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, including all dividends in arrears, resulted in an improvement to its credit ratings, enhancing the terms of a more comprehensive refinancing.

On May 3, 2002, the Company completed a comprehensive refinancing (the “Refinancing”) of its senior indebtedness through the refinancing of its Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the sale and issuance of $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9.875% unsecured senior notes due 2009 (the “9.875% Senior Notes”). The proceeds of the offering of the 9.875% Senior Notes were used to repay a portion of amounts outstanding under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, to redeem approximately $89.2 million of the Company’s existing $100.0 million 12% Senior Notes due 2006 (the “12% Senior Notes”) pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation more fully described below, and to pay related fees and expenses.

New Senior Bank Credit Facility. As part of the Refinancing, the Company obtained a new $715.0 million senior secured bank credit facility (the “New Senior Bank Credit Facility”), which replaced the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. serves as administrative agent under the new facility, which is comprised of a $75.0 million revolving loan with a term of approximately four years (the “Revolving Loan”), a $75.0 million term loan with a term of approximately four years (the “Term Loan A Facility”), and a $565.0 million term loan with a term of approximately six years (the “Term Loan B Facility”). As further discussed in Note 24, after obtaining consent of the lenders under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Term Loan B Facility was increased by $30.0 million in connection with the acquisition of a correctional facility in January 2003. All borrowings under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility initially bear interest at a base rate plus 2.5%, or LIBOR plus 3.5%, at the Company’s option. The applicable margin for the Revolving Loan and the Term Loan A Facility is subject to adjustment based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The Company is also required to pay a commitment fee on the difference between committed amounts and amounts actually utilized under the Revolving Loan equal to 0.50% per year subject to adjustment based on the Company’s leverage ratio.

F-48

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Revolving Loan, which currently has no amounts outstanding, will be used by the Company for working capital and general corporate needs.

The Term Loan A Facility and the Term Loan B Facility are repayable (prior to the aforementioned increase to the Term Loan B Facility subsequent to year-end) in quarterly installments in an aggregate principal amount for each year as set forth below (in thousands):


	Term Loan A Facility		Term Loan B Facility		Total

2003	$	17,250	$	5,650	$	22,900
2004		20,250		5,650		25,900
2005		21,000		5,650		26,650
2006		5,250		5,650		10,900
2007		—		377,138		377,138
2008		—		161,025		161,025

Total	$	63,750	$	560,763	$	624,513

Prepayments of loans outstanding under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility are permitted at any time without premium or penalty, upon the giving of proper notice. In addition, the Company is required to prepay amounts outstanding under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility in an amount equal to: (i) 50% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or issuance of equity securities by the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from any incurrence of additional indebtedness (excluding certain permitted debt), subject to certain exceptions; (iii) 100% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or other disposition by the Company, or any of the Company’s subsidiaries, of any assets, subject to certain exclusions and reinvestment provisions and excluding certain dispositions in the ordinary course of business; and (iv) 50% of the Company’s “excess cash flow” (as such term is defined in the New Senior Bank Credit Facility) for each fiscal year.

The credit agreement governing the New Senior Bank Credit Facility requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. In addition, the New Senior Bank Credit Facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, payment of dividends, transactions with affiliates, asset sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments and modifications of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements. In addition, the New Senior Bank Credit Facility is subject to certain cross-default provisions with terms of the Company’s other indebtedness.

The loans and other obligations under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries. The Company’s obligations under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility and the guarantees are secured by: (i) a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets and substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of the Company’s subsidiaries; and (ii) a pledge of all of the capital stock of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries.

As a result of the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility and the redemption of substantially all of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes, further discussed below, the Company recorded an extraordinary loss of approximately $36.7 million during the second quarter of 2002, which included the write-off of existing deferred loan costs, certain bank fees paid, premiums paid to redeem the 12% Senior Notes, and certain other costs associated with the Refinancing.

F-49

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

During 2000 the Company incurred and capitalized approximately $9.0 million in consummating the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, and $0.5 million for the November 2000 Consent and Amendment. During 2001, the Company incurred and capitalized approximately $5.8 million in consummating the 2001 December Amendment and Restatement. During 2002, the Company incurred and capitalized approximately $16.9 million in consummating the Refinancing during 2002, including $7.3 million associated with the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, and $9.6 million associated with the 9.875% Senior Notes.

9.875% Senior Notes

Interest on the 9.875% Senior Notes accrues at the stated rate, and is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. The 9.875% Senior Notes mature on May 1, 2009. At any time before May 1, 2005, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, as long as 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes remains outstanding after the redemption. The Company may redeem all or a portion of the 9.875% Senior Notes on or after May 1, 2006. Redemption prices are set forth in the indenture governing the 9.875% Senior Notes. The 9.875% Senior Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured basis by all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.

Only July 18, 2002, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company, the Company’s subsidiary guarantors, and the initial purchasers of the 9.875% Senior Notes, dated as of May 3, 2002, the Company and the Company’s subsidiary guarantors filed a registration statement with the SEC relating to an offer to exchange the 9.875% Senior Notes and related guarantees that were originally issued in a private placement for publicly tradable notes and guarantees on substantially identical terms. The Registration Rights Agreement required that the Company cause the registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 180 days from the date of the original issuance of the 9.875% Senior Notes. The SEC declared the registration statement effective January 3, 2003, and the exchange offer was completed February 8, 2003. As a result of the delay, the Company paid $0.1 million in liquidated damages to the holders of the notes.

In connection with the registration with the SEC of the 9.875% Senior Notes, after obtaining consent of the lenders under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company transferred the real property and related assets of the Company (as the parent corporation) to certain of its subsidiaries effective on December 27, 2002. Accordingly, the Company (as the parent corporation to its subsidiaries) has no independent assets or operations (as defined under Rule 3-10(f) of Regulation S-X). As a result of this transfer, assets with an aggregate net book value of approximately $1.6 billion are no longer directly available to the parent corporation to satisfy the obligations under the 9.875% Senior Notes. Instead, the parent corporation must rely on distributions of the subsidiaries to satisfy its obligations under the 9.875% Senior Notes. All of the parent corporation’s domestic subsidiaries, including the subsidiaries to which the assets were transferred, have provided full and unconditional guarantees of the 9.875% Senior Notes. Each of the Company’s subsidiaries guaranteeing the 9.875% Senior Notes are wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company; the subsidiary guarantees are full and unconditional and are joint and several obligations of the guarantors; and all non-guarantor subsidiaries are minor (as defined in Rule 3-10(h)(6) of Regulation S-X).

As of December 31, 2002, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiary guarantors had any material or significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan or to transfer assets from such subsidiaries.

The indenture governing the 9.875% Senior Notes contains certain customary covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and qualifications, restrict the Company’s ability to, among other things: make restricted payments; incur additional debt or issue certain types of preferred stock; create or permit to exist certain liens; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, if the Company sells certain assets (and generally does not use the

F-50

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

proceeds of such sales for certain specified purposes) or experiences specific kinds of changes in control, the Company must offer to repurchase all or a portion of the 9.875% Senior Notes. The offer price for the 9.875% Senior Notes in connection with an asset sale would be equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The offer price for the 9.875% Senior Notes in connection with a change in control would be 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the notes repurchased to the date of purchase. The 9.875% Senior Notes are also subject to certain cross-default provisions with the terms of the Company’s other indebtedness.

12% Senior Notes

On June 11, 1999, the Company completed its sale and issuance of $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 12% Senior Notes due 2006. Interest on the 12% Senior Notes is paid semi-annually in arrears, and the 12% Senior Notes have a seven year non-callable term due June 1, 2006.

Pursuant to the terms of a tender offer and consent solicitation which expired on May 16, 2002, in connection with the Refinancing, in May 2002, the Company redeemed approximately $89.2 million in aggregate principal amount of its 12% Senior Notes with proceeds from the issuance of the 9.875% Senior Notes. The notes were redeemed at a price of 110% of par, which included a 3% consent payment, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the payment date. In connection with the tender offer and consent solicitation, the Company received sufficient consents and amended the indenture governing the 12% Senior Notes to delete substantially all of the restrictive covenants and events of default contained therein. The amendment became operative upon the Company’s purchase of the 12% Senior Notes tendered in connection with the consent.

The Company is required to pay interest semi-annually and principal upon maturity on the remaining 12% Senior Notes outstanding, in accordance with the original terms of such notes.

$40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes

On January 29, 1999, the Company issued $20.0 million of convertible subordinated notes due December 2008, with interest payable semi-annually at 9.5%. This issuance constituted the second tranche of a commitment by the Company to issue an aggregate of $40.0 million of convertible subordinated notes, with the first $20.0 million tranche issued in December 1998 under substantially similar terms. The convertible subordinated notes (the “$40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes”) require that the Company revise the conversion price as a result of the payment of a dividend or the issuance of stock or convertible securities below market price. Additionally, the notes are non-callable but are redeemable on or following January 1, 2005, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof.

During the first and second quarters of 2000, certain existing or potential events of default arose under the provisions of the note purchase agreement relating to the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes as a result of the Company’s financial condition and a “change of control” arising from the Company’s execution of certain securities purchase agreements with respect to certain proposed restructurings. This “change of control” gave rise to the right of MDP, the holder of the notes, to require the Company to repurchase the notes at a price of 105% of the aggregate principal amount of such notes within 45 days after the provision of written notice by such holders to the Company. In addition, the Company’s defaults under the provisions of the note purchase agreement gave rise to the right of the holders of such notes to require the Company to pay an applicable default rate of interest of 20.0%. In addition to the default rate of interest, as a result of the events of default, the Company is obligated, under the original terms of the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, to pay the holders of the notes contingent interest sufficient to permit the holders to receive a 15.0% rate of return (increased by 0.5%, as

F-51

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

further discussed below), excluding the effect of the default rate of interest, on the $40.0 million principal amount. The contingent interest is payable upon each of December 31, 2003 and upon repayment of the notes, unless the holders of the notes elect to convert the notes into the Company’s common stock under the terms of the note purchase agreement or unless the price of the Company’s common stock meets or exceeds a “target price” as defined in the note purchase agreement. Such contingent interest was retroactive to the date of issuance of the notes. The contingent interest accrual as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 amounted to $12.6 million and $8.7 million, respectively.

In order to address the events of default discussed above, on June 30, 2000, the Company and MDP executed a waiver and amendment to the provisions of the note purchase agreement governing the notes. This waiver and amendment provided for a waiver of all existing events of default under the provisions of the note purchase agreement. In addition, the waiver and amendment to the note purchase agreement amended the economic terms of the notes to increase the applicable interest rate of the notes by 0.5% per annum from 9.5% to 10.0%, and adjusted the conversion price of the notes to a price equal to 125% of the average high and low sales price of the Company’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) for a period of 20 trading days immediately following the earlier of (i) October 31, 2000 or (ii) the closing date of the Operating Company Merger. The waiver and amendment also increased the contingent interest rate to 15.5% retroactive to the date of issuance of the notes. In addition, the waiver and amendment to the note purchase agreement provided for the replacement of financial ratios applicable to the Company. The conversion price for the notes has been established at $11.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events, including the payment of dividends and the issuance of stock at below market prices by the Company. Under the terms of the waiver and amendment, the distribution of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock during the fourth quarter of 2000 did not cause an adjustment to the conversion price of the notes. In addition, the Company does not believe that the distribution of shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the settlement of all outstanding stockholder litigation against the Company causes an adjustment to the conversion price of the notes. MDP, however, has indicated its belief that such an adjustment is required. At an adjusted conversion price of $11.90, the Company estimates that the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes are convertible into approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock.

In connection with the waiver and amendment to the note purchase agreement, the Company issued additional convertible subordinated notes containing substantially similar terms in the aggregate principal amount of $1.1 million, which amount represented all interest owed at the default rate of interest through June 30, 2000. These additional notes were convertible, at an adjusted conversion price of $11.90, into an additional 0.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock. On January 14, 2002, MDP converted the $1.1 million convertible subordinated notes into approximately 0.1 million shares of common stock.

The provisions of the note purchase agreement governing the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes contain cross-default provisions as further discussed below.


	*$30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes*

The Company’s $30.0 million convertible subordinated notes due February 2005 (the “$30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes”), which were issued to PMI Mezzanine Fund, L.P. (“PMI”) on December 31, 1998, require that the Company revise the conversion price as a result of the payment of a dividend or the issuance of stock or convertible securities below market price.

Certain existing or potential events of default arose under the provisions of the note purchase agreement relating to the Company’s $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes as a result of the Company’s financial condition and as a result of the Restructuring. However, on June 30, 2000, the Company and PMI executed a waiver and amendment to the provisions of the note purchase agreement governing the notes. This waiver and amendment provided for a waiver of all existing events of default

F-52

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

under the revisions of the note purchase agreement. In addition, the waiver and amendment to the note purchase agreement amended the economic terms of the notes to increase the applicable interest rate of the notes by 0.5% per annum, from 7.5% to 8.0%, and adjusted the conversion price of the notes to a price equal to 125% of the average closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE for a period of 30 trading days immediately following the earlier of (i) October 31, 2000 or (ii) the closing date of the Operating Company Merger. In addition, the waiver and amendment to the note purchase agreement provided for the replacement of financial ratios applicable to the Company.

The conversion price for the notes has been established at $10.68, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events, including the payment of dividends and the issuance of stock at below market prices by the Company. Under the terms of the waiver and amendment, the distribution of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock during the fourth quarter of 2000 did not cause an adjustment to the conversion price of the notes. However, the distribution of shares of the Company’s common stock in connection with the settlement of all outstanding stockholder litigation against the Company will cause an adjustment to the conversion price of the notes in an amount to be determined at the time all shares of the Company’s common stock are distributed pursuant to the settlement. However, the ultimate adjustment to the conversion ratio will depend on the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the date of issuance of the shares pursuant to the stockholder litigation settlement. In addition, since all of the shares have not been issued simultaneously, multiple adjustments to the conversion ratio will be required. The Company currently estimates that the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes will be convertible into approximately 3.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock once all of the shares under the stockholder litigation settlement have been issued.

At any time after February 28, 2004, the Company may require the holder of the notes to convert all or a portion of the principal amount of the indebtedness into shares of common stock if, at such time, the current market price of the common stock has equaled or exceeded 150% of the conversion price for 45 consecutive trading days.

The provisions of the note purchase agreement governing the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes contain cross-default provisions as further discussed below.


	*Other Debt Transactions*

At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had $17.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively, in outstanding letters of credit. The letters of credit were issued to secure the Companys workers’ compensation and general liability insurance policies, performance bonds and utility deposits. Approximately $17.0 million of the letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2002 are provided by a sub-facility under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility with a maximum capacity of up to $35.0 million, thereby reducing the available capacity under the Revolving Loan to $58.0 million.

F-53

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


	*Debt Maturities*

Debt maturities for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (prior to the aforementioned increase in January 2003 to the Term Loan B Facility) (in thousands):


2003	$	23,054
2004		26,068
2005		56,834
2006		21,841
2007		377,138
Thereafter		451,024

	$	955,959


	*Cross-Default Provisions*

The provisions of the Company’s debt agreements relating to the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, the 9.875% Senior Notes, and the 12% Senior Notes contain certain cross-default provisions. Any events of default under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility which give rise to the ability of the lenders under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility to exercise their acceleration rights result in an event of default under the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. Any events of default under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility that results in the lenders’ actual acceleration of amounts outstanding thereunder also result in an event of default under the Company’s $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, and the 9.875% Senior Notes. Additionally, any events of default under the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, the 9.875% Senior Notes, and the 12% Senior Notes which give rise to the ability of the holders of such indebtedness to exercise their acceleration rights also result in an event of default under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility.

If the Company were to be in default under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, and if the lenders under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility elected to exercise their rights to accelerate the Company’s obligations under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility, such events could result in the acceleration of all or a portion of the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, the $30.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, and the 9.875% Senior Notes, which would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity and financial position. Additionally, under the Company’s $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes, even if the lenders under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility did not exercise their acceleration rights, the holders of the $40.0 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes could require the Company to repurchase such notes upon an event of default under the New Senior Bank Credit Facility permitting acceleration. The Company does not have sufficient working capital to satisfy its debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness.

15. Income Taxes

In connection with the Restructuring, on September 12, 2000 the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Company’s charter to remove provisions requiring the Company to elect to qualify and be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes effective January 1, 2000. As a result of the amendment to the Company’s charter, the Company has been taxed as a taxable subchapter C corporation beginning with its taxable year ended December 31, 2000. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 109, the Company was required to establish current and deferred tax assets and liabilities in its financial

F-54

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

statements in the period in which a change of tax status occurred. As such, the Company’s benefit for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2000 includes the provision associated with establishing the deferred tax assets and liabilities in connection with the change in tax status during the third quarter of 2000, net of a valuation allowance applied to certain deferred tax assets.

The benefit for income taxes is comprised of the following components (in thousands):



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002			2001			2000

Current provision (benefit)
	Federal	$	(64,365	)	$	—		$	(26,593	)
	State		435			173			586

			(63,930	)		173			(26,007	)

Deferred provision (benefit)
	Federal		580			(3,169	)		(19,739	)
	State		66			(362	)		(2,256	)

			646			(3,531	)		(21,995	)

Income tax benefit		$	(63,284	)	$	(3,358	)	$	(48,002	)

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, are as follows (in thousands):


				2002			2001

Current deferred tax assets:
	Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax			$	19,612		$	17,333
	Less valuation allowance				(19,612	)		(17,333	)

			Net total current deferred tax assets	$	—		$	—

Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
	Asset reserves and liabilities not yet deductible for tax			$	5,651		$	10,394
	Tax over book basis of certain assets				41,219			21,799
	Net operating loss carryforwards				50,036			82,369
	Other				24,869			18,632

		Total noncurrent deferred tax assets			121,775			133,194
		Less valuation allowance			(85,881	)		(133,194	)

			Net noncurrent deferred tax assets		35,894			—

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities:
	Book over tax basis of certain assets				34,452			4,975
	Basis difference in sale of investment				—			49,839
	Other				1,442			1,697

		Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities			35,894			56,511

			Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	$	—		$	56,511

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax

F-55

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purposes. Realization of the future tax benefits related to deferred tax assets is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. Management has considered these factors in assessing the valuation allowance for financial reporting purposes. In accordance with SFAS 109, the Company has provided a valuation allowance to substantially reserve its deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance is recognized based on the weight of available evidence indicating that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. This evidence primarily consists of, but is not limited to, recurring operating losses for federal tax purposes. At December 31, 2002, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income of approximately $101.5 million for federal income tax purposes and $362.4 million for state income tax purposes. The carryforward period begins expiring in 2009.

A reconciliation of the income tax benefit at the statutory income tax rate and the effective tax rate as a percentage of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, extraordinary charge, cumulative effect of accounting change and minority interest for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is as follows:


	2002			2001			2000

Statutory federal rate		35.0	%		35.0	%		(35.0	)%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit		4.0			4.0			(4.0	)
Change in tax status		—			—			12.5
Permanent differences (primarily related to stockholder litigation and sale of a subsidiary in 2001)		2.6			(94.1	)		5.9
Change in valuation allowance		(180.2	)		31.1			12.2
Other items, net		(1.8	)		1.2			2.2

		(140.4	)%		(22.8	)%		(6.2	)%

On March 9, 2002, the “Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002” was signed into law. Among other changes, the law extends the net operating loss carryback period to five years from two years for net operating losses arising in tax years ending in 2001 and 2002, and allows use of net operating loss carrybacks and carryforwards to offset 100% of the alternative minimum taxable income. The Company experienced tax losses during 2002 primarily resulting from a cumulative effect of accounting change in depreciable lives for tax purposes, and the Company experienced tax losses during 2001 resulting primarily from the sale of assets at prices below the tax basis of such assets. Under terms of the new law, the Company utilized its net operating losses to offset taxable income generated in 1997 and 1996. As a result of this tax law change in 2002, the Company received an income tax refund of approximately $32.2 million relating to the 2001 tax year, and will be due an income tax refund of approximately $32.1 million relating to the 2002 tax year.

The cumulative effect of accounting change in tax depreciation resulted in the establishment of a significant deferred tax liability for the tax effect of the book over tax basis of certain assets. The creation of such a deferred tax liability, and the significant improvement in tax position of the Company since the original valuation allowance was established, resulted in the reduction of the valuation allowance, generating an income tax benefit of approximately $30.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2002, as the Company determined that substantially all of these deferred tax liabilities will be utilized to offset the reversal of deferred tax assets during the net operating loss carryforward periods. The receipt in April 2002 of an additional refund of approximately $32.2 million relating to the 2001 tax year also reduced the valuation allowance and was reflected as an income tax benefit during the first quarter of 2002.

F-56

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company continues to evaluate additional tax strategies to maximize the opportunities created by the new law, which could result in an additional income tax refund and income tax benefits, although no assurance can be provided that any such tax strategies will come to fruition.


16.	Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

SFAS 133, as amended, establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. SFAS 133, as amended, requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. The Company adopted SFAS 133, as amended, effective January 1, 2001. At December 31, 2002, the Company’s derivative instruments included an interest rate cap agreement. In the future the Company’s derivative instruments will also include a written option embedded in an 8.0%, $2.9 million subordinated promissory note due in 2009, expected to be issued in conjunction with the issuance of shares of common stock to plaintiffs arising from the state court portion of the stockholder litigation settlement completed during 2001. As described below, the issuance of these shares, the promissory note, and the written option are currently expected to occur during 2003. Also as described below, this promissory note, and therefore the embedded written option, may be extinguished if the average closing price of the Company’s common stock meets or exceeds $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance and prior to its maturity in 2009.

In accordance with the terms of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement in order to hedge the variable interest rate associated with portions of the debt. The swap agreement fixed LIBOR at 6.51% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of at least $325.0 million through its expiration on December 31, 2002. The difference between the floating rate and the swap rate was recognized in interest expense. The Company reported a transition adjustment of $5.0 million for the reduction in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement from its inception through the adoption of SFAS 133 on January 1, 2001, reflected in other comprehensive income (loss) effective January 1, 2001.

The Company did not meet the hedge accounting criteria for the interest rate swap agreement under SFAS 133, as amended, and thus reflected in earnings the change in the estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreement each reporting period. In accordance with SFAS 133, as amended, the Company recorded a non-cash gain of $2.2 million for the change in fair value of the interest rate swap agreement for the year ended December 31, 2002, which is net of $2.5 million for amortization of the transition adjustment. The Company was no longer required to maintain the existing interest rate swap agreement due to the early extinguishment of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility. During May 2002, the Company terminated the swap agreement prior to its expiration at a price of approximately $8.8 million. In accordance with SFAS 133, the Company continued to amortize the unamortized portion of the transition adjustment as a non-cash expense through December 31, 2002, at which time the transition adjustment became fully amortized.

The New Senior Bank Credit Facility required the Company to hedge at least $192.0 million of the term loan portions of the facility within 60 days following the closing of the loan. In May 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to fulfill this requirement, capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to the applicable spread) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through the expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. The Company paid a premium of $1.0 million to enter into the interest rate cap agreement. The Company expects to amortize this premium as the estimated fair values assigned to each of the hedged interest payments expire throughout the term of the cap agreement, amounting to $0.4 million in 2003, and $0.6 million in 2004. The Company has met the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133 and related interpretations in accounting for the interest rate cap agreement. As a result, the estimated fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $36,000 as of December 31, 2002 was included

F-57

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet, and the change in the fair value of the interest rate cap agreement of $964,000 during the year ended December 31, 2002 was reported through other comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders’ equity. There can be no assurance that the interest rate cap agreement will be effective in mitigating the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk in the future, or that the Company will be able to continue to meet the hedge accounting criteria under SFAS 133.

On December 31, 2001, approximately 2.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock were issued, along with a $26.1 million subordinated promissory note, in conjunction with the final settlement of the federal court portion of the stockholder litigation settlement. Under the terms of the promissory note, the note and accrued interest became extinguished in January 2002 once the average closing price of the common stock exceeded a “termination price” equal to $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the issuance of such note. The terms of the note, which allowed the principal balance to fluctuate dependent on the trading price of the Company’s common stock, created a derivative instrument that was valued and accounted for under the provisions of SFAS 133. As a result of the extinguishment of the note in January 2002, management estimated the fair value of this derivative to approximate the face amount of the note, resulting in an asset being recorded in the fourth quarter of 2001. The derivative asset offsets the face amount of the note in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2001. Since the estimated fair value of the derivative asset was equal to the face amount of the note as of December 31, 2001, the extinguishment had no financial statement impact in 2002.

The change in fair value of derivative instruments during 2001 consisted of the increase in the estimated fair value of the written option embedded in the $26.1 million subordinated promissory note, net of a decrease in the estimated fair value of the interest rate swap agreement during the year.

While the state court portion of the stockholder litigation settlement has also been settled, the payment of the settlement proceeds to the state court plaintiffs has not yet been completed; however, the settlement payment is expected to result in the issuance of approximately 0.3 million additional shares of the Company’s common stock and a $2.9 million subordinated promissory note, which may also be extinguished if the average closing price of the Company’s common stock meets or exceeds $16.30 per share for fifteen consecutive trading days following the note’s issuance and prior to its maturity in 2009. Additionally, to the extent the Company’s common stock price does not meet the termination price, the note will be reduced by the amount that the shares of common stock issued to the plaintiffs appreciate in value in excess of $4.90 per share, based on the average trading price of the stock following the date of the note’s issuance and prior to the maturity of the note. If the remaining promissory note is issued under the current terms, in accordance with SFAS 133, as amended, the Company will reflect in earnings the change in the estimated fair value of the written option embedded in the promissory note from quarter to quarter. Since the Company has reflected the maximum obligation of the contingency associated with the state court portion of the stockholder litigation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002, the issuance of the note is currently expected to have a favorable impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations initially; thereafter, the financial statement impact will fluctuate based on changes in the Company’s stock price. However, the impact cannot be determined until the promissory note is issued and an estimated fair value of the derivative included in the promissory note is determined.

17. Discontinued Operations

The results of operations, net of taxes, and the assets and liabilities of three facilities located in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas and operated by an independent third party operator, each as further described below, have been reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS 144 for the years

F-58

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

ended December 31, 2002 and 2001. Because the reclassification of discontinued operations is not material in 2000, and because the 2000 financial statements are not comparable to the 2001 or 2002 financial statements, as further explained in Note 4, the reclassification was not made to the 2000 financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company obtained an extension of its management contract with the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico for the operation of the Guayama Correctional Center located in Guayama, Puerto Rico, through December 2006. However, on May 7, 2002, the Company received notice from the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico terminating the Company’s contract to manage this facility. As a result of the termination of the management contract for the Guayama Correctional Center, which occurred on August 6, 2002, in the third quarter of 2002 the operating results of this facility, net of taxes, were reported as discontinued operations.

On June 28, 2002, the Company sold its interest in a juvenile facility located in Dallas, Texas for approximately $4.3 million. The facility was leased to a third party pursuant to a lease expiring in 2008. Net proceeds from the sale have been used for working capital purposes.

F-59

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The following table summarizes the results of operations for these facilities for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 (amounts in thousands):



			For the Years Ended
			December 31,

			2002			2001

REVENUE:
	Managed-only		$	20,178		$	43,725
	Rental			360			713

				20,538			44,438

EXPENSES:
	Managed-only			17,303			32,053
	Depreciation and amortization			2,509			856

				19,812			32,909

OPERATING INCOME				726			11,529

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
	Interest income			575			602
	Loss on disposal of assets			(20	)		—

				555			602

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES				1,281			12,131
	Income tax expense			(600	)		(4,494	)

	INCOME FROM DISCONTINUED
		OPERATIONS, NET OF TAXES	$	681		$	7,637

The assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations presented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (amounts in thousands):



		December 31,

		2002		2001

ASSETS
Accounts receivable		$	13,815	$	15,725
Prepaid expenses and other current assets			—		190

	Total current assets		13,815		15,915
Property and equipment, net			—		6,934

	Total assets	$	13,815	$	22,849

LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		$	72	$	1,812
Income tax payable			920		4,365

	Total current liabilities	$	992	$	6,177

F-60

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

18. Earnings (Loss) Per Share

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (“SFAS 128”), basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. For the Company, diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss), as adjusted, by the weighted average number of common shares after considering the additional dilution related to convertible subordinated notes, shares to be issued under the settlement terms of the Company’s stockholder litigation, restricted common stock plans, and stock options and warrants.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic earnings (loss) per share computation to the numerator and denominator of the diluted earnings (loss) per share computation is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):



			For the Years Ended December 31,

			2002			2001			2000

NUMERATOR
Basic:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions		$	87,390		$	(1,967	)	$	(744,308	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			681			7,637			—
	Extraordinary charge			(36,670	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(80,276	)		—			—

		Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(28,875	)	$	5,670		$	(744,308	)

Diluted:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions		$	87,390		$	(1,967	)	$	(744,308	)
	Interest expense applicable to convertible notes			10,251			—			—

	Diluted income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions			97,641			(1,967	)		(744,308	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			681			7,637			—
	Extraordinary charge			(36,670	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(80,276	)		—			—

		Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(18,624	)	$	5,670		$	(744,308	)

F-61

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)



			For the Years Ended December 31,

			2002			2001			2000

DENOMINATOR
Basic:
	Weighted average common shares outstanding			27,669			24,380			13,132

Diluted:
	Weighted average common shares outstanding			27,669			24,380			13,132
	Effect of dilutive securities:
		Stock options and warrants		621			—			—
		Stockholder litigation		310			—			—
		Convertible notes		6,736			—			—
		Restricted stock-based compensation		238			—			—

	Weighted average shares and assumed conversions			35,574			24,380			13,132

BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions		$	3.17		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.33	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.90	)		—			—

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(1.04	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations before extraordinary charge and cumulative effect of accounting change and after preferred stock distributions		$	2.75		$	(0.08	)	$	(56.68	)
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes			0.02			0.31			—
	Extraordinary charge			(1.03	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change			(2.26	)		—			—

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(0.52	)	$	0.23		$	(56.68	)

For the year ended December 31, 2001, the Company’s convertible subordinated notes were convertible into 6.8 million shares of common stock, using the if-converted method. The Company’s restricted stock, stock options, and warrants were convertible into 0.6 million shares for the year ended December 31, 2001, using the treasury stock method. These incremental shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2001, as the effect of their inclusion was anti-dilutive.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, 3.4 million shares of common stock were contingently issuable under terms of the settlement agreement of all formerly existing stockholder litigation against the Company and certain of its existing and former directors and executive officers completed during the first quarter of 2001. These contingently issuable shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2001, as the effect of their inclusion was anti-dilutive. All of these shares, with the exception of approximately 0.3 million shares, were issued during 2001.

F-62

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company’s stock options and warrants were convertible into 0.1 million shares of common stock, using the treasury stock method. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Company’s convertible subordinated notes were convertible into 6.3 million shares of common stock using the if-converted method. These incremental shares were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2000 as the effect of their inclusion was anti-dilutive.

19. Stockholders’ Equity


	*Common Stock*

As a result of a one-for-ten reverse stock split effective May 18, 2001, every ten shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the reverse stock split has been reclassified and changed into one fully paid and nonassessable share of the Company’s common stock. The Company paid its registered common stockholders cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares in the reverse stock split at a post reverse-split rate of $8.60 per share, totaling approximately $15,000. The number of common shares and per share amounts have been retroactively restated in the accompanying financial statements and these notes to the financial statements to reflect the reduction in common shares and corresponding increase in the per share amounts resulting from the reverse stock split. In conjunction with the reverse stock split, during the second quarter of 2001, the Company amended its charter to reduce the number of shares of common stock which the Company was authorized to issue to 80.0 million shares (on a post-reverse stock split basis) from 400.0 million shares (on a pre-reverse stock split basis). As of December 31, 2002, the Company had 28.0 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

During 1995, Old CCA authorized the issuance of 29,500 shares of common stock to certain key employees as a deferred stock award. The award was to fully vest ten years from the date of grant based on continuous employment with the Company. The Company had been expensing the $3.7 million of awards over the ten-year vesting period. Due to the resignation or termination of these employees, these shares (along with an additional 23,500 shares issued pursuant to an adjustment resulting from the issuance and subsequent conversion of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock as discussed below) became fully vested; therefore the Company expensed the unamortized portion of the award, totaling approximately $1.8 million, during 2000.

Series A Preferred Stock

The Company has authorized 20.0 million shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock, of which 4.3 million shares are designated as Series A Preferred Stock. The Company issued 4.3 million shares of its Series A Preferred Stock on January 1, 1999 in connection with the 1999 Merger. The shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock are redeemable at any time by the Company on or after January 30, 2003 at $25.00 per share, plus dividends accrued and unpaid to the redemption date. Shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock have no stated maturity, sinking fund provision or mandatory redemption and are not convertible into any other securities of the Company. Dividends on shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock are cumulative from the date of original issue of such shares and are payable quarterly in arrears on the fifteenth day of January, April, July and October of each year, to shareholders of record on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year, respectively, at a fixed annual rate of 8.0%.

In connection with the June 2000 Waiver and Amendment, the Company was prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock until such time as the Company had raised at least $100.0 million in equity. As a result, the Company had not declared or paid any dividends on its shares of Series A Preferred Stock since the first quarter of 2000. Dividends continued to accrue under the terms of the Company’s charter until the Company received a consent and waiver

F-63

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

from its lenders under the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility in September 2001, which allowed the Company’s board of directors to declare a one-time quarterly dividend on the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, which was paid on October 15, 2001.

In connection with the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement of the Old Senior Bank Credit Facility, certain financial and non-financial covenants were amended, including the removal of prior restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on shares of its issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. Under the terms of the December 2001 Amendment and Restatement, the Company was permitted to pay quarterly dividends on the shares of its issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, including all dividends in arrears. See Note 13 for further information on distributions on the Company’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Series B Preferred Stock

In order to satisfy the REIT distribution requirements with respect to its 1999 taxable year, during 2000 the Company authorized an additional 30.0 million shares of $0.01 par value preferred stock, designated 12.0 million shares of such preferred stock as Series B Preferred Stock and subsequently issued approximately 7.5 million shares to holders of the Company’s common stock as a stock dividend.

The shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued by the Company provide for cumulative dividends payable at a rate of 12% per year of the stock’s stated value of $24.46. The dividends are payable quarterly in arrears, in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock through the third quarter of 2003, and in cash thereafter, provided that all accrued and unpaid cash dividends have been made on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. The shares of the Series B Preferred Stock are callable by the Company, at a price per share equal to the stated value of $24.46, plus any accrued dividends, at any time after six months following the later of (i) three years following the date of issuance or (ii) the 91st day following the redemption of the Company’s 12% Senior Notes. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock were convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock during two conversion periods: (i) from October 2, 2000 to October 13, 2000; and (ii) from December 7, 2000 to December 20, 2000, at a conversion price based on the average closing price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE during the ten trading days prior to the first day of the applicable conversion period, provided, however, that the conversion price used to determine the number of shares of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock could not be less than $10.00. The number of shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued upon the conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock was calculated by dividing the stated price ($24.46), plus accrued and unpaid dividends as of the date of conversion of each share of Series B Preferred Stock, by the conversion price established for the conversion period.

Approximately 1.3 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued by the Company on September 22, 2000 were converted during the first conversion period in October 2000, resulting in the issuance of approximately 2.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The conversion price for the initial conversion period was established at $14.80.

Approximately 2.9 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued by the Company on November 13, 2000 were converted during the second conversion period in December 2000, resulting in the issuance of approximately 7.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The conversion price for the second conversion period was established at $10.00. The shares of Series B Preferred Stock currently outstanding, as well as any additional shares issued as dividends, are not and will not be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock.

During 2002 and 2001, the Company issued 484,000 and 452,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, respectively, in satisfaction of the regular quarterly distributions. Additionally, as of December 31, 2002,

F-64

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the Company has accrued approximately $3.2 million of distributions on Series B Preferred Stock. See Note 13 for further information on distributions on the Company’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

During 2001, the Company issued 0.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock under two Series B Preferred Stock restricted stock plans (the “Series B Restricted Stock Plans”), which were valued at $2.0 million on the date of the award. The restricted shares of Series B Preferred Stock were granted to certain of the Company’s key employees and wardens. Under the terms of the Series B Restricted Stock Plans, the shares in the key employee plan vest in equal intervals over a three-year period expiring in May 2004, while the shares in the warden plan vest all at one time in May 2004. During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company expensed $0.5 million and $0.4 million, net of forfeitures, respectively, relating to the Series B Restricted Stock Plans.

Stock Warrants

In connection with the Operating Company Merger, the Company issued warrants for approximately 213,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as partial consideration to acquire the voting common stock of Operating Company. The warrants issued allow the holder to purchase approximately 142,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share and approximately 71,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $14.10 per share. These warrants expire September 29, 2005. Also in connection with the Operating Company Merger, the Company assumed the obligation to issue warrants for up to approximately 75,000 shares of its common stock, at a price of $33.30 per share, through the expiration date of such warrants on December 31, 2008.


	*Treasury Stock*

Treasury stock was recorded in 1999 related to the cashless exercise of stock options. The treasury stock was retired during the second quarter of 2002.


	*Stock Option Plans*

The Company has equity incentive plans under which, among other things, incentive and non-qualified stock options are granted to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. The options are generally granted with exercise prices equal to the market value at the date of grant. Vesting periods for options granted to employees generally range from one to four years. Options granted to non-employee directors vest at the date of grant. The term of such options is ten years from the date of grant.

In connection with the 1999 Merger, all options outstanding at December 31, 1998 to purchase Old CCA common stock and all options outstanding at January 1, 1999 to purchase Old Prison Realty common stock, were converted into options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, after giving effect to the exchange ratio and carryover of the vesting and other relevant terms. Options granted under Old CCA’s stock option plans are exercisable after the later of two years from the date of employment or one year after the date of grant until ten years after the date of grant. Options granted under Old Prison Realty’s stock option plans were granted with terms similar to the terms of the Company’s plans.

F-65

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Stock option transactions relating to the Company’s incentive and nonqualified stock option plans are summarized below (in thousands, except exercise prices):


					Weighted
					Average Exercise
		Number of			Price Per
		Options			Option

Outstanding at December 31, 1999			608		$	101.49
	Granted		552		$	16.52
	Cancelled		(181	)	$	96.00

Outstanding at December 31, 2000			979		$	54.54
	Granted		1,613		$	8.84
	Cancelled		(160	)	$	37.05

Outstanding at December 31, 2001			2,432		$	25.30
	Granted		926		$	17.04
	Cancelled		(207	)	$	58.86
	Exercised		(49	)	$	8.77

Outstanding at December 31, 2002			3,102		$	20.86

The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2002, 2001, and 2000 was $8.10, $7.05, and $8.10 per option, respectively, based on the estimated fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:


	2002			2001			2000

Expected dividend yield		0.0	%		0.0	%		0.0	%
Expected stock price volatility		45.8	%		89.4	%		112.5	%
Risk-free interest rate		4.0	%		4.8	%		5.3	%
Expected life of options		6 years			7 years			7 years

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2002, are summarized below:


	Options		Weighted		Options
	Outstanding at		Average		Exercisable		Weighted
	December 31,		Remaining		at		Average Exercise
	2002		Contractual Life		December 31,		Price of Options
Exercise Price	(in thousands)		in Years		2002		Exercisable

$ 8.75 — 9.96		1,655		8.22		727	$	9.08
$ 11.20 — 19.91		1,080		8.91		212	$	17.98
$ 23.00 — 79.41		171		6.68		45	$	59.66
$ 83.07 — 117.78		81		4.31		81	$	100.63
$121.76 — 159.31		115		4.49		115	$	145.85

		3,102		8.13		1,180	$	32.26

At the Company’s 2000 annual meeting of stockholders held in December 2000, the Company obtained the approval of an amendment to the Company’s 1997 Employee Share Incentive Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock available for issuance thereunder from 130,000 to

F-66

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

1.5 million and the adoption of the Company’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, pursuant to which the Company reserved 2.5 million shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance thereunder. These changes were made in order to provide the Company with adequate means to retain and attract quality directors, officers and key employees through the granting of equity incentives.

The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123 and accounts for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method as prescribed in APB 25. As a result, no compensation cost has been recognized for the Company’s stock option plans under the criteria established by SFAS 123. The pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share as if compensation cost for the stock option plans had been determined based on the fair value of the options at the grant date for 2002, 2001 and 2000, consistent with the provisions of SFAS 123, are disclosed in Note 4.

20. Related Party Transactions

The Company paid $26.5 million in 2000, to a construction company that is owned by a former member of the Company’s board of directors, for services rendered in the construction of facilities.

21. Commitments and Contingencies


	*Litigation*

During the second quarter of 2002, the Company completed the settlement of certain claims made against it as the successor to U.S. Corrections Corporation (“USCC”), a privately-held owner and operator of correctional and detention facilities which was acquired by a predecessor of the Company in April 1998, by participants in USCC’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). As a result of the settlement, the Company made a cash payment of $575,000 to the plaintiffs in the action. As described below, the Company is currently in litigation with USCC’s insurer seeking to recover all or a portion of this settlement amount. The USCC ESOP litigation, entitled Horn v. McQueen, continued to proceed, however, against two other defendants, Milton Thompson and Robert McQueen, both of whom were stockholders and executive officers of USCC and trustees of the ESOP prior to the Company’s acquisition of USCC. In the Horn litigation, the ESOP participants allege numerous violations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, including breaches of fiduciary duties to the ESOP by causing the ESOP to overpay for employer securities. The plaintiffs in the action are seeking damages in excess of $30.0 million plus prejudgment interest and attorneys’ fees, although expert testimony in the litigation has indicated actual damages of significantly less than that. On July 29, 2002, the United States District Court for the Western District of Kentucky found that McQueen and Thompson had breached their fiduciary duties to the ESOP, but made no determination as to the amount of any damages. It is not known when the Court will make a finding with respect to damages.

In or about the second quarter of 2001, Northfield Insurance Co. (“Northfield”), the issuer of the liability insurance policy to USCC and its directors and officers, filed suit against McQueen, Thompson and the Company seeking a declaration that it did not owe coverage under the policy for any liabilities arising from the Horn litigation. Among other things, Northfield claimed that it did not receive timely notice of the litigation under the terms of the policy. McQueen and Thompson subsequently filed a cross-claim in the Northfield litigation against the Company, claiming that, as the result of the Company’s failure to timely notify the insurance carrier of the Horn case on their behalf, they were entitled to indemnification or contribution from the Company for any loss incurred by them as a result of the Horn litigation if there were no insurance available to cover the loss, if any. On September 30, 2002, the Court in the Northfield litigation found that Northfield was not obligated to cover McQueen and Thompson or the Company. Though it did not resolve the cross-claim, the Court did note that there was no basis for excusing McQueen and Thompson from their obligation to provide timely notice to the carrier because of the Company’s alleged failure to provide timely notice to the carrier. Upon the entry of a final order by

F-67

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the Court, the Company intends to appeal the Court’s decision that Northfield is not obligated to provide coverage, and the Company intends to continue to defend its position that coverage is required.

The Company cannot currently predict whether or not it will be successful in recovering all or a portion of the amount it has paid in settlement of the Horn litigation. With respect to the cross-claim of McQueen and Thompson, the Company believes that such cross-claim is without merit and that the Company will be able to defend itself successfully against such claim and/or any additional claims of such nature that may be brought in the future. No assurance can be given, however, that McQueen and Thompson will not prevail in any such claims.

In addition to the above legal matters, the nature of the Company’s business results in claims and litigation alleging that the Company is liable for damages arising from the conduct of its employees or others. In the opinion of management, other than the outstanding litigation discussed above, there are no pending legal proceedings that would have a material effect on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.


	*Insurance Contingencies*

Each of the Company’s management contracts and the statutes of certain states require the maintenance of insurance. The Company maintains various insurance policies including employee health, workers’ compensation, automobile liability and general liability insurance. These policies are fixed premium policies with various deductible amounts that are self-funded by the Company. Reserves are provided for estimated incurred claims within the deductible amounts.


	*Income Tax Contingencies*

In connection with the merger with Old CCA, on December 31, 1998, the Company assumed the tax obligations of Old CCA. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) has completed field audits of Old CCA’s federal tax returns for the taxable years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, and has recently completed auditing the Company’s federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2000. In addition, the IRS has recently commenced an audit of the Company’s federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2001.

The IRS agent’s report related to 1998 and 1997 included a determination by the IRS to increase taxable income by approximately $120.0 million. The Company appealed the IRS’s findings with the Appeals Office of the IRS. On October 24, 2002 the Company entered into a definitive settlement agreement with the IRS in connection with the IRS’s audit of Old CCA’s 1997 federal income tax return. Under the terms of the settlement, in consideration for the IRS’s final determinations with respect to the 1997 tax year, in December 2002 the Company paid approximately $52.2 million in cash to satisfy federal and state taxes and interest.

Pursuant to the terms of the settlement, the audit adjustments agreed to for the 1997 tax year did not trigger any additional distribution requirements by the Company in order to preserve the Company’s status as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for 1999. The adjustments will, however, serve to increase the Company’s accumulated earnings and profits in 2002 and therefore will affect the taxability of dividends paid by the Company on its Series A and Series B Preferred Stock in 2002 and later years.

The Company is continuing to appeal the IRS’s findings with respect to the IRS’s audit of Old CCA’s 1998 federal income tax return. The Company does not currently expect, however, that the resolution of the 1998 audit will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity or results of operations.

F-68

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In connection with the IRS’s audit of the Company’s 2000 federal income tax return, the IRS has proposed the disallowance of a loss the Company claimed as the result of its forgiveness in September 2000 of certain indebtedness of Operating Company. This finding is currently being protested with the Appeals Office of the IRS. In the event that, after the Company seeks all available remedies, the IRS prevails, the Company would be required to pay the IRS in excess of $56.0 million in cash plus penalties and interest. This adjustment would also substantially eliminate the Company’s net operating loss carryforward. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses of its positions. The Company has not established a reserve for this matter. However, no assurance can be given that the IRS will not make such an assessment and prevail in any such claim against the Company.

Because the audit of the Company’s federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 2001 has only recently commenced, it is too early to predict the outcome of such audit.


	*Guarantees*

In connection with the bond issuance of a governmental entity for which the Company currently provides management services at a correctional facility, the Company is obligated, under a debt service deficit agreement, to pay the trustee of the bond’s trust indenture (the “Trustee”) amounts necessary to pay any debt service deficits consisting of principal and interest requirements (outstanding principal balance of $62.0 million at December 31, 2002 plus future interest payments). In the event the State of Tennessee, which is currently utilizing the facility, exercises its option to purchase the correctional facility, the Company is also obligated to pay the difference between principal and interest owed on the bonds on the date set for the redemption of the bonds and amounts paid by the State of Tennessee for the facility plus all other funds on deposit with the Trustee and available for redemption of the bonds. Ownership of the facility reverts to the State of Tennessee in 2017 at no cost. Therefore, the Company does not currently believe the State of Tennessee will exercise its option to purchase the facility. At December 31, 2002, the outstanding principal balance of the bonds exceeded the purchase price option by $13.1 million. The Company also maintains a restricted cash account of approximately $7.1 million as collateral against a guarantee it has provided for a forward purchase agreement related to the above bond issuance.


	*Retirement Plan*

On December 28, 1998, Operating Company adopted a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”). In connection with the Operating Company Merger, the Company assumed all benefits and obligations of the Plan. All employees of the Company are eligible to participate upon reaching age 18 and completing one year of qualified service. Prior to January 1, 2002, employees could elect to defer from 1% to 15% of their compensation. The provisions of the Plan provide for discretionary employer basic and matching contributions to those participants credited with at least one thousand hours of employment in a plan year, and who are employed by the Company on the last day of the plan year. During the period from the Operating Company Merger, and through December 31, 2001, the Company provided a discretionary basic contribution to each eligible employee equal to 2% of the employee’s compensation for the first year of eligibility, and 1% of the employee’s compensation for each year of eligibility following. In addition, the Company provided a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% of the employee’s contributions up to 4% of the employee’s compensation. The Company’s contributions and investment earnings or losses thereon became 40% vested after four years of service and 100% vested after five years of service.

Effective January 1, 2002, the maximum compensation deferral was increased to 20% of the employee’s compensation, and for the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company provided a discretionary matching contribution equal to 100% of the employee’s contributions up to 5% of the employee’s compensation. Further, effective January 1, 2002, the Company amended the vesting schedule so that employer contributions and investment earnings or losses thereon become vested 20% after two

F-69

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

years of service, 40% after three years of service, 80% after four years of service, and 100% after five or more years of service.

During the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the Company’s discretionary contributions to the Plan, net of forfeitures, were $4.3 million, $5.7 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.


	*Deferred Compensation Plans*

During 2002, the compensation committee of the board of directors approved the Company’s adoption of two non-qualified deferred compensation plans (the “Deferred Compensation Plans”) for non-employee directors and for certain senior executives that elect not to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan. The Deferred Compensation Plans are unfunded plans maintained for the purpose of providing the Company’s directors and certain of its senior executives the opportunity to defer a portion of their compensation. Under the terms of the Deferred Compensation Plans, certain senior executives may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 50% of their base salary and up to 100% of their cash bonus, and non-employee directors may elect to contribute on a pre-tax basis up to 100% of their director retainer and meeting fees. The Company matches 100% of employee contributions up to 5% of total cash compensation. The Company also contributes a fixed rate of return on balances in the Deferred Compensation Plans, determined at the beginning of each plan year. Matching contributions and investment earnings thereon vest over a three-year period from the date of each contribution. Distributions are generally payable no earlier than five years subsequent to the date an individual becomes a participant in the Plan, or upon termination of employment (or the date a director ceases to serve as a director of the Company), at the election of the participant, but not later than the fifteenth day of the month following the month the individual attains age 65.

During 2002, the Company provided a fixed return of 8.6% to participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan. The Company has purchased life insurance policies on the lives of certain employees of the Company, which are intended to fund distributions from the Deferred Compensation Plans. The Company is the sole beneficiary of such policies. At the inception of the Deferred Compensation Plans, the Company established an irrevocable Rabbi Trust to secure the plans’ obligations. However, assets in the Deferred Compensation Plans are subject to creditor claims in the event of bankruptcy. During 2002, the Company recorded $45,000 of matching contributions as general and administrative expense associated with the Deferred Compensation Plans. As of December 31, 2002, the Company’s liability related to the Deferred Compensation Plans was approximately $0.2 million, which was reflected in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet.


	*Employment and Severance Agreements*

On July 28, 2000, Doctor R. Crants was terminated as the chief executive officer of the Company and from all positions with the Company and Operating Company. Under certain employment and severance agreements, Mr. Crants will continue to receive his salary and health, life and disability insurance benefits through the second quarter of 2003 and was vested immediately in 14,000 shares of the Company’s common stock previously granted as part of a deferred stock award. The compensation expense related to these benefits, totaling $0.7 million in cash and $1.2 million in non-cash charges representing the unamortized portion of the deferred stock award, was recognized during the third quarter of 2000. The unamortized portion was based on the trading price of the common stock of Old CCA, as of the date of grant, which occurred in the fourth quarter of 1995.

The Company also currently has employment agreements with several of its executive officers which provide for the payment of certain severance amounts upon an event of termination or change of control, as further defined in the agreements.

F-70

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

22. Segment Reporting

As of December 31, 2002, the Company owned and managed 37 correctional and detention facilities, and managed 23 correctional and detention facilities it does not own. During the second quarter of 2001, management began viewing the Company’s operating results in two reportable segments: owned and managed correctional and detention facilities and managed-only correctional and detention facilities. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 4. Owned and managed facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned and managed by the Company. Managed-only facilities include the operating results of those facilities owned by a third party and managed by the Company. The Company measures the operating performance of each facility within the above two reportable segments, without differentiation, based on facility contribution. The Company defines facility contribution as a facility’s operating income or loss from operations before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Since each of the Company facilities within the two reportable segments exhibit similar economic characteristics, provide similar services to governmental agencies, and operate under a similar set of operating procedures and regulatory guidelines, the facilities within the identified segments have been aggregated and reported as one reportable segment.

The revenue and facility contribution for the reportable segments and a reconciliation to the Company’s operating income (loss) is as follows for the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 (dollars in thousands):



		For the Years Ended December 31,

		2002			2001			2000

Revenue:
	Owned and managed	$	639,104		$	619,652		$	149,984
	Managed-only		304,004			294,226			108,409

Total management revenue			943,108			913,878			258,393

Operating expenses:
	Owned and managed		479,336			464,392			121,752
	Managed-only		247,743			240,415			90,047

Total operating expenses			727,079			704,807			211,799

Facility contribution:
	Owned and managed		159,768			155,260			28,232
	Managed-only		56,261			53,811			18,362

Total facility contribution			216,029			209,071			46,594

Other revenue (expense):
	Rental and other revenue		19,730			22,475			51,885
	Other operating expense		(16,995	)		(16,661	)		(5,516	)
	General and administrative expense		(36,907	)		(34,568	)		(45,463	)
	Depreciation and amortization		(51,878	)		(53,279	)		(59,799	)
	Licensing fees to Operating Company		—			—			(501	)
	Administrative service fee to Operating Company		—			—			(900	)
	Write-off of amounts under lease arrangements		—			—			(11,920	)
	Impairment losses		—			—			(527,919	)

Operating income (loss)		$	129,979		$	127,038		$	(553,539	)

F-71

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)



		December 31,

		2002		2001

Assets:
	Owned and managed	$	1,558,491	$	1,678,733
	Managed-only		88,995		93,217
	Corporate and other		212,770		176,481
	Discontinued operations		13,815		22,849

Total assets		$	1,874,071	$	1,971,280

23. Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Selected quarterly financial information for each of the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):


		March 31,			June 30,			September 30,			December 31,
		2002			2002			2002			2002

Revenue		$	230,555		$	238,157		$	245,769		$	248,357
Operating income		$	30,135		$	32,791		$	35,171		$	31,882
Income from continuing operations		$	37,454		$	10,707		$	16,978		$	43,210
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes		$	1,570		$	(227	)	$	(713	)	$	51
Extraordinary charge		$	—		$	(36,670	)	$	—		$	—
Cumulative effect of accounting change		$	(80,276	)	$	—		$	—		$	—
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(46,329	)	$	(31,395	)	$	10,973		$	37,876
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
	Income from continuing operations	$	1.17		$	0.20		$	0.42		$	1.37
	Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.06			(0.01	)		(0.02	)		—
	Extraordinary charge		—			(1.33	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change		(2.91	)		—			—			—

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(1.68	)	$	(1.14	)	$	0.40		$	1.37

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
	Income from continuing operations	$	0.98		$	0.19		$	0.38		$	1.14
	Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.04			(0.01	)		(0.02	)		—
	Extraordinary charge		—			(1.14	)		—			—
	Cumulative effect of accounting change		(2.25	)		—			—			—

	Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(1.23	)	$	(0.96	)	$	0.36		$	1.14

F-72

CORRECTIONS CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)


		March 31,			June 30,			September 30,			December 31,
		2001			2001			2001			2001

Revenue		$	229,564		$	234,636		$	236,767		$	235,386
Operating income		$	31,634		$	32,255		$	32,531		$	30,618
Income (loss) from continuing operations		$	(8,350	)	$	(774	)	$	(2,565	)	$	29,746
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		$	3,043		$	1,288		$	2,001		$	1,305
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders		$	(10,128	)	$	(4,466	)	$	(5,678	)	$	25,942
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(0.56	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(0.31	)	$	1.00
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.13			0.05			0.08			0.05

	Net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(0.43	)	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.23	)	$	1.05

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
	Income (loss) from continuing operations	$	(0.56	)	$	(0.23	)	$	(0.31	)	$	0.76
	Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes		0.13			0.05			0.08			0.04

	Diluted net income (loss) available to common stockholders	$	(0.43	)	$	(0.18	)	$	(0.23	)	$	0.80

24. Subsequent Events

On January 17, 2003, the Company purchased the Crowley County Correctional Facility, a 1,200- bed medium security adult male prison facility located in Olney Springs, Crowley County, Colorado, for a purchase price of approximately $47.5 million. As part of the transaction, the Company also assumed a management contract with the State of Colorado and entered into a new management contract with the State of Wyoming, and took over management of the facility effective January 18, 2003. The Company financed the purchase price through $30.0 million in borrowings under its New Senior Bank Credit Facility pursuant to an expansion of the Term Loan B Facility, with the balance of the purchase price satisfied with cash on hand.

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company was informed by the State of Florida of its intention to terminate the Company’s contract to manage the 96-bed Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing management contract, which expired in December 2002. This termination occurred February 28, 2003. During 2002, this facility generated total revenue and operating expenses of $4.8 million and $4.0 million, respectively.

On March 18, 2003, the Company was notified by the Department of Corrections of the Commonwealth of Virginia of its intention to terminate the Company’s contract to manage the 1,500-bed Lawrenceville Correctional Center upon the expiration of the contract on March 22, 2003. This termination occurred March 22, 2003. During 2002, this facility generated total revenue and operating expenses of $20.3 million and $18.7 million, respectively.

F-73

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 2, 2003

PROSPECTUS

Corrections Corporation of America

10 Burton Hills Boulevard

Nashville, Tennessee 37215

(615) 263-3000

Debt Securities

Guarantees

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Warrants

We may from time to time sell up to $700,000,000 in the aggregate of:


	•	our secured or unsecured debt securities, in one or more series, which may be either senior, senior subordinated or subordinated debt securities;

	•	guarantees of our obligations under our debt securities, if any;

	•	shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series;

	•	shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share;

	•	warrants to purchase our common stock; or

	•	any combination of the foregoing.

In addition, selling stockholders named in a prospectus supplement as we may permit may offer and sell from time to time up to 5,786,457 shares of our common stock as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by a selling stockholder.

We will provide the specific terms of these securities in supplements to this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, as well as the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus, carefully before you invest in our securities.

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 2 for a discussion of material risks that you should consider before you invest in our securities being sold with this prospectus.

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CXW.” Our series A preferred stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CXW PrA.” Our series B preferred stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CXW PrB.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

We will sell these securities directly, through agents, dealers or underwriters as designated from time to time, or through a combination of these methods. We reserve the sole right to accept, and together with our agents, from time to time, to reject in whole or in part any proposed purchase of securities to be made directly or through agents. If our agents or any dealers or underwriters are involved in the sale of the securities, the applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the names of the agents, dealers or underwriters and any applicable commissions or discounts.

This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities unless accompanied by the applicable prospectus supplement.

The date of this prospectus is , 2003.

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below as well as the other information contained in this prospectus and incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference before buying securities in this offering. The risks described below are not the only risks facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business operations. Any of the following risks could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

General. We currently operate 59 correctional and detention facilities, including 38 that we own. The facilities we manage have a total design capacity of approximately 59,000 beds in 20 states and the District of Columbia. Accordingly, we are subject to the operating risks associated with the corrections and detention industry, including those set forth below.

We are subject to the termination or non-renewal of our government contracts. We typically enter into facility management contracts with governmental entities for terms of up to five years, with additional renewal periods at the option of the contracting governmental agency. Notwithstanding any contractual renewal option of a contracting governmental agency, 35 of our facility management contracts are scheduled to expire on or before December 31, 2003. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated herein by reference. One or more of these contracts may not be renewed by the corresponding governmental agency. In addition, these and any other contracting agencies may determine not to exercise renewal options with respect to any of our contracts in the future. In the first quarter of 2003, the State of Florida terminated our contract to manage the Okeechobee Juvenile Offender Correctional Center upon the expiration of a short-term extension to the existing contract, and the Commonwealth of Virginia Department of Corrections assumed operations of the Lawrenceville Corrections Center upon expiration of our contract on March 22, 2003. Governmental agencies typically may also terminate a facility contract at any time without cause or use the possibility of termination to negotiate a lower fee for per diem rates. In the event any of our management contracts are terminated or are not renewed on favorable terms or otherwise, we may not be able to obtain additional replacement contracts. The non-renewal or termination of any of our contracts with governmental agencies could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, including our ability to secure new facility management contracts from others.

Competition for inmates may adversely affect the profitability of our business. We compete with government entities and other private operators on the basis of cost, quality and range of services offered, experience in managing facilities and reputation of management and personnel. While there are barriers to entering the market for the management of correctional and detention facilities, these barriers may not be sufficient to limit additional competition. In addition, our government customers may assume the management of a facility currently managed by us upon the termination of the corresponding management contract or, if such customers have capacity at their facilities, may take inmates currently housed in our facilities and transfer them to government run facilities. Since we are paid on a per-diem basis with no minimum guaranteed occupancy under certain of our contracts, the loss of such inmates and resulting decrease in occupancy would cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability. Further, many of our state

customers are currently experiencing budget difficulties. These budget difficulties could result in decreases to our per-diem rates, which could cause a decrease in our revenues and profitability.

We are dependent on government appropriations. Our cash flow is subject to the receipt of sufficient funding of and timely payment by contracting governmental entities. If the appropriate governmental agency does not receive sufficient appropriations to cover its contractual obligations, it may terminate our contract or delay or reduce payment to us. Any delays in payment, or the termination of a contract, could have including an adverse effect on our cash flow and financial condition. In addition, as a result of, among other things, recent economic developments, federal, state and local governments have encountered, and may encounter unusual budgetary constraints. As a result, a number of state and local governments are under pressure to control additional spending or reduce current levels of spending. Accordingly, we may be requested in the future to reduce our existing per diem contract rates or forego prospective increases to those rates. In addition, it may become more difficult to renew our existing contracts on favorable terms or otherwise.

personnel are required to be licensed and subject to background investigation. Certain jurisdictions also require us to award subcontracts on a competitive basis or to subcontract with businesses owned by members of minority groups. Our facilities are also subject to operational and financial audits by the governmental agencies with which we have contracts. We may not always successfully comply with these regulations, and failure to comply can result in material penalties or non-renewal or termination of facility management contracts.

We depend on a limited number of governmental customers for a significant portion of our revenues. We currently derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of governmental agencies. The loss of, or a significant decrease in, business from the Federal Bureau of Prisons (“BOP”), U.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service, now known as the Bureau of Immigration and Customs Enforcement (hereinafter referred to as “INS”), U.S. Marshall Service (“USMS”) or various state agencies could seriously harm our financial condition and results of operations. The three federal governmental agencies with correctional and detention responsibilities, the BOP, INS and USMS, accounted for approximately 32% of our total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 ($308.1 million), with the BOP accounting for approximately 14% of our total revenues for such period ($134.8 million) and USMS accounting for approximately 11% of our total revenue for such period ($105.9 million). We expect to continue to depend upon the federal agencies and a relatively small group of other governmental customers, for a significant percentage of our revenues.

We are dependent upon our senior management and our ability to attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel.

inability to hire sufficient qualified personnel on a timely basis or the loss of significant numbers of personnel at existing facilities could adversely affect our business and operations.

We are subject to necessary insurance costs.

Workers’ compensation and general liability insurance represent significant costs to us. We continue to incur increasing insurance costs due to adverse claims experience and rising healthcare costs in general. In addition, since the events of September 11, 2001, liability and other types of insurance have become more difficult and costly to obtain. Unanticipated additional insurance costs could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, and the failure to obtain or maintain any necessary insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be adversely affected by inflation.

We are subject to legal proceedings associated with owning and managing correctional and detention facilities.

We are subject to tax-related risks.

In addition, although the IRS has concluded its audit of our federal tax return for the taxable year ended December 31, 1999, the statute of limitations for such taxable year still has not expired. Thus, our election of REIT status for 1999 remains subject to review by the IRS generally until the expiration of three years from, the date of filing of our 1999 federal tax return in September 2000. Should the IRS subsequently disallow our election to be taxed as a REIT for the 1999 taxable year, we would be subject to income taxes and interest on our 1999 taxable income and possibly could be subject to penalties, which would have an adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to risks associated with ownership of real estate.

Certain of our facilities are subject to options to purchase and reversions. Ten of our facilities are or will be subject to an option to purchase by certain governmental agencies. Such options are exercisable by the corresponding contracting governmental entity generally at any time during the term of the respective facility management contract. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated by reference. If any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that we will be unable to invest the proceeds from the sale of the facility in one or more properties that yield as much cash flow as the property acquired by the government entity. In addition, in the event any of these options are exercised, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the facilities subject to these options generated approximately $172.4 million in revenue and incurred approximately $136.8 million in operating expenses.

In addition, ownership of three of our facilities (including two of which also are subject to options to purchase) will, upon the expiration of certain ground leases with remaining terms generally ranging from 13 to 15 years, revert to the respective governmental agency contracting with us. See “Business — Facility Portfolio — Facilities and Facility Management Contracts” set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated by reference. At the time of such reversion, there exists the risk that the contracting governmental agency will terminate the management contract associated with such facility. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the facilities subject to reversion generated approximately $60.6 million (6.3% of total revenues) in revenue and incurred approximately $51.8 million in operating expenses.

We may be adversely affected by the rising cost and increasing difficulty of obtaining adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms.

We are often required to post bid or performance bonds issued by a surety company as a condition to bidding on or being awarded a contract. Availability and pricing of these surety commitments is subject to general market and industry conditions, among other factors. Recent events in the economy have caused the surety market to become unsettled, causing many reinsurers and sureties to reevaluate their commitment levels and required returns. As a result, surety bond premiums generally are increasing. If we are unable to effectively pass along the higher surety costs to our customers, any increase in surety costs could adversely affect our operating results. We cannot assure you that we will have continued access to surety credit or that we will be able to secure bonds economically, without additional collateral, or at the levels required for any potential facility development or contract bids. If we are unable to obtain adequate levels of surety credit on favorable terms, we would have to rely upon letters of credit under our credit facility, which would entail higher costs even if such borrowing capacity was available when desired at the time, and our ability to bid for or obtain new contracts could be impaired.

Risks Related to Our Leveraged Capital Structure

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our debt securities or the terms of our preferred stock.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:


	•	make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness includes the notes issued in the notes offering;

	•	increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

	•	require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

	•	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

	•	place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

	•	limit our ability to borrow additional funds or refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms.

Our senior secured credit facility and other debt instruments have restrictive covenants that could affect our financial condition.

The indenture related to our 9.875% unsecured senior notes due 2009, referred to herein as the 9.875% notes, and our senior secured credit facility contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our ability to borrow under our senior secured credit facility is subject to financial covenants, including leverage, interest rate and fixed charge coverage ratios. Our senior secured credit facility limits our ability to effect mergers, asset sales and change of control events. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness and Outstanding Preferred Stock — Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.” These covenants also contain restrictions regarding our ability to make capital expenditures in the future. The indenture related to the 9.875% notes also contain limitations on our ability to effect mergers and change of control events, as well as other limitations, including:


	•	limitations on incurring additional indebtedness;

	•	limitations on the sale of assets;


	•	limitations on the declaration and payment of dividends or other restricted payments;

	•	limitations on transactions with affiliates; and

	•	limitations on liens.

See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness and Outstanding Preferred Stock — Indebtedness — 9.875% Senior Notes.” Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debts. We do not have sufficient working capital to satisfy our debt obligations in the event of an acceleration of all or a significant portion of our outstanding indebtedness.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may still incur more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks described above.

The terms of the indenture for our 9.875% notes and our senior secured credit facility restrict our ability to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. However, in the future we may refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, and incur more indebtedness as a result. If new debt is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face could intensify. As of December 31, 2002, we had $58.0 million available for borrowing under our senior secured credit facility. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness and Outstanding Preferred Stock — Indebtedness — Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Servicing our indebtedness will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control.

The risk exists that our business will be unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will not be available to us under our senior secured credit facility in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes or to fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness, including our existing senior notes or new debt securities, on or before maturity. We may not, however, be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility and including our existing senior notes or new debt securities, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Because portions of our indebtedness have floating interest rates, a general increase in interest rates will adversely affect cash flows.

Our Senior Bank Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate. To the extent our exposure to increases in interest rates is not eliminated through interest rate protection agreements, such increases will adversely affect our cash flows. In accordance with the terms of the Senior Bank Credit Facility, we have entered into an interest rate cap agreement capping LIBOR at 5.0% (prior to our contractual interest rate margin) on outstanding balances of $200.0 million through expiration of the cap agreement on May 20, 2004. There can be no assurance that these interest rate protection provisions will be effective or that once the interest rate protection agreement expires, we will enter into additional interest rate protection agreements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated herein by reference for a further discussion of our exposure to interest rate increases.

We are required to repurchase all or a portion of our 9.875% notes upon a change of control.

Upon certain change of control events, as that term is defined in the indenture for our 9.875% notes and, including a change of control caused by an unsolicited third party, we are required to make an offer in cash to repurchase all or any part of each holder’s notes at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal thereof, plus accrued interest. The source of funds for any such repurchase would be our available cash or cash generated from operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling person or entity. Sufficient funds may not be available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of the tendered notes pursuant to this requirement. Our failure to offer to repurchase notes, or to repurchase notes tendered, following a change of control will result in a default under the respective indentures, which could lead to a cross-default under our senior secured credit facility and under the terms of our other indebtedness. In addition, our senior secured credit facility prohibits us from making any such required repurchases. Prior to repurchasing the notes upon a change of control event, we must either repay outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or obtain the consent of the lenders under our senior secured credit facility. If we do not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to purchase the notes. See “Description of Certain Existing Indebtedness and Outstanding Preferred Stock — Senior Secured Credit Facility.”

Other Risks Related to an Investment in Our Securities

The market price for our equity securities may be volatile.


	•	our quarterly operating results or the operating results of other private corrections and detention companies;

	•	changes in general conditions in the economy, the financial markets or the privatized corrections industry;

	•	changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock market analysts regarding us or our competitors;

	•	announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions;

	•	increases in labor and other costs; and

	•	natural disasters, riots or other developments affecting us or our competitors.

ERISA plan fiduciaries must consider certain factors before investing.

amended (the “Code”), and the effect of the “plan asset” regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor.

Our charter and bylaws and Maryland law could make it difficult for a third party to acquire our company.


	•	authorize us to issue “blank check” preferred stock, which is preferred stock that can be created and issued by our board of directors, without stockholder approval, with rights senior to those of common stock;

	•	provide that directors may be removed with or without cause only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes of shares entitled to vote thereon; and

	•	establish advance notice requirements for submitting nominations for election to the board of directors and for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Maryland law, which could also delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions of our charter and bylaws and Maryland law may discourage transactions that otherwise could provide for the payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for publicly traded equity securities, and also could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our publicly traded equity securities.

Our issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect holders of our common stock and discourage a takeover.

Our board of directors has the power to issue up to 50.0 million shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders. As of March 31, 2003, 4.3 million shares of our series A preferred stock were authorized, issued and outstanding and 12.0 million shares of our series B preferred stock were authorized, with approximately 4.7 million shares issued and outstanding. Our board of directors also has the power, without stockholder approval, to set the terms of any new series of preferred stock that may be issued, including voting rights, dividend rights, preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends or in the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding up and other terms. In the event that we issue additional shares of preferred stock in the future that have preference over our common stock with respect to payment of dividends or upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or if we issue preferred stock with voting rights that dilute the voting power of our common stock, the rights of the holders of our common stock or the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock without any action on the part of our stockholders may impede a takeover of us and prevent a transaction favorable to our stockholders.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect our stock price and our ability to raise funds in new stock offerings.

Our combined and consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2000, and for the year then ended were audited by Arthur Andersen, LLP (“Arthur Andersen”). See “Experts” for a discussion of the financial statements incorporated by reference herein. On March 14, 2002, Arthur Andersen was indicted on federal obstruction of justice charges arising from the federal government’s investigation of Enron

Corporation. On June 15, 2002, a jury returned with a guilty verdict against Arthur Andersen following a trial. In light of the jury verdict and the underlying events, on August 31, 2002 Arthur Andersen ceased practicing before the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” or “SEC”). However, we are incorporating in this prospectus the combined and consolidated financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen as of December 31, 2000 and for the year then ended. Arthur Andersen has not performed any procedures in connection with this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and has not consented to the incorporation by reference of its reports in this prospectus.

In reliance on Rule 437a under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), we have not filed a consent of Arthur Andersen to the inclusion of their report herein. Because Arthur Andersen has not consented to the incorporation by reference of its report in this prospectus, you will not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statements of material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated therein. Furthermore, relief in connection with claims that may be available to stockholders under the federal securities laws against auditing firms may not be available to stockholders as a practical matter against Arthur Andersen because it no longer operates as an accounting firm. See also “Experts.”

Moreover, as a public company, we are required to file with the Commission periodic financial statements audited or reviewed by an independent public accountant. The Commission has said that it will continue accepting financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen on an interim basis so long as a reasonable effort is made to have Arthur Andersen reissue its reports and to obtain a manually signed accountant’s report from Arthur Andersen. Arthur Andersen has informed us that it is no longer able to reissue its audit reports because both the partner and the audit manager who were assigned to our account have left the firm. In addition, Arthur Andersen is unable to perform procedures to assure the continued accuracy of its report on our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. Arthur Andersen will also be unable to perform such procedures or to provide other information or documents that would customarily be received by us or underwriters in connection with financings or other transactions, including consents and “comfort” letters. As a result, we may encounter delays, additional expense and other difficulties in future financings. Any resulting delay in accessing or inability to access the public capital markets could have a material adverse effect on us.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains and incorporates by reference statements as to our beliefs and expectations of the outcome of future events that are forward-looking in nature, including, without limitation, the statements under “Risk Factors” herein and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” incorporated herein by reference. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained or incorporated by reference herein are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the statements made. These include, but are not limited to, those described in “Risk Factors” as well as the risks and uncertainties associated with:


	•	the growth in the privatization of the corrections and detention industry and the public acceptance of our services;

	•	our ability to obtain and maintain correctional facility management contracts, including as the result of sufficient governmental appropriations, and the timing of the opening of new facilities;

	•	changes in governmental policy, legislation and regulation of the corrections and detention industry that adversely affect our business;

	•	availability of capital, including debt and equity financing, on terms that are favorable to us;

	•	fluctuations in operating results because of changes in occupancy levels, competition, increases in costs of operations, fluctuations in interest rates and risks of operations;

	•	tax-related risks; and

	•	general economic and market conditions.

All forward-looking statements included or incorporated by reference in this prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our Commission filings are also available over the Internet at the Commission’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file at the Commission’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the public reference room. This prospectus, which is a part of the registration statement, omits some of the information included in the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. As a result, statements made in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. You should read the full text of any contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement for a more complete understanding of the contract or document or matter involved.

INCORPORATION OF INFORMATION BY REFERENCE

The Commission allows us to “incorporate by reference” information that we file with it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is an important part of this prospectus. This prospectus and the information that we file later with the Commission may update and supersede the information we incorporate by reference. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below:


	(1)	Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, filed with the Commission on March 28, 2003;

	(2)	Our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on January 22, 2003;

	(3)	Our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2003; and

	(4)	Description of our capital stock in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on January 6, 1999.

In addition, except as specified below, any filings made by us with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (1) after the date of the initial registration statement and prior to effectiveness of the registration statement and (2) otherwise prior to the termination of this offering, are hereby deemed to be incorporated by reference.

Information furnished under Items 9 or 12 of our Current Reports on Form 8-K is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the registration statement. We furnished information under Item 9 of our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 12, 2003 and March 20, 2003.

We will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered a copy of any or all of the information that we have incorporated by reference into this prospectus but not delivered with this prospectus. To receive a free copy of any of the documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus, other than exhibits, unless they are specifically incorporated by reference in those documents, call or write to our Corporate Secretary, Corrections Corporation of America, 10 Burton Hills Boulevard, Nashville, Tennessee 37215 (telephone (615) 263-3000). The information relating to us contained in this prospectus does not purport to be comprehensive and should be read together with the information contained in the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus. See also “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

THE COMPANY

General

Address and Telephone Number

Our executive offices are located at 10 Burton Hills Boulevard, Nashville, Tennessee 37215. Our telephone number is (615) 263-3000. Our website address is http://www.correctionscorp.com. Information on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

USE OF PROCEEDS

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will use the net proceeds from the sale of the securities for general corporate purposes, which may include reducing our outstanding indebtedness, increasing our working capital, acquisitions and capital expenditures. Pending the application of the net proceeds, we expect to invest the proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing instruments or other investment-grade securities. We will not receive any proceeds from sales of shares of common stock by any selling stockholders.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table sets forth our ratios of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated:

Fiscal Years Ended

December 31,

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2.4x

1.0x

N/A

1.1x

1.5x

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND

OUTSTANDING PREFERRED STOCK

Indebtedness

Senior Secured Credit Facility

General. Concurrently with the closing of the offering of our 9.875% notes in May 2002, we obtained a new senior secured credit facility with a syndicate of financial institutions and institutional lenders through the amendment and restatement of our then existing senior secured credit facility. Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. serves as administrative agent under our new facility.

As of March 31, 2003, our senior secured credit facility is in the aggregate principal amount of $745 million, consisting of:


	•	an approximate four-year revolving credit facility of up to $75 million in revolving credit loans and letters of credit;

	•	an approximate four-year term loan A facility of $75 million in term loans; and

	•	an approximate six-year term loan B facility of $595 million in term loans.

The revolving credit facility will be used for working capital and general corporate needs. Set forth below is a summary of the material terms of the new senior secured credit facility.

Collateral and Guarantees. The loans and other obligations under the senior secured credit facility are guaranteed by each of our domestic subsidiaries.

Our obligations under the senior secured credit facility and the guarantees are secured by:


	•	a perfected first priority security interest in all of our tangible and intangible assets and all of the tangible and intangible assets of our subsidiaries, subject to certain customary exceptions; and

	•	a pledge of all of the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries.

Interest and Fees. Our borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate which, at our option, can be either:


	•	a base rate generally defined as the sum of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate (as quoted on the British Banking Association Telerate Page 5) and (y) the federal funds effective rate plus one-half percent (0.50%) per annum and (ii) an applicable margin; or


	•	London InterBank Offering Rate, or “LIBOR” rate, which is generally defined as the sum of (i) the rate at which eurodollar deposits for one, two, three or six months (as selected by us) are offered in the interbank eurodollar market and (ii) an applicable margin.

Interest on our borrowings is payable quarterly in arrears for base rate loans and at the end of each interest rate period (but not less often than quarterly) for LIBOR rate-based loans.

Repayments; Prepayments. The term loan A facility and term loan B facility require quarterly installments in an aggregate principal amount for each year as set forth in the table below as of March 1, 2003 (in thousands):


	Term Loan A		Term Loan B
	Facility		Facility		Total

2003	$	17,250	$	5,950	$	23,200
2004		20,250		5,950		26,200
2005		21,000		5,950		26,950
2006		5,250		5,950		11,200
2007		—		377,138		377,138
2008		—		161,025		161,025

TOTAL	$	63,750	$	561,963	$	625,713

Prepayments of loans outstanding are permitted at any time without premium or penalty, upon the giving of proper notice. In addition, we are required to prepay amounts outstanding under our senior secured credit facility in an amount equal to:


	•	50% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or issuance of equity by us or any of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions;

	•	100% of the net cash proceeds from any incurrence of additional indebtedness (excluding certain permitted debt), subject to certain exceptions;

	•	100% of the net cash proceeds from any sale or other disposition by us, or any of our subsidiaries, of any assets, subject to certain exclusions and reinvestment provisions and excluding certain dispositions in the ordinary course; and

	•	50% of excess cash flow for each fiscal year.

Certain Covenants. The senior secured credit facility requires us to meet certain financial tests, including, without limitation:


	•	a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated EBITDA, as defined under the facility, be no less than a range of percentages (ranging from 100% to 115% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated Fixed Charges, as defined under the facility, (minus the aggregate amount actually paid by us or any of our subsidiaries in cash during such period on account of capital expenditures) for the most recent four fiscal quarters;


	•	a maximum leverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated Debt, as defined under the facility, be no greater than a range of percentages (ranging from 590% to 350% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated EBITDA, as defined under the facility, for the most recent four fiscal quarters; and

	•	a minimum interest coverage ratio requiring that at the end of each fiscal quarter, our Consolidated EBITDA (including the interest component of all payments associated with capital lease obligations) be no less than a range of percentages (generally ranging from 150% to 250% over the six year term of the senior secured credit facility) of our Consolidated Interest Expense, as defined under the facility, for the most recent four fiscal quarters.

As of December 31, 2002, we were in compliance with the foregoing covenants, and we believe that we are currently in compliance with these covenants. In addition, our senior secured credit facility contains certain covenants which, among other things, limit the incurrence of additional indebtedness, investments, dividends, transactions with affiliates, assets sales, acquisitions, capital expenditures, mergers and consolidations, prepayments of other indebtedness, liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted in such agreements.

Events of Default. Our senior secured credit facility contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, breaches of representations and warranties, covenant defaults, cross-defaults to certain other material indebtedness in excess of specified amounts, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, certain ERISA events, judgment defaults in excess of specified amounts, termination or amendment of certain material agreements if such termination or amendment could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the lenders or otherwise have a material adverse effect and change in control.

9.875% Senior Notes

General. We currently have $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 9.875% senior unsecured notes outstanding. These notes mature on May 1, 2009 and bear interest at 9.875% per annum. Payments of accrued but unpaid interest on these notes are due on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on November 1, 2002. The notes are guaranteed by all of our domestic subsidiaries (other than our Puerto Rican subsidiary). The notes and subsidiary guarantees are senior obligations of ours and our subsidiary guarantors. Accordingly, they rank:


	•	equally with all of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior debt;

	•	ahead of any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ future debt that expressly provides for subordination to the notes or the guarantees; and

	•	subordinated to any of our and our subsidiary guarantors’ secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the security for that indebtedness.

Optional Redemption. At any time on or prior to May 1, 2005, we may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes at a redemption price of 109.875% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings; provided that:


	•	at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption (excluding notes held by us and our subsidiaries); and

	•	the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the notes will not be redeemable at our option prior to May 1, 2006.


Year	Percentage

2006		104.938	%
2007		102.469	%
2008 and thereafter		100.000	%

Mandatory Offer to Repurchase. If we sell certain assets or experience specific kinds of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the notes at the prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of redemption, listed in the indenture. Change of control includes the following events under specified circumstances: (i) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our property or assets, (ii) the approval of our stockholders to dissolve or liquidate the company, (iii) the consummation of any transaction in which 50% or more of our outstanding stock is purchased by a third party, (iv) the merger or consolidation of us into another entity and (v) certain changes in the composition of our board of directors. Sufficient funds may not be available to us, however, at the time of any change of control event to repurchase all or a portion of notes tendered pursuant to this requirement.

Certain Covenants. Covenants in the indenture restrict our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries, with exceptions, to, among other things, pay dividends, incur additional debt or issue preferred stock, create or permit to exist certain liens, incur restrictions on the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other payments, consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications.

Events of Default. Each of the following is an event of default under the 9.875% notes indenture:


	•	default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or liquidated damages with respect to, the notes;

	•	default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the notes;

	•	failure by us or any of our subsidiaries to comply with our obligation to repurchase the notes upon a change of control or sale of assets, or comply with merger covenants;

	•	failure by us or any subsidiary guarantor for 60 consecutive days after notice to comply with any of the other agreements in the indenture;

	•	default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed if that default:


	(a)	is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period; or

	(b)	results in the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such indebtedness under which there has been a default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $25.0 million or more;


	•	failure by us or any subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days.


	•	except as permitted by the indenture, any subsidiary guarantee shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any guarantor, or any person acting on behalf of any guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its subsidiary guarantee; and

	•	certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the indenture with respect to us or any of our subsidiaries.

$70 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes

$40 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. We currently have outstanding an aggregate of $40.0 million of 10% convertible subordinated notes due December 31, 2008. The conversion price for the notes, which are convertible into shares of our common stock, has been established at $11.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events. At an adjusted conversion price of $11.90, the $40.0 million convertible subordinated notes are currently convertible into 3,362,899 shares of our common stock.

All or a portion of the notes may be converted by the holder at any time prior to December 31, 2008, or if the notes are called for redemption by us, at any time prior to the second business day prior to the date of redemption. We may redeem all, but not a portion, of the notes on or following January 1, 2005 at a redemption price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the notes plus all accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, in the event of a change of control or similar event, the holder of the notes has the right to require us to repurchase all or a portion of the notes at a price equal to 105% of the notes’ principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The current terms of our senior indebtedness, however, would prevent a redemption or repurchase of the notes.

$30 Million Convertible Subordinated Notes. We currently have outstanding an aggregate of $30.0 million of 8% convertible subordinated notes due February 28, 2005, subject to extension of such maturity until February 28, 2006 or February 28, 2007 by the holder. The conversion price for the notes, which are convertible into shares of our common stock, has been established at $8.90, subject to adjustment in the future upon the occurrence of certain events. We currently estimate that the $30.0 million convertible subordinated notes will be convertible into approximately 3.4 million shares of our common stock once all of the shares under the stockholder litigation settlement have been issued. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2000 — Stockholder litigation settlement” set forth in the Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporated herein by reference.

12% Senior Notes

We currently have approximately $10.8 million aggregate principal amount of 12% senior unsecured notes outstanding. These notes mature on June 1, 2006 and bear interest at 12% per annum. Payments of accrued but unpaid interest on these notes are due on June 1 and December 1 of each year.

purchase and consent solicitation, holders of approximately $89.2 million aggregate principal amount of the notes tendered their notes and received $1,100 plus accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount of notes for each $1,000 principal amount of notes tendered.

Preferred Stock

Series A Preferred Stock

We currently have 4.3 million shares of our series A preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding. The series A preferred stock provides for the payment of quarterly cash dividends when and as declared by our board of directors at a rate of 8% per year, based on a liquidation price of $25.00 per share. Unpaid dividends accrue without interest. Shares of our series A preferred stock are redeemable at our option at any time at $25.00 per share, plus dividends accrued and unpaid to the redemption date. The series A preferred stock has no mandatory redemption, sinking fund provision or stated maturity and is not convertible into any other security. Under the terms of our charter, in the event dividends are unpaid and in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, the holders of the shares of our series A preferred stock will have the right to elect two additional directors to our board of directors.

Series B Preferred Stock

We currently have 12.0 million shares of series B preferred stock authorized, of which approximately 4.7 million shares of our series B preferred stock are issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2003. The shares of our series B preferred stock currently outstanding provide for cumulative dividends payable at a rate of 12% per year of the stock’s stated value of $24.46. The dividends are payable quarterly, in arrears, in additional shares of series B preferred stock through the third quarter of 2003, and in cash thereafter, provided that all accrued and unpaid cash dividends have been made on our series A preferred stock. The shares of series B preferred stock are callable by us, at a price per share equal to the stated value of $24.46, plus any accrued dividends, no earlier than three years and six months following the date of issuance, and our ability to call the series B preferred stock may be otherwise restricted by our outstanding indebtedness. The series B preferred stock has no mandatory redemption, sinking fund provision or stated maturity and is not convertible into any other security, except that it may be convertible into our common stock if we engage in certain mergers or reorganizations. The series A preferred stock ranks senior to the series B preferred stock as to dividend distributions and distributions upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Under the terms of our charter, in the event dividends are unpaid and in arrears for six or more quarterly periods, the holders of the shares of our series B preferred stock will have the right to elect two additional directors to our board of directors.

Registration Rights

The holders of some of our convertible notes have registration rights with respect to (i) the shares of our common stock into which the notes are convertible (6,732,498 shares as of March 31, 2003). In addition, the holders of warrants to purchase 75,069 shares of our common stock is entitled to certain registration rights. Under the terms of agreements between the Company and the note holders and the warrant holder, respectively, if we propose to register any common equity securities or securities convertible into common equity under the Securities Act, such holders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include those shares of such common stock therein, subject to certain conditions and limitations.

The summaries of selected provisions of our common stock, preferred stock and existing notes and other indebtedness appearing in this prospectus are not complete. Those summaries are subject to, and are qualified entirely by, the provisions of our charter, bylaws and debt agreements, all of which are included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

You should read our charter, bylaws and debt agreements. The applicable prospectus supplement may also contain a summary of selected provisions of our preferred stock, common stock and debt agreements. To the extent that any particular provision described in a prospectus supplement differs from any of the provisions described in this prospectus, then the provisions described in this prospectus will be deemed to have been superseded by that prospectus supplement.

Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

Anti-takeover Effect of Our Charter and Bylaws and Maryland Law

Our charter and bylaws contain certain provisions that could make it more difficult to consummate an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that stockholders may consider favorable. Certain provisions of our charter, bylaws and Maryland law may have the effect of discouraging an acquisition of control or other takeover attempt not approved by our board of directors. These provisions include the ability of the board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval, advance notice procedures for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors, and higher stockholder voting requirements for some transactions, including business combinations with certain classes of “interested stockholders.”

Stockholder Advance Notice Procedure

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The stockholder notice procedure provides that only persons that are nominated by the board of directors or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to our secretary before the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors. This notice is required to include specified information about the stockholder and each proposed director nominee and any other information regarding each proposed nominee that would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed under SEC rules and regulations, and the written consent of each proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected. The stockholder notice procedure provides that the only business that may be conducted at an annual meeting is business that has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, the board of directors or by a stockholder who has given timely written notice to our secretary. This notice is required to include a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, any material interest of the stockholder in that business, and specified information about the stockholder and the stockholder’s ownership of shares of our capital stock.

Maryland Business Combination Act

Under Maryland law, certain “business combinations” (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in certain circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s shares or an affiliate of the corporation who at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting shares of the corporation (an “Interested Stockholder”) or an affiliate thereof are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder. Thereafter, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of directors of such corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (a) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of the corporation and (b) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of the corporation other than shares held by the Interested Stockholder with whom the business combination is to be effected, unless among other things, the corporation’s stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined in the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the Interested Stockholder for its shares. The board of directors of the corporation may, by resolution, exempt business combinations specifically, generally, or generally by types from the

prohibitions of the business combinations law, but such exemption with respect to a potential acquirer must be in place before the potential acquirer becomes an Interested Stockholder.

MGCL prevents, subject to some exceptions, an acquiror who acquires enough shares to exercise specified percentages of voting power of a corporation from having any voting rights except to the extent approved by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter not including shares of stock owned by the acquiring person and any officers or directors who are employees of the corporation. These previsions are referred to as the “Control Share Statute”.

The Control Share Statute does not apply to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction, or to acquisitions approved or exempted by a corporation’s charter or bylaws. Our bylaws contain a provision exempting acquisitions of shares of our stock from the Control Share Statute. We can amend or limit this provision in the future. If we eliminate this exemption in the bylaws, the Control Share Statute could discourage offers to acquire our stock and could increase the difficulty of completing an offer.

Maryland Unsolicited Takeovers Act

We are subject to Sections 3-800 et. seq. of the MGCL (the “Unsolicited Takeovers Act”), which permit certain modifications of our corporate governance without stockholder approval. The Unsolicited Takeovers Act applies to Maryland corporations that (1) have not opted out of the coverage of the Unsolicited Takeovers Act and (2) are reporting companies under the Exchange Act and have at least three directors who (i) are not officers or employees of the corporation; (ii) are not persons seeking to acquire control of the corporation (“Acquiring Persons”); (iii) are not directors, officers, affiliates or associates of an Acquiring Person; and (iv) were not nominated or designated as directors by an Acquiring Person. In general, the Unsolicited Takeovers Act provides Maryland corporations with the ability to opt into the relevant provisions, in whole or in part, by action of the board of directors without obtaining stockholder approval to:


	•	Stagger their boards of directors into three classes;

	•	Provide that stockholders may remove any director by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders generally in the election of directors;

	•	Provide that the number of directors may be fixed only by the vote of the board;

	•	Provide that each vacancy on the board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum; and

	•	Provide that a special stockholders meeting may be called only upon the written request of the stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting.

We have not opted out of the Unsolicited Takeovers Act.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE MAY OFFER

We, directly or through agents, dealers or underwriters designated from time to time, may offer, issue and sell, together or separately, up to $700,000,000 in aggregate offering price of:


	•	secured or unsecured debt securities, in one or more series, which may be either senior debt securities, senior subordinated debt securities or subordinated debt securities;

	•	guarantees of our obligations under the debt securities;

	•	shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more classes or series;

	•	shares of our common stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more classes;

	•	warrants to purchase our common stock; or


	•	any combination of the foregoing, either individually or as units consisting of one or more of the foregoing, each on terms to be determined at the time of sale.

In addition, selling stockholders named in a prospectus supplement as we may permit, may offer and sell up to 5,786,389 shares of our common stock from time to time, as described in the applicable prospectus supplement. We may issue the debt securities as exchangeable and/or convertible debt securities exchangeable for or convertible into shares of common stock or preferred stock. The preferred stock may also be exchangeable for and/or convertible into shares of common stock or another series of preferred stock. The debt securities, the guarantees, the preferred stock, the common stock and the warrants are collectively referred to herein as the “Securities.” When a particular series of Securities is offered, a supplement to this prospectus will be delivered with this prospectus, which will set forth the terms of the offering and sale of the offered Securities.

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

We summarize below some of the provisions that will apply to the debt securities unless the applicable prospectus supplement provides otherwise. This summary may not contain all information that is important to you. The complete terms of the debt securities will be contained in the applicable notes. The notes have been or will be included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You should read the provisions of the notes. You should also read the prospectus supplement, which will contain additional information and which may update or change some of the information below.

General

The terms of each series of debt securities will be established by or pursuant to (a) a supplemental indenture, (b) a resolution of our board of directors, or (c) an officers’ certificate pursuant to authority granted under a resolution of our board of directors. The particular terms of each series of debt securities will be described in a prospectus supplement relating to such series (including any pricing supplement). In the event of any discrepancy or conflict between the terms of a particular series of debt securities as set forth in a prospectus supplement and the terms described in this prospectus, the terms set forth in the prospectus supplement will govern such series.

We can issue an unlimited amount of debt securities under the indenture. Such debt securities may be issued in one or more series, with the same or various maturities, at par, at a premium, or at a discount. We will set forth in a prospectus supplement (including any pricing supplement) relating to any series of debt securities being offered, the aggregate principal amount and the following terms of the debt securities:


	•	the title of the debt securities;

	•	the price or prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) at which we will sell the debt securities;

	•	any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the debt securities;

	•	the date or dates on which we will pay the principal on the debt securities;

	•	the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) per annum or the method used to determine the rate or rates (including any commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index) at which the debt securities will bear interest, the date or dates from which interest will accrue, the date or dates on which interest will commence and be payable and any regular record date for the interest payable on any interest payment date;

	•	the place or places where principal of, premium and interest on the debt securities will be payable;

	•	the terms and conditions upon which we may redeem the debt securities;


	•	any obligation we have to redeem or purchase the debt securities pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a holder of debt securities;

	•	the dates on which and the price or prices at which we will repurchase debt securities at the option of the holders of debt securities and other detailed terms and provisions of these repurchase obligations;

	•	the denominations in which the debt securities will be issued, if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof;

	•	whether the debt securities will be issued in the form of certificated debt securities or global debt securities;

	•	the portion of principal amount of the debt securities payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity date, if other than the principal amount;

	•	the currency of denomination of the debt securities;

	•	the designation of the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of principal of, premium and interest on the debt securities will be made;

	•	if payments of principal of, premium or interest on the debt securities will be made in one or more currencies or currency units other than that or those in which the debt securities are denominated, the manner in which the exchange rate with respect to these payments will be determined;

	•	the manner in which the amounts of payment of principal of, premium or interest on the debt securities will be determined, if these amounts may be determined by reference to an index based on a currency or currencies other than that in which the debt securities are denominated or designated to be payable or by reference to a commodity, commodity index, stock exchange index or financial index;

	•	any provisions relating to any security provided for the debt securities;

	•	any addition to or change in the “Events of Default” described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities and any change in the acceleration provisions described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities;

	•	any addition to or change in the covenants described in this prospectus or in the indenture with respect to the debt securities;

	•	any other terms of the debt securities, which may modify or delete any provision of the indenture as it applies to that series; and

	•	any depositaries, interest rate calculation agents, exchange rate calculation agents or other agents with respect to the debt securities.

In addition, the indenture does not limit our ability to issue convertible or subordinated debt securities. Any conversion or subordination provisions of a particular series of debt securities will be set forth in the supplemental indenture, board resolution or officer’s certificate related to that series of debt securities and will be described in the relevant prospectus supplement. Such terms may include provisions for conversion, either mandatory, at the option of the holder or at our option, in which case the number of shares of common stock or other securities to be received by the holders of debt securities would be calculated as of a time and in the manner stated in the prospectus supplement.

We may issue debt securities that provide for an amount less than their stated principal amount to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of their maturity pursuant to the terms of the indenture. We will provide you with information on the federal income tax considerations and other special considerations applicable to any of these debt securities in the applicable prospectus supplement.

If we denominate the purchase price of any of the debt securities in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, or if the principal of and any premium and interest on any series of

debt securities is payable in a foreign currency or currencies or a foreign currency unit or units, we will provide you with information on the restrictions, elections, general tax considerations, specific terms and other information with respect to that issue of debt securities and such foreign currency or currencies or foreign currency unit or units in the applicable prospectus supplement.

Transfer and Exchange

Each debt security will be represented by either (a) one or more global securities registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, as Depositary (the “Depositary”), or a nominee (we will refer to any debt security represented by a global debt security as a “book-entry debt security”), or (b) a certificate issued in definitive registered form (we will refer to any debt security represented by a certificated security as a “certificated debt security”) as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. Except as set forth under the heading “Global Debt Securities and Book-Entry System” below, book-entry debt securities will not be issuable in certificated form.

Certificated Debt Securities. You may transfer or exchange certificated debt securities at any office we maintain for this purpose in accordance with the terms of the indenture. No service charge will be made for any transfer or exchange of certificated debt securities, but we may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with a transfer or exchange.

You may effect the transfer of certificated debt securities and the right to receive the principal of, premium and interest on certificated debt securities only by surrendering the certificate representing those certificated debt securities and either reissuance by us or the trustee of the certificate to the new holder or the issuance by us or the trustee of a new certificate to the new holder.

Global Debt Securities and Book-Entry System. Each global debt security representing book-entry debt securities will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary.

The Depositary has indicated it intends to follow the following procedures with respect to book-entry debt securities.

Ownership of beneficial interests in book-entry debt securities will be limited to persons that have accounts with the Depositary for the related global debt security (“participants”) or persons that may hold interests through participants. Upon the issuance of a global debt security, the Depositary will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the participants’ accounts with the respective principal amounts of the book-entry debt securities represented by such global debt security beneficially owned by such participants. The accounts to be credited will be designated by any dealers, underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of the book-entry debt securities. Ownership of book-entry debt securities will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership interests will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary for the related global debt security (with respect to interests of participants) and on the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons holding through participants). The laws of some states may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. These laws may impair the ability to own, transfer or pledge beneficial interests in book-entry debt securities.

So long as the Depositary for a global debt security, or its nominee, is the registered owner of that global debt security, the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the book-entry debt securities represented by such global debt security for all purposes under the indenture. Except as described below, beneficial owners of book-entry debt securities will not be entitled to have securities registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of a certificate in definitive form representing securities and will not be considered the owners or holders of those securities under the indenture. Accordingly, each person beneficially owning book-entry debt securities must rely on the procedures of the Depositary for the related global debt security and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder under the indenture.

We understand that under existing industry practice, the Depositary will authorize the persons on whose behalf it holds a global debt security to exercise certain rights of holders of debt securities, and the indenture provides that we, the trustee and our respective agents will treat as the holder of a debt security the persons specified in a written statement of the Depositary with respect to that global debt security for purposes of obtaining any consents or directions required to be given by holders of the debt securities pursuant to the indenture.

We will make payments of principal of, and premium and interest on book-entry debt securities to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of the related global debt security. We, the trustee and any other agent of ours or agent of the trustee will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a global debt security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to beneficial ownership interests.

We expect that the Depositary, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, premium or interest on a global debt security, will immediately credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to the respective amounts of book-entry debt securities held by each participant as shown on the records of such Depositary. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in book-entry debt securities held through those participants will be governed by standing customer instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with the securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of those participants.

We will issue certificated debt securities in exchange for each global debt security if the Depositary is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act is not appointed by us within 90 days. In addition, we may at any time and in our sole discretion determine not to have the book-entry debt securities of any series represented by one or more global debt securities and, in that event, will issue certificated debt securities in exchange for the global debt securities of that series. Global debt securities will also be exchangeable by the holders for certificated debt securities if an Event of Default with respect to the book-entry debt securities represented by those global debt securities has occurred and is continuing. Any certificated debt securities issued in exchange for a global debt security will be registered in such name or names as the Depositary shall instruct the trustee. We expect that such instructions will be based upon directions received by the Depositary from participants with respect to ownership of book-entry debt securities relating to such global debt security.

We have obtained the foregoing information concerning the Depositary and the Depositary’s book-entry system from sources we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy of this information.

No Protection In the Event of a Change of Control

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of an applicable series of debt securities, the debt securities will not contain any provisions which may afford holders of the debt securities protection in the event we have a change in control or in the event of a highly leveraged transaction (whether or not such transaction results in a change in control) which could adversely affect holders of debt securities.

Covenants

We will set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement any restrictive covenants applicable to any issue of debt securities.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of an applicable series of debt securities, we may not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of our properties and assets to, any person (a “successor person”) unless:


	•	we are the surviving corporation or the successor person (if other than us) is a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of any U.S. domestic jurisdiction and expressly assumes our obligations on the debt securities and under the indenture;

	•	immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing under the indenture; and

	•	certain other conditions are met.

Events of Default

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of an applicable series of debt securities, an “Event of Default” means any of the following with respect to a series of debt securities:


	•	default in the payment of any interest upon any debt security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of that default for a period of 30 days (unless the entire amount of the payment is deposited by us with the trustee or with a paying agent prior to the expiration of the 30-day period);

	•	default in the payment of principal of or premium on any debt security of that series when due and payable;

	•	default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, if any, when and as due in respect of any debt security of that series;

	•	certain defaults under certain of our and our subsidiaries’ mortgages, indentures or instruments under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any debt for money borrowed;

	•	certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of ours; and

	•	any other Event of Default provided with respect to debt securities of that series that is described in the applicable prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus.

No Event of Default with respect to a particular series of debt securities (except as to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization) necessarily constitutes an Event of Default with respect to any other series of debt securities. The occurrence of an Event of Default may constitute an event of default under our bank credit agreements in existence from time to time. In addition, the occurrence of certain Events of Default or an acceleration under the indenture may constitute an event of default under certain of our other indebtedness outstanding from time to time.

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of an applicable series of debt securities, if an Event of Default with respect to debt securities of any series at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing, then the trustee or the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may, by a notice in writing to us (and to the trustee if given by the holders), declare to be due and payable immediately the principal (or, if the debt securities of that series are discount securities, that portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all debt securities of that series. In the case of an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, the principal (or such specified amount) of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all outstanding debt securities will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of outstanding debt securities. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to debt

securities of any series has been made, but before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series may rescind and annul the acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal and interest, if any, with respect to debt securities of that series, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture. We refer you to the prospectus supplement relating to any series of debt securities that are discount securities for the particular provisions relating to acceleration of a portion of the principal amount of such discount securities upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

The indenture provides that the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of outstanding debt securities, unless the trustee receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to certain rights of the trustee, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the debt securities of that series.

No holder of any debt security of any series will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy under the indenture, unless:


	•	that holder has previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to debt securities of that series; and

	•	the holders of at least a 25% in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the trustee to institute the proceeding as trustee, and the trustee has not received from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series a direction inconsistent with that request and has failed to institute the proceeding within 60 days.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holder of any debt security will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, premium and any interest on that debt security on or after the due dates expressed in that debt security and to institute suit for the enforcement of payment.

The indenture requires us, within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year, to furnish to the trustee a statement as to compliance with the indenture. The indenture provides that the trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities of any series of any Default or Event of Default (except in payment on any debt securities of that series) with respect to debt securities of that series if it in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the holders of those debt securities.

Modification and Waiver

Unless otherwise provided by the terms of an applicable series of debt securities, we may modify and amend the indenture with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of a series affected by the modifications or amendments. We may not make any modification or amendment without the consent of the holders of each affected debt security then outstanding if that amendment will:


	•	change the amount of debt securities whose holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

	•	reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest (including default interest) on any debt security;

	•	reduce the principal of or premium on or change the fixed maturity of any debt security or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation with respect to any series of debt securities;

	•	reduce the principal amount of discount securities payable upon acceleration of maturity;


	•	waive a default in the payment of the principal of, premium or interest on any debt security (except a rescission of acceleration of the debt securities of any series by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding debt securities of that series and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

	•	make the principal of or premium or interest on any debt security payable in currency other than that stated in the debt security;

	•	make any change to certain provisions of the indenture relating to, among other things, the right of holders of debt securities to receive payment of the principal of, premium and interest on those debt securities and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and to waivers or amendments; or

	•	waive a redemption payment with respect to any debt security.

Except for certain specified provisions, the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all debt securities of that series waive our compliance with provisions of the indenture. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may on behalf of the holders of all the debt securities of such series waive any past default under the indenture with respect to that series and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of, premium or any interest on any debt security of that series or in respect of a covenant or provision which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding debt security of the series affected; provided, however, that the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of any series may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from the acceleration.

Defeasance of Debt Securities and Certain Covenants in Certain Circumstances

Legal Defeasance. The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, we may be discharged from any and all obligations in respect of the debt securities of any series (except for certain obligations to register the transfer or exchange of debt securities of such series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated debt securities of such series, and to maintain paying agencies and certain provisions relating to the treatment of funds held by paying agents). We will be so discharged upon the deposit with the trustee, in trust, of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations or, in the case of debt securities denominated in a single currency other than U.S. Dollars, Foreign Government Obligations, that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge each installment of principal, premium and interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the debt securities of that series on the stated maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and those debt securities.

This discharge may occur only if, among other things, we have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel stating that we have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or, since the date of execution of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the holders of the debt securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit, defeasance and discharge had not occurred.

Defeasance of Certain Covenants. The indenture provides that, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the applicable series of debt securities, upon compliance with certain conditions:


	•	we may omit to comply with the covenant described under the heading “Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets” and certain other covenants set forth in the indenture, as well as any additional covenants which may be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement; and


	•	any omission to comply with those covenants will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the debt securities of that series (“covenant defeasance”).

The conditions include:


	•	depositing with the trustee money and/or U.S. Government Obligations or, in the case of debt securities denominated in a single currency other than U.S. Dollars, Foreign Government Obligations, that, through the payment of interest and principal in accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants to pay and discharge each installment of principal of, premium and interest on and any mandatory sinking fund payments in respect of the debt securities of that series on the stated maturity of those payments in accordance with the terms of the indenture and those debt securities; and

	•	delivering to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders of the debt securities of that series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and related covenant defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the deposit and related covenant defeasance had not occurred.

Covenant Defeasance and Events of Default. In the event we exercise our option to effect covenant defeasance with respect to any series of debt securities and the debt securities of that series are declared due and payable because of the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money and/or U.S. Government Obligations or Foreign Government Obligations on deposit with the trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of their stated maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the debt securities of that series at the time of the acceleration resulting from the Event of Default. However, we shall remain liable for those payments.

“Foreign Government Obligations” means, with respect to debt securities of any series that are denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars:


	•	direct obligations of the government that issued or caused to be issued such currency for the payment of which obligations its full faith and credit is pledged which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof; or

	•	obligations of a person controlled or supervised by or acting as an agency or instrumentality of that government the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by that government which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof.

Governing Law

The indenture and the debt securities will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTEES

Our wholly owned subsidiaries listed as co-registrants on our registration statement may in whole or in part enter into guarantees of our obligations under the debt securities on terms which will be described in any applicable prospectus supplement.

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED STOCK

We summarize below some of the provisions that will apply to the preferred stock unless the applicable prospectus supplement provides otherwise. This summary may not contain all information that is important to you. The complete terms of the preferred stock will be contained in the prospectus

supplement. You should read the prospectus supplement, which will contain additional information and which may update or change some of the information below.

We have authority to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2003, 4.3 million shares of our series A preferred stock were authorized, issued and outstanding and 12.0 million shares of our series B preferred stock were authorized, with approximately 4.7 million shares issued and outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority to create one or more new series of preferred stock, and to set or change the preferences, rights, privileges and restrictions of any series, including the dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation of such series and to issue shares of preferred stock up to the maximum number of shares of preferred stock authorized.

The applicable prospectus supplement will describe the terms of any series of preferred stock being offered, including:


	•	the number of shares and designation or title of the shares;

	•	any liquidation preference per share;

	•	any date of maturity;

	•	any redemption, repayment or sinking fund provisions;

	•	any dividend rate or rates payable with respect to the shares;

	•	any voting rights;

	•	the terms and conditions upon which the preferred stock is convertible or exchangeable, if it is convertible or exchangeable;

	•	any conditions or restrictions on the creation of indebtedness by us or upon the issuance of any additional stock; and

	•	any additional preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, or terms or conditions of redemption.

All shares of preferred stock offered will, when issued against payment of the consideration payable therefore, be fully paid and non-assessable.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

We summarize below some of the provisions that will apply to the common stock unless the applicable prospectus supplement provides otherwise. This summary may not contain all information that is important to you. The complete terms of the common stock will be contained in the applicable prospectus supplement. You should read the prospectus supplement, which will contain additional information and which may update or change some of the information below.

We have authority to issue 80 million shares of common stock.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders, including the election of directors. Stockholders are not entitled to cumulative voting rights, and, accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect our entire board of directors. In that event, the holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any person to our board of directors. If certain defaults occur with respect to payment of dividends on our outstanding series A preferred stock or series B preferred stock, the holders of such affected shares will have the right to elect two additional directors on our board of directors.

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors, in its discretion, from funds legally available therefor and subject to prior dividend rights of holders of any shares of preferred stock which may be outstanding. However, it is

the present policy of our board of directors not to pay cash dividends on the common stock. Furthermore, the terms of our current credit arrangements restrict our ability to declare or pay dividends on our common stock. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, subject to prior liquidation rights of the holders of preferred stock and after payment or provision for all of our indebtedness and other liabilities, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive on a pro rata basis our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares being offered by this prospectus will be when issued against payment of the consideration payable therefor, fully paid and not liable to further calls or assessment by us.

The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock with provisions determined by the board of directors, and some of the provisions in our charter and bylaws may have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, control of us. These provisions could limit the price investors may be willing to pay for our common stock, and may deprive holders of our common stock of any premium that they might otherwise realize from a takeover.

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

We summarize below some of the provisions that will apply to the warrants unless the applicable prospectus supplement provides otherwise. This summary may not contain all information that is important to you. The complete terms of the warrants will be contained in the applicable warrant certificate and warrant agreement. These documents have been or will be included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. You should read the warrant certificate and the warrant agreement. You should also read the prospectus supplement, which will contain additional information and which may update or change some of the information below.

General

We may issue warrants to purchase common stock independently or together with other securities. The warrants may be attached to or separate from the other securities. We may issue warrants in one or more series. Each series of warrants will be issued under a separate warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant agent. The warrant agent will be our agent and will not assume any obligations to any holder or beneficial owner of the warrants.

The prospectus supplement and the warrant agreement relating to any series of warrants will include specific terms of the warrants. These terms include the following:


	•	the title and aggregate number of warrants;

	•	the price or prices at which the warrants will be issued;

	•	the amount of common stock for which the warrant can be exercised and the price or the manner of determining the price or other consideration to purchase the common stock;

	•	the date on which the right to exercise the warrant begins and the date on which the right expires;

	•	if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of warrants that may be exercised at any one time;

	•	if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued with each other security;

	•	any provision dealing with the date on which the warrants and related securities will be separately transferable;

	•	any mandatory or optional redemption provision;

	•	the identity of the warrant agent; and


	•	any other terms of the warrants.

The warrants will be represented by certificates. The warrants may be exchanged under the terms outlined in the warrant agreement. We will not charge any service charges for any transfer or exchange of warrant certificates, but we may require payment for tax or other governmental charges in connection with the exchange or transfer. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, until a warrant is exercised, a holder will not be entitled to any payments on or have any rights with respect to the common stock acquirable upon exercise of such warrant.

Exercise of Warrants

To exercise the warrants, the holder must provide the warrant agent with the following:


	•	payment of the exercise price;

	•	any required information described on the warrant certificates;

	•	the number of warrants to be exercised;

	•	an executed and completed warrant certificate; and

	•	any other items required by the warrant agreement.

If a warrant holder exercises only part of the warrants represented by a single certificate, the warrant agent will issue a new warrant certificate for any warrants not exercised. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, no fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of warrants, but we will pay the cash value of any fractional shares otherwise issuable.

The exercise price and the number of shares of common stock for which each warrant can be exercised will be adjusted upon the occurrence of events described in the warrant agreement, including the issuance of a common stock dividend or a combination, subdivision or reclassification of common stock. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, no adjustment will be required until cumulative adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1%. From time to time, we may reduce the exercise price as may be provided in the warrant agreement.

Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, if we enter into any consolidation, merger, or sale or conveyance of our property as an entirety, the holder of each outstanding warrant will have the right to acquire the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, property or cash receivable by a holder of the number of shares of common stock into which the warrants were exercisable immediately prior to the occurrence of the event.

Modification of the Warrant Agreement

The common stock warrant agreement will permit us and the warrant agent, without the consent of the warrant holders, to supplement or amend the agreement in the following circumstances:


	•	to cure any ambiguity;

	•	to correct or supplement any provision which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions; or

	•	to add new provisions regarding matters or questions that we and the warrant agent may deem necessary or desirable and which do not adversely affect the interests of the warrant holders.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We or any selling stockholder may sell the securities to one or more underwriters for public offering and sale by them and may also sell the securities to investors directly or through agents. Any such underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of securities will be named in the applicable prospectus

supplement. We have reserved the right to sell securities directly to investors on our own behalf in those jurisdictions where and in such manner as we are authorized to do so.

The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices related to prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices. Sales of common stock or preferred stock may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or in negotiated transactions or a combination of those methods. We or any selling stockholder may also, from time to time, authorize dealers, acting as our agents, to offer and sell securities upon the terms and conditions as are set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. In connection with the sale of securities, underwriters may receive compensation from us or any selling stockholder in the form of underwriting discounts or commissions and may also receive commissions from purchasers of the securities for whom they may act as agent. Underwriters may sell securities to or through dealers, and those dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agent. Any underwriter, dealer or agent will be identified, and any compensation received from us or a selling stockholder will be described in the prospectus supplement. Unless otherwise indicated in the prospectus supplement, an agent will be acting on a best efforts basis and a dealer will purchase securities as a principal, and may then resell such securities at varying prices to be determined by the dealer.

Any underwriting compensation paid by us or a selling stockholder to underwriters or agents in connection with the offering of securities, and any discounts, concessions or commissions allowed by underwriters to participating dealers, will be set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement. Dealers and agents participating in the distribution of securities may be deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts and commissions received by them and any profit realized by them on resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions. Underwriters, dealers and agents may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us or a selling stockholder, to indemnification against and contribution toward certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to reimbursement by us or a selling stockholder for expenses.

In connection with a sale of shares of common stock by any selling stockholder pursuant to this prospectus, the following information will, to the extent then required, be provided in the applicable prospectus supplement relating to such sale:


	•	the identity of the selling stockholder,

	•	the manner in which the selling stockholder acquired the common stock from us,

	•	the number of shares to be sold,

	•	the purchase price,

	•	the public offering price,

	•	if applicable the name of any underwriter, agent or broker-dealer, and

	•	any applicable commissions, discounts or other items constituting compensation to such underwriters, agents or broker-dealers with respect to the particular sale.

To facilitate an offering of a series of securities, persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the securities. This may include over-allotments or short sales of the securities, which involves the sale by persons participating in the offering of more securities than have been sold to them by us or a selling stockholder. In those circumstances, such persons would cover such over-allotments or short positions by purchasing in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option granted to those persons. In addition, those persons may stabilize or maintain the price of the securities by bidding for or purchasing securities in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to underwriters or dealers participating in any such offering may be reclaimed if securities sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization

transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Such transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Certain of the underwriters, dealers or agents and their associates may engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of business.

Any common stock sold pursuant to this prospectus will be listed on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bass, Berry & Sims PLC, Nashville, Tennessee and for any selling stockholder, by the counsel named in the prospectus supplement. Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York, will act as counsel for any agents or underwriters identified in the applicable prospectus supplement. Bass, Berry & Sims PLC and Latham & Watkins LLP will rely upon Miles & Stockbridge P.C., Baltimore, Maryland as to all matters of Maryland law.

EXPERTS

The 2002 and 2001 consolidated financial statements of Corrections Corporation of America and Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 appearing in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon and included therein and incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Ernst & Young LLP’s report contains explanatory paragraphs describing (1) Corrections Corporation of America’s adoption of certain new accounting standards effective January 1, 2002 and 2001 and (2) Ernst & Young LLP’s audit procedures with respect to transitional disclosures related to the 2000 combined and consolidated financial statements required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Ernst & Young LLP was not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2000 financial statements other than with respect to the certain transitional disclosures and, accordingly, has not expressed an opinion or any other form of assurance on the 2000 financial statements.

The combined and consolidated financial statements and for the year ended December 31, 2000 incorporated by reference into this prospectus have been included in reliance on the report of Arthur Andersen LLP, independent certified public accountants, given authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of their report in this prospectus, and we have dispensed with the requirement to file Arthur Andersen LLP’s consent in reliance on Rule 437a under the Securities Act. Because Arthur Andersen LLP has not consented to the inclusion of their report in this prospectus, you may not be able to recover against Arthur Andersen LLP under Section 11 of the Securities Act for any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen LLP or any omissions to state a material fact required to be stated in those financial statements.

LOGO

7,600,000 Shares

(LOGO)

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

, 2003

LEHMAN BROTHERS